Catalog ST 80 · 2004

Catalog ST 80 · 2004
Human Machine Interface Systems
simatic hmi
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions
or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use
do not always apply as described or which may change as a
result of further development of the products. An obligation
to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if
expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Siemens AG

s
Automation and Drives
Industrial Automation Systems

www.siemens.com/automation Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-B2-7600

Related catalogs:

SIMATIC ST 50
SIMATIC S5/505
Automation Systems
PDF No.:
E86060-K4650-A111-A8-7600

SIMATIC ST 70
Products for Totally Integrated
Automation and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A111-A8-7600

Industrial Communication IK PI
Industrial Communication
for Automation and Drives
Order Nr.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B3-7600

SIMOTION PM 10
Motion Control System
SIMOTION
Order No.:
E86060-K4910-A101-A4-7600

SITRAIN ITC
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
Order No.:
Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B4 (German only)
CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-B9-7400

Components for Automation CA 01

Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A110-C2-7600

A&D Mall

Internet:
www.siemens.de/automation/mall

Trademarks/Internet

All designations marked with a ® in this catalog are

registered trademarks of Siemens AG.
The other designations in this catalog might be
trademarks, the use of which by third parties could
infringe upon the rights of their respective owners.
According to the German law on units in measuring
technology, data in inches only apply to devices for
export.
For further information regarding SIMATIC HMI visit our
Internet site: www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi
Human Machine Introduction Automation&Drives
SIMATIC HMI
Interface Systems 1
Catalog ST 80 · 2004
Operator Control and Push Button Panels
Monitoring devices Micro Panels
Mobile Panels
Panels
Multi Panels 2
System Interfaces
Supersedes: Connecting Cables
Catalog ST 80 · 2003 Recommended Printers

The products contained in this catalog SIMATIC Panel PC

are also contained in
Catalog CA 01 available on CD-ROM.
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A110-C2-7600 3
For additional information contact your
nearest Siemens branch office.

© Siemens AG 2004 HMI Software SIMATIC ProTool

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC ProAgent
4

Complete HMI HMI Packages

Systems with ProTool/Pro
HMI Packages
with WinCC flexible
HMI Packages 5
with WinCC

The products and

systems listed in this
catalog are manufac- Customized Customized Design
tured/distributed using Products OEM Products
a certified quality Open Platform Program
management system
which complies with
DIN EN ISO 9001
6
(Certified Registration
No. 2613-05).
The certificates are
recognized in all
IQ Net countries. Industrial 12“ Devices
LCD Monitors 15“ Devices
18“ Devices
7

s
Appendix

8
 Welcome to
Automation and Drives

We would like to cordially welcome you to Automation

and Drives and our comprehensive range of products,

systems, solutions and services for production and

process automation and building technology

worldwide.

With integrated automation blocks, powerful

engineering tools and innovative concepts such as

Totally Integrated Automation and Totally Integrated

Power, we deliver solution platforms based on

standards that offer you a considerable savings

potential.

Discover the world of our technology now. If you need

more detailed information, please contact one of your

regional Siemens partners.

They will be glad to assist you.

1/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 1/3
 Totally Integrated Automation –
innovations for more productivity

With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation in 1996, we

were the first ones on the market to consistently implement
the trend from equipment to an integrated automation
solution, and have continuously perfected the system ever
since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique common
solution platform that covers all the sectors.

ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning Ethernet

Production Material
MES Order Management
Management
Manufacturing
Execution Ethernet
Systems Production
Operations
Equipment
Management
Recording

SIMATIC NET SINAUT Telecontrol SIMATIC

Control Industrial System Software
Communication

SIMATIC
Machine Vision
Ethernet

Industrial

Industrial
Ethernet Industrial Wireless
Safety Integrated Communication/
MOBIC
PROCESS FIELD

PROFIBUS
SIMATIC
PC-based Automation

AS-Interface
Building
Technology
Actuator-Sensor ECOFAST IP65
Interface Level Decentral
instabus EIB Automation System

1/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented
engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant now
benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that
can offer a control system based on an integrated platform
for both the production and process industry.

Plant Product Specification

Information Management System
Management
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Detailed Laboratory
Production Information
Scheduling Management System

SIMOTION
Motion Control System

SENTRON SIMATIC SIMATIC PCS 7 SIMATIC HMI

Circuit Distributed Process Control Human Machine
Breakers I/O System Interface

SIMATIC
Controller/
Automation Field Instru-
System mentation/
Analytics Sensor
Technology SINUMERIK
IQ-Sense Numeric Control
HART
SIMODRIVE

SIMOCODE-DP Drive Systems

PROFIBUS PA Motor Protection
and Control

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 1/5

 Totally Integrated Power –
energy distribution and management
from one source

Totally Integrated Power™ by Siemens offers integrated

solutions for energy distribution in functional and industrial
buildings covering everything from medium-high voltage to
power outlets.
Totally Integrated Power™ is based on integration in
planning and configuration as well as coordinated products
and systems. In addition, it features communications and
software modules for connecting power distribution systems
to industrial automation and building automation, thereby
offering a substantial savings potential.

Communications HMI Load Graphs Prognoses

manage-
ment

Process/production U
I
cos o
P
W

automation

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

£ 110 kV

Planning and configuration

1/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center
tenance error protection DATE: quality
Substation
manage- EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING

ment
PAY PERIOD ENDING

Distribution
DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
IN

OUT

Maintenance
IN

OUT

OVERTIME

task DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI
TOTAL HOURS

SAT SUN TOTAL

IN

Building
OUT

IN

OUT

Hall 1 Air conditioning system OVERTIME

TOTAL HOURS
checkup central ON

automation
DATE

OFF
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit IN

OUT

breaker contacts local ON IN

OFF OUT

Infeed II Replacing meters

OVERTIME

tripped TOTAL HOURS

CODES
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK OVER THE HOURS
SICK VACATION
TIME & ONE-HALF

instabus EIB

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 1/7

Gain transparency and reduce costs:
SIMATIC HMI operator control and monitoring systems

The interface between man and machine – the human

machine interface or HMI for short – interfaces between the
world of automation and the individual requirements of the
operator.
HMI keeps the process under control, keeps machines and
plant operating optimally, ensures availability and
productivity.
Making increasing complexity ever simpler
A true mine field. Modern processes are increasingly complex
and ever greater demands are made on the functionality of
machines and plants. And the operator must keep a clear
overview of the situation. That is why the human machine
interface has to provide the highest degree of transparency
possible. Making increasing complexity ever simpler, that is
our aim with every HMI innovation. We shape technical
advances in HMI and translate them into solutions that are
at the forefront of technology.
Everything from a single source
SIMATIC® HMI from Siemens A&D provides a complete range
of innovative and economical products and systems for the
many different tasks associated with operator control and
monitoring, and we can also implement customized systems:
from operator panels and visualization software for operator
control and monitoring on the machine, up to the SCADA
system for the highly versatile requirements of process
visualization.
Well-equipped for integration in the world of automation
With its open, standardized interfaces in hardware and
software, SIMATIC HMI products can be integrated into the
production and automation levels as well as into the
management level at any time. They can be connected to
almost any PLC on the market and the multilingual
configuration and visualization software, which even includes
ideographic languages, supports worldwide use.
Part of the corporate IT landscape
In plant optimization, quality assurance at the MES level
(Manufacturing Execution System) or to provide management
data for corporate planning (ERP – Enterprise Resource
Planning): beyond the boundaries of the automated process,
SIMATIC HMI becomes an integral component of the
company-wide IT landscape.
Integrated in the World Wide Web
SIMATIC HMI uses the Web as a control desk – within the
plant as well as throughout the worldwide corporate network.
Using the WinCC/Web Navigator, you can operate and monitor
plants via the Internet or the company-internal intranet.
Operator panels such as the SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panel
can be integrated as rugged thin clients which also establish
a connection between the automation level and the control
desk. And via wireless LAN or mobile telephone connections
you can use thin clients such as laptops, organizers or
WebPads. Process, service or management information can
then be supplied to the respective users. Many operator
panels permit remote operation at machine level, e.g. as a
link between the automation level and control station, up
to servicing and diagnostics via the Web.

1/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 All the advantages of Totally Integrated Automation
Totally Integrated Automation™ from Siemens is the most
successful automation concept worldwide with a potential
for savings that has never before been achieved. TIA enables
total integration of the individual automation components
– from the PLC, distributed I/O and drives technology through
the human-machine interface system right up to the
production management level. This means that you
continuously benefit from the three-fold uniformity in
programming or configuring, data management and
communication. The impressive result is: drastic reduction
of the engineering costs of an automation solution and
therefore of the overall costs.
As a part of TIA, SIMATIC HMI supports uniform engineering
under Windows, accesses shared data, and communicates
company-wide. For example, the WinCC flexible engineering
software can be integrated in the central configuring software
of the SIMATIC world, SIMATIC STEP 7, and can be used for
configuration of all operating units. Furthermore, the
engineering software of SIMATIC HMI accesses the tag and
message lists of the PLC, and utilizes their communications
parameters. This prevents time-consuming multiple entries
and their attendant sources of error from the very start.
In cooperation with other SIMATIC components, SIMATIC
HMI also supports system diagnostics and process diagnostics
during normal operation. You can, for example, start
STEP 7 diagnostics directly from WinCC for comprehensive
fault diagnostics of the circuit diagram through to the
PLC program. And with SIMATIC ProAgent, process diagnostics
messages from the PLC are displayed on operator panels
or visualization systems – without the need for any additional
configuration work on the HMI system and without the
need for additional diagnostic instruments.
Competent partners for automation solutions
With SIMATIC HMI, you not only obtain excellent products
that meet your requirements, we also help you to select a
partner for your automation solution. In our worldwide
network of Siemens Automation Solution Providers, you will
always find experienced representatives in your area who
are always up-to-date as far as SIMATIC HMI technology is
concerned. The Siemens-internal WinCC Competence Center
Higher plant availability also implement, in addition to technology-specific products,
All operator panels and panel PCs are designed for harsh customized and sector-specific solutions based on WinCC.
industrial conditions. The redundant WinCC process WinCC Professionals are external system integrators, experts
visualization systems ensure high plant availability during who combine WinCC skills with their own sector and
normal operation. The process diagnostics ProAgent from technology know-how for tailor-made, attractively priced
SIMATIC HMI gives you effective support with error location solutions. Numerous products from our partners, that per-
and rectification and significantly reduces downtimes. fectly interact with WinCC, are available as WinCC add-ons.
Furthermore, special software options such as SIMATIC
Security of investment included
WinBDE support the preventative maintenance of machines
and plants. You cannot fail to profit from our many years of experience
in automatic engineering. The same applies to our global
More than just HMI servicing network with its competent support. Further
The multi panels under Windows CE combine the advantages services such as the software update service, training, or
of two different worlds: The rugged construction of an ordering on the Internet, round off our offers.
operator panel and the flexibility typical of a PC. Siemens,
the first manufacturer to produce this new class of device,
has introduced the multifunctional platforms. Apart from SIMATIC HMI
the classical HMI functions, other automation tasks such as
The Human Machine Interface
PLC functions can execute simultaneously. And for PC-based
Automation, the SIMATIC Panel PCs are available as compact
automation platforms.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 1/9

 SIMATIC® HMI®
The entire world of operator control and monitoring

Process visualization
SIMATIC WinCC®
The SCADA system for scalable process visualization for all
requirements – from single-user up to redundant multi-user
systems – and for plant monitoring and operation via the
Internet. WinCC is additionally the ideal information turntable
for IT and business integration such as the incorporation of
MES and ERP systems.
Single-user PC
Operator control and monitoring at machine level

visualization
SIMATIC Push Button Panels
Operator panels with bus capability for easy and direct machine
operation. Process
SIMATIC Micro Panels
Operator panels for small machines and specially for
SIMATIC S7-200.
SIMATIC Mobile Panels
Mobile operator panels for direct plant and machine operation Push Button Panels Micro Panels
from any location in the plant.
and monitoring at
Operator control

SIMATIC Panels
Rugged and compact operator panels for use directly at the
machine level

machine – finely graduated in performance and user-friendliness

in the form of text displays, operator panels and touch panels.
SIMATIC Multi Panels
Multifunctional platforms that in addition to visualization also
perform other automation tasks, such as control functions.
SIMATIC Panel PCs
Industrial platforms for PC visualization on-site or for the
numerous automation tasks of PC-based Automation. SIMOTION
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Motion Control
The new uniform and flexible HMI software for all graphic
operator panels – from the Micro Panel up to the PC platform.
Ideal for operator control and monitoring at machine level
using stationary, mobile or distributed operator panels.
Further options permit operation, servicing and diagnostics
via the Web.
Actuator / sensor
SIMATIC ProTool®
The uniform and integrated configuration software under
Windows for all SIMATIC HMI Operator Panels.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro®
The visualization software for PC-based operator control and
monitoring at the machine level. It supports short response
times and reliable operator control of the process.

1/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)

Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)

Client/Server Internet Client SCADA System WinCC

Mobile Panels Panels Multi Panels Panel PCs HMI Software

WinCC flexible
ProTool

SIMATIC Controller additional

S7-400 automation
S7-300 systems
S7-200

Field devices Drives

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 1/11

SIMATIC HMI
The Human Machine Interface

1/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Operator control and
monitoring devices

2/2 Introduction
2/8 Push Button Panels
2/8 SIMATIC PP7
2/11 SIMATIC PP17
2/15 Micro Panels
2/15 TD 200 text display
2/17 SIMATIC TP 070
2/20 SIMATIC TP 170micro
2/23 Mobile Panels
170 series
2/23 SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
2/32 Panels
Text Panels
2/32 SIMATIC TD17
2/35 SIMATIC OP3
2/38 SIMATIC OP7
2/43 SIMATIC OP17
70 series
2/48 SIMATIC OP 77B
170 series
2/52 SIMATIC TP 170A
2/57 SIMATIC TP 170B
2/63 SIMATIC OP 170B
270 series
2/68 SIMATIC TP 270
2/75 SIMATIC OP 270
2/83 Multi Panels
270 series
2/83 SIMATIC MP 270B
370 series
2/92 SIMATIC MP 370
Multi Panel Options
2/101 SIMATIC WinAC MP
2/104 SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
2/108 System interfaces
Text panels
2/109 SIMATIC S5
2/111 SIMATIC S7
2/113 SIMATIC 505
2/114 Non-Siemens PLCs
Panels and Runtime-Software
2/118 SIMATIC S5
2/119 SIMATIC S7
2/121 SIMATIC 505
2/122 Non-Siemens PLCs
2/126 Connecting cables
2/128 Recommended printers

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 Operator control and monitoring devices
Bedien- und Beobachtungsgeräte

Introduction

■ Overview ■ Benefits
Rugged and compact for use at machine level
With IP65/NEMA 4 degree of protection at the front, a high EMC,
and extreme resistance to vibration, the SIMATIC Operator
2 Panels are extremely suitable for use at machine level in harsh
industrial environments. Thanks to their compact design with
small mounting depth, the stationary operator panels always find
enough space, even where the installation conditions are
restricted.
The mobile panels achieve their industrial flexibility through the
extremely rugged and shock-proof housing with IP65 degree of
protection. Their low weight and ergonomic design mean they
are simple and easy to use.
One configuration software for everything
SIMATIC® ProTool® or SIMATIC WinCC flexible are tools for
uniform configuration of all SIMATIC Panels, as well as PC-
based systems with the ProTool/Pro Runtime or WinCC flexible
Runtime visualization software. Graded versions are available
depending on the requirements. The software permits simple,
A finally graded range of HMI devices is available for operator
efficient configuration. Programming knowledge is not required.
control and monitoring at machine level: ranging from push-
button panels, micro panels, panels and multi panels up to Once configurations have been generated, they can simply be
mobile panels. used further within the range.
Pushbutton panels Component of Totally Integrated Automation
Pushbutton panels (PP) are the innovative alternative to con- Siemens provides the complete modular system of matched
ventionally wired operator keypads. The bus-enabled operator components for automation solutions from one source and – with
panels are preconfigured and ready for installation, and provide Totally Integrated Automation – one of the most successful
drastic time savings compared to conventional wiring. automation concepts worldwide. SIMATIC ProTool and WinCC
flexible are integral parts of this world. This provides decisive
Micro panels
advantages. Thanks to the triple uniformity in configuration/
Tailored to applications that use the micro PLC SIMATIC S7-200, programming, data management and communication, the
either with a text-based display (TD) or touch screen (TP). engineering costs of an automation solution are significantly
reduced.
Mobile panels
Open for many different automation systems
The portable operator panels support HMI functions at the exact
location of the action with direct access and line-of-sight to the Despite the consistent incorporation into the SIMATIC world, the
process. They can be easily and reliably connected during panels are nevertheless open for connection to PLCs from many
operation and can therefore be used with flexibility on a machine different vendors. The standard delivery includes a comprehen-
or installation. sive range of convenient drivers.
Panels Innovative operator control and monitoring
Text panels Based on the Windows CE operating system, the Mobile Panels,
used as text displays (TD) for display only or as operator panels Panels and Multi Panels of the 70,170, 270 and 370 series permit
(OP) for operator control and monitoring with a membrane key- innovative operator control and monitoring combined with
board. ruggedness, stability and simplicity. Increased flexibility and
openness, together with access to the office environment, are
70/170/270 series provided by standard hardware and software interfaces, for
with pixel graphics display for realistic presentation of proce- example MMC/PC/CF card, USB, Ethernet, PROFIBUS DP,
dures (also in color). They are available either as touch panels Visual Basic scripts and customized ActiveX controls.
(TP) with a touch-sensitive display or as operator panels (OP)
with a membrane keyboard. Global use
Multi panels The SIMATIC Panels are optimally designed for global use.
Online switching of the language permits selection of up to
270/370 series 5 languages during operation simply by pressing a key.
in variants with operation by means of a touch screen or The wide variety of languages available includes e.g. Chinese,
membrane keyboard enable the panels to be used in the same Taiwanese, Korean, Japanese or Russian. The configuration
manner as the panels for operator control and monitoring. GUI of ProTool or WinCC flexible as well as the online help and
In addition, multi panels (MP) allow the installation of additional the complete documentation are also multi-language. Up to
applications and thus permit, for example, the integration of 32 languages can be used in a project. And all this is provided
several automation tasks on a single platform using the PLC with global servicing and support from Siemens.
WinAC MP software.

2/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Introduction

■ Summary of configuration
ProTool configuration software WinCC flexible engineering software
TP-Designer ProTool/Lite ProTool ProTool/Pro Micro Compact Standard Advanced
Micro panels
• TP 070 • 2
• TP 170micro • • • •
Mobile panels
• Mobile Panel 170 • • • • • •
Text panels
• TD17 / OP3 / OP7 / OP17 • • •
Panels of the 70 series
• OP 77B • • •
Panels of the 170 series
• TP 170A / TP 170B / OP 170B • • • • • •
Panels of the 270 series
• TP 270 / OP 270 • • • •
Multi Panels of the 270 series
• MP 270B 6" • •
• MP 270B 10" • • • •
Multi Panels of the 370 series
• MP 370 • • • •
• Possible

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/3

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Introduction

■ Technological overview
Micro panels Mobile panels Panels
Text Panels 70 series 170 series 270 series
TD 200 Mobile Panel 170 TD17 OP 77B TP 170A TP 270
TP 070 1) OP3/OP7/OP17 TP 170B OP 270
2 TP 170micro OP 170B
Display TD 200: 5.7" STN Text display 4.5" LCD 5.7" STN 5.7" / 10.4" STN
Text display
TP 070/
TP 170micro:
5.7" STN
• Colors TD 200: 16 colors Monochrome Monochrome TP 170A/ 256 colors
Monochrome OP 170B:
TP 070/ 4 blue stages
TP 170micro: TP 170B:
4 blue stages 4 blue stages/
16 colors
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard • (TD 200) - • • • •
• Touch screen • (TP 070/ - - - • •
TP 170micro)
• Membrane keyboard and Touch - • - - - -
Ports
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP •/•/- •/•/• • / • / • 2) •/•/• •/•/• •/•/•
• USB / Ethernet -/- -/- -/- •/- -/- • / optional
• MMC /CF / PC card slot -/-/- -/•/- -/-/- •/-/- - / • 3) / - -/•/-
Memory (usable for user data) TD 200/ TP 070: 768 KB TD17/OP3/OP7: 1024 KB TP 170A: 320 KB 2 MB
128 KB 128 KB TP 170B/
TP 170micro: OP17: OP 170B: 768 KB
256 KB 256 KB
Interface with PLC
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC S7-200 only •/• •/• •/• •/• •/•
• SIMATIC S5 / 505 -/- •/• • / • 2) •/• •/• •/•
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION -/- •/• •/- -/- •/• •/•
• Non-Siemens controllers - • • • • •
Applications/options with ProTool
• ProAgent - - - - - •
• ThinClient/MP - - - - - -
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer - - - - - -
• WinAC MP - - - - - -
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent - - - - - •
• Sm@rtService - - - - - •
• Sm@rtAccess - - - - - •
• OPC server - - - - - -
• ThinClient/MP - - - - - -
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer - - - - - -
• WinAC MP - - - - - -
• Present
- Not present
1) The TP 070 is configured using TP-Designer,
and the TD200 using MicroWIN
2) Except OP3
3) Except TP 170A

2/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Introduction

■ Technological overview (cont.)

Multi panels
270 series 370 series
MP 270B MP 370

2
Display 5.7" / 10.4" TFT 12.1" / 15.1" TFT

• Colors 256 colors 256 colors

Control elements
• Membrane keyboard • •
• Touch screen • •
• Membrane keyboard and Touch - -
Ports
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP •/•/• •/•/•
• USB / Ethernet •/• •/•
• MMC /CF / PC card slot -/•/• -/•/•
Memory (useable for user data) 5 MB 12 MB
Interface with PLC
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC •/• •/•
• SIMATIC S5 / 505 •/• •/•
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION •/• •/•
• Non-Siemens controllers • •
Applications/options with ProTool/Pro
• ProAgent • •
• ThinClient/MP • •
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer • •
• WinAC MP - •
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent • •
• Sm@rtService • •
• Sm@rtAccess • •
• OPC server • •
• ThinClient/MP • (MP 270B 10″) •
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer • •

• Present
- Not present

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/5

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Introduction

■ Functionality (when configuring with ProTool)

Micro panels Mobile panels Panels Multi panels
Text panels 170 series 270 series 270 series 370 series
TD 200 Mobile TD17 TP 170A TP 270 MP 270B 10" MP 370
TP 070 1) Panel 170 OP3/OP7/ TP 170B OP 270
2 OP17 OP 170B
• Status signals/alarm signals TD 200: 80 / – 1000 / 1000 TD17: 999 / – TP 170A: 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2000
TP 070: – / – OP3: 499 / – 1000 / –
OP7: 499 / 499 TP 170B/
OP17: OP 170B:
999 / 999 1000 / 1000
• Message buffer
(number of entries)
- 128 OP3: –
TD17/OP7/
TP 170A: –
TP 170B/
512 512 1024

OP17: 256 OP 170B: 128

• Recipes - 100 TD17/OP3: – TP 170A: –
OP7/OP17: 99 TP 170B/
300 300 500

OP 170B: 100
• Process diagrams TP 070: 20 500 TD17: - TP 170A: 50 300 300 300
OP3: 40 TP 170B/
OP7/OP17: OP 170B: 100
99 (semi-
graphics)
• Bar charts/curves
(pixel graphics)
• / - (TP 070) • / • -/- • / • 1) •/• •/• •/•
• Variables TP 070: 50 1000 TD17: 1000 TP 170A: 500 2048 2048 2048
OP3: 1024 TP 170B/
OP7/OP17: OP 170B: 1000
2048
• Archiving - - - - • • •
• Visual Basic Scripts - - - - • • •
1)
• Online languages 1 5 3 5 5 5 5
• Password protection • (TD 200) • • • • • •
• Print functions - • • 2) • 1) • • •
• PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
- - • - • • •
with SIMATIC S5/S7

• Present
- Not present
1) Except TP 170A
2) Except TD17/OP3

2/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Introduction

■ Functionality (when configuring with WinCC flexible)

Micro panels Mobile panels Panels Multi panels
70 series 170 series 270 series 270 series 370 series
TP 170micro Mobile OP 77B TP 170A TP 270 MP 270B MP 370
Panel 170 TP 170B OP 270
OP 170B 2
• No. of messages 500 2000 1000 TP 170A: 1000 4000 4000 4000
TP 170B/
OP 170B:2000
• Message buffer 128 256 256 TP 170A: 128 512 512 1024
(number of entries) TP 170B/
OP 170B: 256
• Recipes - 100 100 TP 170A: –
TP 170B/
300 300 500

OP 170B: 100
• Process diagrams 250 500 500 TP 170A: 250 500 500 500
TP 170B/
OP 170B: 500
• Bars/curves (pixel graphics) •/- •/• •/- • / • 1) •/• •/• •/•
• Variables 250 1000 1000 TP 170A: 500 2048 2048 2048
TP 170B/
OP 170B: 1000
• Archiving - - - - • • •
• Visual Basic Scripts - - - - • • •
• Online languages 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
• User management (security) • • • • • • •
• Print functions - • • • 1) • • •
• PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
- - - - • • •
with SIMATIC S5/S7

• Present
- Not present
1) Except TP 170A

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/7

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7

■ Overview ■ Application
The rugged Push Button Panel PP7 is designed for easy and
direct machine operation.
It can be used in any HMI application in which pushbuttons and
2 lamps are essential. For example, in control desks on machines
and installations in the food processing industry for which
smooth fronts are necessary for easy cleaning. In special-pur-
pose machine manufacturing, with the pushbutton panels, it is
easy to construct standard operator panels for quick, flexible
and modular expansion. Changes to the pushbutton and lamp
functions can be made at any time in the future without the need
to modify the wiring.

■ Design
The pushbutton panels impress customers with their compact
construction:
• Preassembled with 8 short-stroke keys that can be labelled as
required using slide-in labels
• Smooth, easily cleaned front;
the front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergent.
• Long-life multi-color wide-area LEDs in all short-stroke keys
SIMATIC® Push Button Panels are the innovative alternative to
conventional control panels for simple and direct machine • 4 additional digital 24 V inputs for flexible expansions
operation: • 5 perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm additional standard elements
• Preassembled, ready to switch on; (pushbuttons, lamps, EMERGENCY-STOP, key switches)
After connecting to the PLC, all the keys and lamps are ready • Display on the rear with mini keypad for displaying operating
for use immediately status also in plain text and for changing the standard settings
• Connection is possible to any PLC via a bus cable • The PP7 is identical in design to the OP7 and can therefore be
(PROFIBUS DP or MPI) located contiguously with it
• Equipped with 8 short-stroke keys, 4 additional digital inputs • Low-maintenance, as no battery is required
and 5 mounting locations for 22.5 mm standard elements.
• All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable
memory card
■ Benefits
• Up to 90% time saving: No need to individually mount and wire ■ Function
pushbuttons, switches and lamps
• Color modes for LED (e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing,
• Simplification of the configuration and start-up phases, green flashing, orange flashing)
for example, by using standard cables
• Integrated 0.5 Hz flashing pulse for LED
• Service-friendly thanks to rear display for displaying operating
• Integrated diagnostics functions
status and messages in plain text, without a programming
device • Integrated lamp and pushbutton test (also for additional digital
24 V inputs)
• Easy, user-friendly machine operation thanks to multi-colored
indicator lights • Menu-driven parameterization through display on rear with
mini keyboard.
• User-friendly labeling of pushbuttons and lamps thanks to
slide-in labels • Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be parameterized
individually as switches.
• Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and
digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)

2/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7

■ Integration ■ Technical data

The pushbutton panels can be connected to
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC Software and Slot PLC via PP7
MPI and PROFIBUS DP Control elements
• SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM 308C) only through
PROFIBUS DP
• Number of keys
• LED color modes
8 short-stroke keys
3
2
• PROFIBUS DP standard masters from any manufacturer Additional digital inputs 4
(e.g. Allen Bradley, ...)
Service life
• Short-stroke keys 1,500,000
System interfaces (in on-off operations)
PLC SIMATIC PP7 1) • LEDs (ON period) 100 %

Target hardware (PROTOCOL) Connected via Power supply 24 V DC

(connector/physical • Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC
characteristics) • Current input, typ. 0.2 A
SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master) 2) Ports 1 x RS 485
via MPI interface to Bus connector, bus cable and Connection to PLC S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC,
S7-200/-300/-400/ MPI network additional DP standard master
WinAC Software-PLC/Slot-PLC (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
(9-pin female/RS 485) 3) 4) Ambient conditions
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave) • Mounting position +/- 35°
5) - Max. permissible angle of incli- 35°
via PROFIBUS to max. 1 x PROFIBUS nation without forced ventilation
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
by means of MPI protocol • Temperature
S7-300/-400 - Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +55 °C
with integrated PROFIBUS-SS - Operation 0 °C to +55 °C
S7-300 with CP 342-5 (max. angle of inclination)
S7-400 with CP 443-5 - Transport, storage -20 °C to +70 °C
via PROFIBUS DP to PROFIBUS 5) • Max. relative humidity 95%
S5-95U /PROFIBUS DP master (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
(6ES5 095-8ME02) Dimensions
S5-115U/-135U/-155U • Front W x H (mm) 144 x 204
with IM 308C/IM 308B • Cut-out W x H (mm) 130 x 190
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with CP 5430/CP 5431 Weight 0.72 kg
Non-Siemens PLCs (PROFIBUS DP master) Functions
via PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS 5) • Short stroke keys / digital inputs as Yes
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI) pushbutton or switch
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs 0.5 Hz
1) PP7 suitable up to 1.5 Mbit/s • Pushbutton and lamp test Yes
2) Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used • Pulse extension for short-stroke 1000 ms
3) S7-200 only via MPI (CPU 212 not possible) keys and digital inputs, max.
4) S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface • Enable input No
via MPI protocol • Mounting locations for 22.50 mm 5
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02 standard elements
Note: Degree of protection
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0) • Front IP65
is not suitable for connecting a PP and a CPU.
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/9

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
SIMATIC PP7 } 6AV3 688-3AA03-0AX0 Dimensions in mm
Pushbutton panel incl. mounting
accessories:
2 • 8 x short-stroke keys
• 8 x surface LEDs
• 4 x DI terminals (24 V) 144
128 55
• Max. 5 x 22.5 mm preperforated
cut-outs for additional units

108
Documentation (to be ordered separately)

204

204
188
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
• German } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0
• English } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0
4
• French } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0 30
• Italian } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0

G_ST80_XX_00061
Brief start-up instructions
For PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
• German } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 130 x 190
• English } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
6XV1 830-1CH30 ■ More information
For connection of data terminal, For further information, visit our website at
precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
Service package } 6AV3 678-3XC30
for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II http://www.siemens.com/panels
Comprising:
• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• 5 x clamps
• PP7 clamp-type terminal strip
• PP17-I/PP17-II clamp-type
terminal strips

} ex warehouse
Note:
Commercially available printing foils can be used as the
keyboard inscription strips. Word templates are included on
a diskette with the manual.

1) Incl. 3.5" diskette; diskette includes GSD files/TYP files and

Word templates for inscription strips

2/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17

■ Overview ■ Design
The pushbutton panels impress customers with their compact
design:
• Preassembled with 16 (PP17-I) or 32 (PP17-II) short-stroke
keys that can be inscribed as required using slide-in labels
• Smooth, easily cleaned front; 2
the front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Long-life multi-color wide-area LEDs in all short-stroke keys
• 16 additional 24 V digital inputs and outputs for flexible
expansion
• 12 perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm standard elements
(pushbuttons, lamps, etc.) for PP17-I
• Display on the rear with mini keypad for displaying operating
status in plain text and for changing the standard settings
• Central enable input
• The PP17 is identical in design to the OP17 and can therefore
be located contiguously with it
• Low-maintenance, as no battery is required.
• All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable
memory card
SIMATIC® Push Button Panels are the innovative alternative to
conventional control panels for simple and direct machine
operation: ■ Function
• Preassembled, ready to switch on; • Color modes for LED (e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing,
after connecting to the PLC, all the keys and lamps are imme- green flashing, orange flashing)
diately ready for use • Integrated 0.5 Hz and 2 Hz flashing frequencies for digital
• Connection is possible to any PLC via a bus cable outputs and LEDs
(PROFIBUS DP or MPI) • Integrated diagnostics functions
• PP17-I: • Integrated lamp and pushbutton test (also for additional digital
Equipped with 16 short-stroke keys, 16 additional digital 24 V inputs and outputs)
inputs, 16 additional digital outputs and 12 slots for 22.5 mm • Menu-driven parameterization through display on rear with
standard elements mini keyboard
PP17-II:
Equipped with 32 short-stroke keys, 16 additional digital inputs • Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be parameterized
and 16 additional digital outputs. individually as switches
• Parameterizable pulse stretching for short-stroke keys and
■ Benefits digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)

• Up to 90% time saving: No need to individually mount and wire

pushbuttons, switches and lamps
• Simplification of the configuration and start-up phases,
for example, by using standard cables
• Service-friendly thanks to rear display for displaying operating
status and messages in plain text, without a programming
device
• Easy, user-friendly machine operation thanks to multi-colored
indicator lights
• User-friendly labeling of pushbuttons and lamps thanks to
slide-in labels

■ Application
The rugged PP17 Push Button Panels are designed for simple
and direct machine operation.
They can be used in any HMI application in which push buttons
and lamps are essential. For example, in control desks on
machines and installations in the food processing industry for
which smooth fronts are necessary for easy cleaning. In special-
purpose machine manufacturing, it is easy to configure standard
operator panels with pushbutton panels which can be expanded
quickly, flexibly and modularly. Changes to the pushbutton and
lamp functions can be made at any time in the future without the
need to modify the wiring.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/11

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17

■ Integration
The pushbutton panels can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC Software and Slot PLC via
MPI and PROFIBUS DP

2 • SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM 308C) only through PROFI-

BUS DP
• PROFIBUS DP standard masters from any manufacturer
(e.g. Allen Bradley, ...)

System interfaces
PLC SIMATIC PP7 1)
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) Connected via
(connector/physical
characteristics)
SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master) 2)
via MPI interface to Bus connector, bus cable and
S7-200/-300/-400/ MPI network
WinAC Software-PLC/Slot-PLC (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
(9-pin female/RS 485),3)4)
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave)
via PROFIBUS to max. 1 x PROFIBUS 5)
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
by means of MPI protocol
S7-300/-400
with integrated PROFIBUS-SS
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 with CP 443-5
via PROFIBUS DP to PROFIBUS 5)
S5-95U /PROFIBUS DP master (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
(6ES5 095-8ME02)
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with IM 308C/IM 308B
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with CP 5430/CP 5431
Non-Siemens PLCs (PROFIBUS DP master)
via PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)

1) PP17 suitable up to 12 Mbit/s

2) Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used
3) S7-200 only via MPI (CPU 212 not possible)
4) S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface
via MPI protocol
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02

Note:
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0)
is not suitable for connecting a PP and a CPU.

2/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17

■ Technical data
PP17-I PP17-II
Control elements
• No. of keys 16 short-stroke keys 32 short-stroke keys
• LED color modes
Additional digital inputs
3
16
3
16
2
Additional digital outputs 16 16
• In groups of 4 4
• Output current max. 1) 100 mA 100 mA
• Aggregate current per group, 500 mA 500 mA
max.
• Short-circuit protection Yes Yes
Service life
• Short-stroke keys 1,500,000 1,500,000
(in on-off operations)
• LEDs (ON period) 100 % 100 %
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC
• Current input, typ. 0.2 A 0.2 A
Ports 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC, S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC,
additional DP standard master additional DP standard master
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position +/- 35° +/- 35°
- Max. permissible angle 35° 35°
of inclination
without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +55 °C 0 °C to +55 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +55 °C 0 °C to +55 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity 95% 95%
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 240 x 204 240 x 204
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 226 x 190 226 x 190
Weight 1.13 kg 1.13 kg
Functions
• Short stroke keys / digital inputs Yes Yes
as pushbutton or switch
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
• Integrated flashing rate 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz 0.5 Hz or 2 Hz
for digital outputs
• Pushbutton and lamp test Yes Yes
• Pulse extension for short-stroke 1000 ms 1000 ms
keys and digital inputs, max.
• Enable input Yes Yes
• Mounting locations for 22.5 mm 12 0
standard elements
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 IP65
• Rear IP20 IP20
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM CE, UL, CSA, FM

1) Bulbs up to 2 Watt per output

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/13

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
SIMATIC PP17
Pushbutton panel incl. mounting Dimensions in mm
accessories:
2 PP17-I } 6AV3 688-3CD13-0AX0
• 16 x short-stroke keys
• 16 x surface LEDs 240
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V) 224 53
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V)
• 1 x release input

95
• Max. 12 x 22.5 mm preperforat-

204

204
188
ed cut-outs for additional units
PP17-II } 6AV3 688-3ED13-0AX0
• 32 x short-stroke keys
• 32 x surface LEDs 4
32
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V)
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V)

G_ST80_XX_00059
• 1 x release input
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 226 x 190
• German } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0
• English } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0
PP17-I
• French } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0
Brief start-up instructions Dimensions in mm
For PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
• German } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0
• English } 6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0
Accessories for supplementary ordering 240
PROFIBUS 830-1T 6XV1 830-1CH30 224 53
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
99

precut/preassembled with two 204

204
188

Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m

RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
Service package } 6AV3 678-3XC30 4
for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II 32
comprising:
G_ST80_XX_00060

• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• 5 x clamps
• PP7 clamp-type terminal strip
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 226 x 190
• PP17-I/PP17-II clamp-type
terminal strips
PP17-II
} ex warehouse

■ More information
Note:
Commercially available printing foils can be used as the
keyboard inscription strips. Word templates are included on
a diskette with the Manual. For further information, visit our website at

1) Incl. 3.5" diskette; diskette includes GSD files/TYP files and

Word templates for inscription strips

http://www.siemens.com/panels

2/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
TD 200 text display

■ Overview • Connection for optional power supply;

a power supply unit is required if the distance between the
TD 200 and S7-200 is more than 2.5 m. PROFIBUS cables are
then available instead of the connection cable
• User-specific labeling strips;
fitting via slot on front panel.
TD 200 new: It is necessary to remove the rear of the housing
before fitting the labeling strips. Therefore carry out before
2
mounting the display.

■ Function
The TD 200 permits:
• Display of message texts;
up to 80 message texts with max. 4 variables display current
operating states, and can be optionally parameterized as
requiring acknowledgment and additionally protected by a
password. System texts are stored in English, German, French,
Spanish and Italian in the unit. Various character sets can be
selected, and messages can be additionally saved in the
simplified Chinese character set.
• Display and modification of process parameters;
process parameters are output on the display, and can be
modified using the input keys, e.g. for temperature settings or
• The user-friendly text display for the S7-200 modifications to speed
• For HMI functions: • Setting of inputs and outputs;
display of message texts, interventions in the control program, a memory bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable
setting of inputs and outputs function keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g.
• Direct connection to CPU interface using supplied cable or during commissioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then pos-
incorporation into network (also via EM 277) sible e.g. to control motors without having to install additional
control elements in the system
• No separate power supply required
• Additional functions and features;
• No separate parameterization software required e.g. processing of floating-point numbers, symbols for bar-
• Customized front design on request graph display, various data blocks for operation of several
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu TD 200 displays on one CPU, password protection for integral
SETUP menu and modified variables

■ Application Supplementary functions of TD 200 new:

• Activation of TD 200 editing mode by PLC;
The TD 200 text display is the optimum solution for all HMI tasks variables embedded in messages can be edited directly
with SIMATIC S7-200. without having to press the Enter key or to shift the cursor to the
variable
It is simply connected to the PPI interface of the S7-200 using the
supplied cable. A separate power supply is not required. It is • Setting a PLC bit only with an STD 200 key pressed;
also possible to connect several TD 200 displays to one S7-200. a PLC M-bit is set when pressing a function key, and deleted
again when the key is released
The TD 200 enables:
• New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support further
• Display of message texts foreign languages
• Interventions in the control program, e.g. modification of
setpoints
Programming
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g. for switching a motor on
and off The configuration data of the TD 200 are saved in the S7-200’s
CPU. The message texts and configuration parameters are
generated using the STEP 7-Micro/WIN programming software
■ Design (TD 200 new: STEP 7 Micro/WIN V3.2 and later SP4).
Additional parameterization software is not required.
The TD 200 features:
• Rugged plastic housing with degree of protection IP65 (front) Special data areas are reserved in the S7-200’s CPU for data
TD 200 new: Increased watertightness due to absence of slots exchange with the TD 200. The TD 200 directly accesses the
for labeling strips respectively required functions of the CPU via these data areas.
Easy setting of the parameters is possible using a separate
• Mounting depth 27 mm; TD 200 wizard in STEP 7-Micro/WIN (TD 200 new: STEP 7
the TD 200 can be mounted without additional accessories in Micro/WIN V3.2 and later SP4).
control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld unit
• Backlit LCD;
easy to read even with poor lighting
• Ergonomically designed input keys;
including programmable function keys
• Integral interface for connection of cable

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/15

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
TD 200 text display

■ Technical data ■ Dimensional drawings

TD 200
Display LCD backlit, 2-line, Dimensions in mm
20 characters/line (ASCII, Cyril-
lic), 10 characters/line (Chinese),
2 5 mm character height
Interfaces 1 PPI (RS 485) max.to set up a
network with max. 126 stations
(S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC);
Transmission speeds
9.6, 19.2, 187.5 kbit/s
148 6
Power supply 24 V DC, 120 mA;
Powered from S7-200 communi-

76

68
cation interface or optional
external power pack.
Sensor power supply (24 V DC)
of CPU is not affected 27

Ambient temperature 0 °C to +60 °C

Transport/storage temperature -40 to +70 °C

G_ST80_XX_00063
Degree of protection IP65 front
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 148 x 76 x 27
Installation opening 138 x 68
(standard cut-out) in mm Panel cutout (W x H x D) in mm: 138 x 68 x 30
Cabinet/control panel thickness 0.3 to 4
in mm
Weight 250 g

■ Ordering Data
Order No.

Text Display TD 200 } 6ES7 272-0AA30-0YA0

for connecting to SIMATIC S7-200;
for use with STEP 7-Micro/WIN
V3.2 SP4 and higher
TD 200 manual
• German } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8AA0
• English } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8BA0
• French } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8CA0
• Spanish } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8DA0
• Italian } 6ES7 272-0AA20-8EA0
PROFIBUS IP20 bus connector
with 90° cable outlet
• Without PG interface } 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
• With PG interface } 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
PROFIBUS IP20 bus connector
with 35° cable outlet
• Without PG interface } 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS-FC Standard Cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
for connecting to PPI;
standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m
} ex warehouse

2/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070

■ Overview ■ Design
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
2
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option to achieve NEMA 4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexa-
decimal number formats
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
(200 mA)
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor

1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps

■ Function
• Input/output fields
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small for displaying and changing process parameters
machines and plants
• Buttons
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
with graphics capability complete with all the basic functions can be configured simultaneously
required for simple tasks
• Graphics
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys
Bluemode (4 levels) or buttons. They can also be used as background displays
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200: (wallpaper).
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated In the configuration tool, a library is available containing
interface over a point-to-point connection extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as
PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Configured with TP Designer (STEP 7-Micro/WIN Toolbox)
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
■ Benefits values in any character size
• Fast configuring and start-up • Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and the
long service life of the backlighting • Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Standard bus cable instead of parallel wiring
• Configuration languages;
• Can be used worldwide: 5 standard languages can be config- 5 configuration languages, 1 online language
ured
• Mathematical functions

■ Application • Simple maintenance and configuration through:

- Individual contrast setting and calibration
The TP 070 Touch Panels can be used in all applications in which - Clean screen
operator control and monitoring of small machines and installa- - No batteries are necessary
tions is required locally – whether in production automation, pro- The innovated successor of the TP 070 is the SIMATIC
cess automation or building service automation. They are in use TP 170micro Touch Panel with expanded scope of functions.
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Configuration
The TP 070 is specially designed for use with SIMATIC S7-200.
With their quick response times, they are also ideally suited to The TP 070 is configured with the STEP 7-Micro/Win Toolbox
jog mode. "TP- Designer" configuration software. Configuration of the
TP070 is described in detail in the TP-Designer online Help.
The innovated successor of the TP 070 is the SIMATIC
TP 170micro Touch Panel with expanded scope of functionality. The TP-Designer can be used as stand-alone software
or integrated in STEP 7-Micro/Win.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the con-
figuration.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/17

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070

■ Integration ■ Technical data

The TP 070 can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs Type TP 070
(except CPU 212) using standard MPI bus cables or Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
PROFIBUS DP cables.
• Size 5.7"

2 Note:
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
4 blue levels
For further information, see "System interfaces" • MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements Touch screen
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No
Processor RISC CPU
Operating system Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 128 KB
Ports 1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC S7-200
Power supply 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.24 A
Clock Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in),
NEMA 4 (with protective cover)
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142
Weight 0.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- max. permissible angle +/- 35°
of inclination without forced
ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +40 °C
- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85%
Functions
Process diagrams 20
• Text objects 80 text elements
• Variables per diagram 10
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background
images
• Dynamic objects Bars
Variables 50
Online languages 1
• Project languages English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable
Configuration tool Micro/WIN TP-Designer Version
3.1 upwards, executable under
Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(must be ordered separately)
• Configuration transfer Serial

2/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
SIMATIC TP 070 } 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0
Dimensions in mm
Touch panel for connection to the
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
Configuration 2
STEP 7-Micro/WIN32 } 6ES7 810-2BC02-0YX0
V3.2 programming software
212
6
TP-Designer for TP 070 V1.0 } 6ES7 850-2BC00-0YX0 196
For configuration and
parameterization of the TP 070;
incl. documentation, on CD-ROM

140
156
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
TP 070 Manual
• German } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AA0 42
• English } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AC0

G_ST80_XX_00065
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC01-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
■ More information
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and For further information, visit our website at
for options
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
(pack of 10)
Protective cover } 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
(2 sets) http://www.siemens.com/panels

Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

Comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
PC/PPI cable Multimaster 1) 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
For connection of S7-200 to serial
PC/OP interface
PROFIBUS 830-1T 6XV1 830-1CH30
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse
1) The PC/PPI cable with the Order No.: 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can still be used

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/19

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro

■ Overview ■ Design
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
2 • Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option to achieve NEMA 4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexa-
decimal number formats
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
(200 mA)
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor

1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps

■ Function
• Input/output fields
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small for displaying and changing process parameters
machines and plants
• Buttons
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
with graphics capability complete with all the basic functions can be configured simultaneously
required for simple tasks
• Graphics
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys
Bluemode (4 levels) or buttons. They can also be used as background displays
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200: (wallpaper).
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated In the configuration tool, a library is available containing
interface over a point-to-point connection extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as
PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• The SIMATIC TP 170micro is the innovated successor of the
SIMATIC TP 070 Touch Panel • Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
• Delivery will be started with WinCC flexible 2004 in the values in any character size
1st quarter 2004
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
■ Benefits • Display selection from the PLC
• Fast configuring and start-up supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design and the • Language selection
long service life of the backlighting - 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Can be used worldwide: - Language-dependent texts and graphics
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets) • User administration (security)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online - Authentication using password
• Message system
■ Application - Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
The TP 170micro Touch Panels can be used in all applications messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
in which operator control and monitoring of small machines and display of message events
installations is required locally – whether in production auto- - Message history
mation, process automation or building services automation. • Mathematical functions
They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applica- • Limit value monitoring
tions. for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
The TP 170micro is specially designed for use with • Indicator light
SIMATIC S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also for machine and plant status indication
ideally suited to jog mode. • Template concept;
generation of screen templates
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- No batteries are necessary

2/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro

■ Function ■ Integration
Configuration The TP 170micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs
(except CPU 212) using standard MPI bus cables or
Configuration of the TP 170micro is carried out using the PROFIBUS DP cables (PPI or MPI coupling).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces" 2
Importing of TP-Designer projects (TP 070) into WinCC flexible
is not possible.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the con-
figuration.

■ Technical data
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) Functions
• Size 5.7" Message system
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 • No. of messages 500
• Colors 4 blue levels • Bit messages Yes
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 50,000 hours • Analog messages No
Control elements Touch screen • No. of process values per 8
message
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 128 entries
Processor RISC CPU each 1)
Operating system Windows CE Process diagrams 250
Memory • Text objects 500 text elements
• Type Flash / RAM • Variables per diagram 20
• Usable memory for user data 256 KB • Entries per diagram 20
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background
Ports 1 x RS 485 images
Interface with PLC S7-200 • Dynamic objects Bars
Power supply 24 V DC - Directories Yes
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC Variables 250
• Nominal current 0.24 A User administration (security) Yes
Clock Software clock, without battery Online languages 5
backup • Project languages Danish, German, traditional
(incl. system messages) Chinese, simplified Chinese,
Degree of protection English, Finnish, French, Greek,
• Front IP65 (built-in), Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
NEMA 4 (with protective cover) Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
• Rear IP20 Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable
Dimensions
Configuration tool WinCC flexible 2004 Micro
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156 upwards (must be ordered
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142 separately)
Weight 0.7 kg • Configuration transfer Serial

Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 to +40 °C
- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85%

1) Not battery-backed

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/21

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC TP 170micro 1) } 6AV6 640-0CA01-0AX0 Accessories for supplementary ordering
Touch panel for connection to the Protective foil } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
2 TP 170micro starter package 1) } 6AV6 650-0CA01-0AA0
(pack of 10)
Protective cover } 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
Comprising: (2 sets)
• TP 170micro Touch Panel
Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
engineering software Comprising:
• Documentation CD, • Gaskets
5 languages (English, French, • 2 sets of inscription strips
German, Italian and Spanish) (for OPs)
Configuration • 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 (block of two)
Documentation (to be ordered separately) PC/PPI cable Multimaster 2) 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
Instruction Manual for connection of S7-200 to serial
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/ PC/OP interface
OP 170B
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting 6XV1 830-1CH30
• German } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 cable
• English } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0 For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
• French } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0 Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 System interfaces See page 2/117
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0 Connecting cables See page 2/126
User Manual
WinCC flexible Micro
• German } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
■ Dimensional drawings
• English } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0 Dimensions in mm

• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0

• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
User Manual
WinCC flexible 212
communication 6
196
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
140
156

• French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0

• Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0 42
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
G_ST80_XX_00065

comprising: product manuals,

communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
options

} ex warehouse
1) Delivery will be started with WinCC flexible 2004 in the 1st quarter 2004
2) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0 can also
■ More information
still be used For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panels

2/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Overview ■ Application
SIMATIC Mobile Panels are suitable for industrial applications in
all sectors. They can be used wherever mobile, on-site operation
of machines and plants is required: for example with larger
production plants, complex or encapsulated machines, long
transfer or production lines, or with conveying technology. 2
■ Design
• Ergonomic and compact with various holding and gripping
positions (suitable for right-handed and left-handed persons)
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive)
• 14 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable function keys
(8 with LEDs)
• The product is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Two 3-level enabling keys
• Optional product variants with
- STOP button or
- STOP button, handwheel, keyswitch and illuminated
pushbutton.
The STOP button is specially provided with a "protective
collar".
• Mobile operator panel for direct operation of machines and If the STOP button is connected into the EMERGENCY-STOP
plants from any location loop, its function corresponds to an EMERGENCY-STOP.
• Provides an optimum view of the workpiece or the process and, • Extremely resistant to shock thanks to the double wall
at the same time, direct access and view of the operator unit construction and the round housing shape
• Flexible use due to simple reconnection during operation (they will survive a fall from a height of 1.5 m without any
damage)
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive),
16 colors • Dust-tight and splash-proof housing to the IP65 degree of
protection
• 14 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable function keys (8
with LEDs) • Integrated, serial, MPI and PROFIBUS interface
(up to 12 Mbit/s)
• Two 3-level enabling keys;
Optional variants with: • Slot for one Compact Flash card (CF card)
- STOP keys • Connection to the control via the reliable and rugged
- STOP keys, handwheel, key switches and illuminated connecting box to the IP65 degree of protection:
pushbutton units - Connecting box Basic: allows the STOP button to be
• Connection to the PLC and power supply is via the connection integrated into the safety circuit
box and connecting cable - Connecting box Plus: allows the STOP button to be integrated
into the safety circuit
The emergency stop circuit always remains closed
■ Benefits irrespective of whether the mobile panel is connected or not.
• Hot swapping during normal operation without interruption of Monitoring of the STOP button is possible.
the emergency stop circuit (with connecting box Plus) and Proven safety concept
without causing any bus errors
• Fast, accurate set up and positioning The two enable keys (to EN 60204-1) with three switching steps
each, guarantee the protection of man and machine in critical
• Reliable operation with well-proven safety system concept situations. They are integrated in the rear handle.
(Safety Category 3 to EN 954-1)
The STOP button (to EN 60204-1) is hard-wired and latches pos-
• Ergonomic and compact with low weight (approx. 1.3 kg) itively when operated. It can be looped into the emergency stop
• Rugged for industrial use circuit of a monitored system in which case it has the functional-
• Can be used worldwide: ity of an emergency stop pushbutton, but it differs with respect
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and to its gray color. There is therefore no danger of confusion with
Cyrillic character sets) an emergency stop device. This is particularly important if the
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online mobile control unit is not connected to the machine. SIMATIC
Mobile Panels make it possible to provide safety functions at any
point of a machine or system.
STOP and enabling switches are designed with dual circuits
according to the safety directives, and meet the requirements of
safety category 3 to EN 954-1.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/23

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Design (cont.)
Innovative connection concept ing boxes. Pressing the STOP switch on the mobile panel then
triggers the emergency stop. The STOP switch on the mobile
The mobile panel is simply connected to the connecting box panel supplements the emergency stop device according to
where required in the system or on the machine, and is EN 418 which is fixed to the machine, but does not replace it.
2 immediately available for use. The connecting box can be
mounted anywhere, also outside the control cabinet.
When disconnecting the mobile panel, the connecting box Plus
automatically closes the emergency stop circuit, thus ensuring
It guarantees fault-free hot swapping, making it possible to swap safe, fault-free operation when swapping its connection point.
the operating locations simply and reliably if there are several
connection points in a system or machine. The mobile panel Connection at one point of the machine
can be configured such that the associated user-interface is
selected depending on the connection point. If a connecting box Basic is used, disconnecting of the mobile
panel results in opening the emergency stop circuit, and thus
Configuration options with looping into emergency stop triggering of the emergency stop function. This configuration is
therefore suitable for connecting the mobile panel to a fixed
The versions with STOP switches can be incorporated into the point on the machine.
emergency stop circuit of a machine or system via the connect-

Wiring into the emergency stop circuit - Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
with connection box Basic - Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open
->Emergency stop is triggered

MPI/PROFIBUS DP

Connection box
Basic
Emergency
stop circuit

Mobile Panel 170

with STOP switch

G_ST80_XX_00068
Variable connection to different stations of a machine
or system
If a Mobile Panel 170 with STOP switch is used together with the panel is connected or disconnected. When the mobile panel is
connecting box Plus, it is possible to design a configuration in connected, the STOP button is looped into the emergency stop
which the mobile panel can be used variably and is looped into circuit, when the STOP button is pressed, the circuit is opened
the emergency stop circuit at the same time. The emergency and the emergency stop function is activated. If the mobile panel
stop circuit remains closed irrespective of whether the mobile is disconnected during operation, the emergency stop circuit in
the connecting box Plus is automatically closed.

Automatic closing of emergency stop circuit - Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
by connection box Plus - Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open

MPI/PROFIBUS DP

Connecting box Connecting box

[Plus 1] [Plus n]
Emergency
stop circuit

Mobile Panel 170

with STOP switch
G_ST80_XX_00069

2/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Function
• Input/output fields • Simple maintenance and configuration through
for displaying and changing process parameters - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
• Function keys data records and firmware on the optional CF card
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions (Compact Flash card)
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The
function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
2
peripherals. - Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232
• Direct control of the additional operating elements (handwheel, - Automatic transfer identification
key-operated switch and illuminated pushbutton) as - Individual contrast settings
PROFIBUS DP input periphery (DP direct keys) - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
• Buttons computer
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions - No batteries are necessary
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Graphics
can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys or • Message system
buttons. They can also be used as background displays - Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
(wallpaper). as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing and SIMOTION
extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
(such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw). display of message events
• Vector graphics; • Language selection
basic geometric shapes (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) - Language-dependent texts and graphics
can be created direct in the configuration tool • Permanent window expanded by template concept
• Fixed texts - Generation of screen templates
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process • User administration (security)
values in any character size - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
• Curve functions and bar charts of specific sectors
are used to visualize dynamic values - Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC Configuration
• Language selection; Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software
Asiatic and Cyrillic character sets (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft-
• Password protection with 10 levels ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
• Message system; WinCC flexible engineering software).
Administration of status, fault and system messages
• Recipe management Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
- With additional data storage (on optional CF card) flexible.
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard Excel and Access tools
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Interval timer
for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers")
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic hiding and
showing of objects
• Permanent window;
permanently defined screen area for outputting general infor-
mation (e.g. important process variables, date and time)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/25

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Integration
Communication with the PLC is via PROFIBUS DP at up to Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
12 Mbit/s, via MPI, or via the serial interface. The interfaces • SINUMERIK
are already integrated. A wide range of drivers – also for (option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
non-Siemens PLCs – are included in the standard scope of the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
2 supply. The handwheel, keyswitch and illuminated pushbutton
are directly controlled via a DP I/O (DP direct key function).
additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
The connecting box allows the mobile panel to be connected to: Note:
• SIMATIC S7:S7-200/-300-400 For further information
see "System interfaces"
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMOTION
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• Non-Siemens controllers
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon Modbus
- GE-Fanuc
- LG GLOFA GM
- Omron

■ Technical data
Type Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170
With integral enable key With integral enable key and STOP With integral STOP key, keyswitch,
key handwheel, illuminated key and
enable key
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD) STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7’’ 5.7’’ 5.7’’
• Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240 320 x 240 320 x 240
• Colors 16 colors 16 colors 16 colors
• MTBF of background lighting Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours
(at 25 °C)
Control elements
• Type of operator control Touch and keys Touch and keys Touch and keys
• Programmable, freely inscribable 14 (8 with LED) 14 (8 with LED) 14 (8 with LED)
function keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes 1) Yes/yes 1) Yes/yes 1)
• STOP keys - Optional, 2-channel, forced Optional, 2-channel, forced
blocking, can be looped into the blocking, can be looped into the
emergency stop circuit emergency stop circuit
• Enable key 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage 2-channel, 3-stage
• Keyswitch - - Yes, with 3 key positions
• Illuminated pushbutton No No Yes
• Handwheel No No Yes
Expansions for operator control
of the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP Yes Yes Yes
keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM Flash / RAM Flash / RAM
• Useable memory for user data 768 KB 768 KB 768 KB
Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Interface with PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC Soft-PLC/Slot-PLC (V 3.0 WinAC Soft-PLC/Slot-PLC (V 3.0 WinAC Soft-PLC/Slot-PLC (V 3.0
upwards), SIMOTION, upwards), SIMOTION, upwards), SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Allen Bradley (DF1), Allen Bradley (DF1),
Telemecanique (ADJUST), Telemecanique (ADJUST), Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus), Modicon (Modbus), Modicon (Modbus),
LG GLOFA GM, further LG GLOFA GM, further LG GLOFA GM, further
non-Siemens PLCs non-Siemens PLCs non-Siemens PLCs

2/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170
With integral enable key With integral enable key and STOP With integral STOP key, keyswitch,
key handwheel, illuminated key and
enable key
Clock Hardware clock without battery
backup
Hardware clock without battery
backup
Hardware clock without battery
backup
2
Power supply Via connecting box Via connecting box Via connecting box
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 IP65 IP65
• Rear IP65 IP65 IP65
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation 0 °C to 40 °C 0 °C to 40 °C 0 °C to 40 °C
- Transport, storage -20 °C to 60 °C -20 °C to 60 °C -20 °C to 60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 80 % 80 % 80 %
External dimensions in mm W 245 / D 58 W 245 / D 58 W 245 / D 58
Weight 1.3 kg 1.3 kg 1.3 kg
Certification cULus, CE, SIBE cULus, CE, SIBE cULus, CE, SIBE
Functionality when configuring
with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages 1000 1000 1000
• Fault messages 1000 1000 1000
• System messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, Circulating buffer, Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 2) 128 entries each 2) 128 entries each 2)
Recipes 100 100 100
• Records per recipe 200 200 200
• Entries per record 200 200 200
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, 32 KB integrated flash, 32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 3) expandable 3) expandable 3)
Process diagrams 100 100 100
• Text objects 2000 text elements 2000 text elements 2000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 50 50 50
• Fields per diagram 50 50 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes Yes Yes
Variables 1000 1000 1000
Password protection (levels) 10 10 10
Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages Color print, hardcopy, messages Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional
Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian Turkish, Hungarian Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages ideographic languages ideographic languages
Help system Yes Yes Yes
Interval timer Yes Yes Yes

1) English font only can be displayed

2) Not battery-backed
3) By means of optional CF card

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/27

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170 Mobile Panel 170
With integral enable key With integral enable key and STOP With integral STOP key, keyswitch,
key handwheel, illuminated key and
enable key
2 Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages 2000 2000 2000
• Bit messages Yes Yes Yes
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes
• No. of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, Circulating buffer, Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 2) 256 entries each 2) 256 entries each 2)
Recipes 100 100 100
• Records per recipe 200 200 200
• Entries per record 200 200 200
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, 32 KB integrated flash, 32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 3) expandable 3) expandable 3)
Process diagrams 500 500 500
• Text objects 2500 text elements 2500 text elements 2500 text elements
• Variables per diagram 50 50 50
• Fields per diagram 50 50 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes Yes Yes
Variables 1000 1000 1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10 10 10
• No. of users 32 32 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable Variable Variable
Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages Color print, hardcopy, messages Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional
(incl. system messages) Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian Turkish, Hungarian Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages ideographic languages ideographic languages
Help system Yes Yes Yes
Task planner (interval timer) Yes Yes Yes
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2 ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2 ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2
upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004
Compact upwards Compact upwards Compact upwards
(must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately)
• Configuration transfer Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/ Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/ Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/
automatic transfer detection automatic transfer detection automatic transfer detection

1) English font only can be displayed

2) Not battery-backed
3) By means of optional CF card

2/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type Connecting box Basic Connecting box Plus
Ports 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
Expansions for operator control
of the process
• Hot swapping With interruption in emergency stop circuit Without interruption in emergency stop circuit
2
• Monitoring of the STOP button No Yes
• Location identification Yes Yes
Housing degree of protection IP65 IP65
Power supply 24 V DC 24 V DC
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D 160 x 120 x 70 160 x 120 x 70
in mm
Weight 0.35 kg 0.4 kg
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85 % 85 %

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 Starter package Plus } 6AV6 575-1AJ16-0CX0
• With integral enable key } 6AV6 545-4BA16-0CX0 • Mobile Panel 170 with integral
} 6AV6 545-4BB16-0CX0 enable key, STOP key,
• With integral enable key and handwheel, keyswitch and
STOP key illuminated pushbutton
• With integral enable key, STOP } 6AV6 545-4BC16-0CX0
• Connecting box Plus:
key, handwheel, keyswitch and
illuminated pushbutton • Connection cable, 10 m
Connecting box • Wall mount
• Basic } 6AV6 574-1AE04-4AA0 • SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
• Plus } 6AV6 574-1AE14-4AA0 • Documentation CD, 5 languag-
es (English, French, German,
Connection cable Italian and Spanish)
Standard cables
• Software update service for 1 year
•2m } 6XV1 440-4AH20
Configuration
•5m } 6XV1 440-4AH50
with SIMATIC ProTool and See Section 4
• 10 m } 6XV1 440-4AN10 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
• 25 m } 6XV1 440-4AN25 with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4
Intermediate lengths 2)

•8m 6XV1 440-4AH80

• 15 m 6XV1 440-4AN15
• 20 m 6XV1 440-4AN20
Wall mount for } 6AV6 574-1AF04-4AA0
Mobile Panel 170
Starter package Basic } 6AV6 575-1AJ06-0CX0
• Mobile Panel 170 with integral
enable key
• Connecting box Basic:
• Connection cable, 10 m
• Wall mount
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
• Documentation CD,
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
• Software update service for 1 year

} ex warehouse
1) Delivery period approx. 6 weeks

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/29

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No. Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately) Brief start-up instructions for
Mobile Panel 170 (ProTool)
Mobile Panel 170 Instruction

2 Manual (WinCC flexible)

• German } 6AV6 691-1DC01-0AA0
• German
• English
}
}
6AV6 591-1EC30-0AA0
6AV6 591-1EC30-0AB0
• English } 6AV6 691-1DC01-0AB0 • French } 6AV6 591-1EC30-0AC0
• French } 6AV6 691-1DC01-0AC0 • Italian } 6AV6 591-1EC30-0AD0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DC01-0AD0 • Spanish } 6AV6 591-1EC30-0AE0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DC01-0AE0 ProTool User Manual for
configuring Windows-based
Brief start-up instructions for systems
Mobile Panel 170
(WinCC flexible) • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• German } 6AV6 691-1EC01-0AA0 • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• English } 6AV6 691-1EC01-0AB0 • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
User Manual WinCC flexible • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
• German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
ProTool communications man-
• English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 ual for Windows-based systems
• French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 • German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 • English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 • French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
User Manual WinCC flexible • Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
communication
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
• English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
CF card, 32 MB } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
• French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
Protective foil } 6AV6 574-1AD04-4AA0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
To protect the touch front against
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0 dirt/scratching (set of 10)
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0 Protective pockets } 6AV6 574-1AB04-4AA0
5 languages (English, French, For inscription strips (set of 5)
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals, Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA04-4AA0
communications manuals and Comprising:
configuration manuals for panels,
• Blanking plugs for cable duct
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for • 2 x PG screwed gland for
options connecting box
Mobile Panel 170 Manual • 1 set of screws for connecting
(ProTool) box cover
• 2 x terminal box (12-pin)
• German } 6AV6 591-1DC30-0AA0
• Dummy cap for connecting box
• English } 6AV6 591-1DC30-0AB0
System interfaces See page 2/117
• French } 6AV6 591-1DC30-0AC0
Connecting cables See page 2/126
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC30-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC30-0AE0

} ex warehouse

2/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels - 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm
123.9
o
7.8
24.6
2

18
121.7 8o

225.2
245
92.3

G_ST80_XX_00046

G_ST80_XX_00047
100.7 8o
2
61.3

SIMATIC Mobile Panel front and rear views Wall mount for SIMATIC Mobile Panel

■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at
140
62.7
10

43

http://www.siemens.com/mobile-panels

160
150
110
120
142 ± 2

G_ST80_XX_00045

Connecting box for SIMATIC Mobile Panel

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/31

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17

■ Overview ■ Design
The TD17 Text Display is based on OP7/OP17 technology.
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm.
2 • 7 system keys
• Metal-reinforced plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Small mounting depth
• Electronic fuse

■ Function
Message functions
• Integration of up to 8 process values per alarm
• Operating and system message buffer
• Scrolling in messages
• Specification of message priorities
• Date and time in messages
• Text display for displaying and storing messages • Mixed operation using upper and lower case letters
• For use directly at the machine as well as in a control room Other functions
• LED-backlit LCD: • Loadable firmware
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
• Contrast adjustment
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm.
• User-friendly native driver for various non-Siemens PLCs
• 7 system keys
• Backup/restore function for firmware and user data (ProSave)

■ Benefits • PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions

• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability Configuration
• Fast variable updating Configuring is performed using the configuration software
• Easy handling and configuration SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse

■ Integration
■ Application
The TD17 can be connected to:
The TD17 Text Displays can be used in all applications in which
monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
whether in production automation, process automation or build- • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
ing service automation. They are in use in an extensive range of • SIMATIC S5
sectors and applications.
• SIMATIC 505
The TD17 is simply for display purposes and does not support • SINUMERIK
intervention in the process.
• Third-party PLCs, including
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon
- Omron
- GE Fanuc

Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces".

2/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17

■ Technical data
Type TD17 Typ TD17
Display LCD Ambient conditions
• Number of lines (max.) 8 • Mounting position +/- 90°
• Characters per line (max.)
• Character height (mm)
40
6 or 11
- max. permissible angle of incli-
nation without forced ventilation
90°
2
• Colors Monochrome • Temperature
• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C Approx. 200,000 hours - Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to 50 °C
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 °C to 35 °C
Control elements Membrane keyboard
- Transport, storage -25 °C to 70 °C
• System keys 7
• Max. relative humidity 95%
Operating system RMOS
Functionality1)
Memory
Message system
• Type Flash / RAM
• Operating messages 999
• Usable memory for user data 128 KB
• System messages Yes
Ports 1 x TTY, 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
• Message length (lines x charac- 2 x 40
1 x RS 485
ters)
Interface with PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, • Number of process values per 8
SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX), message
Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus), other non- • Message buffer Battery-backed cyclic buffer,
Siemens PLCs 256 entries each

Power supply 24 V DC Variables 1000

• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC Password protection (levels) 10
• Nominal current 0.34 A Online languages 3
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V • Project languages Danish, German, English, Finnish,
French, Greek, Italian, Dutch,
Clock Hardware clock, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
synchronized/with back-up Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Degree of protection Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
• Front IP65 (when installed) Help system Yes
• Rear IP20 Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 2.51
Certification GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE upwards, executable under
Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
Dimensions (must be ordered separately)
• Front W x H (mm) 240 x 98 • Configuration transfer Serial
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 231 x 89
Weight 0.9 kg

1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of

configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/33

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
SIMATIC TD17 } 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0
Dimensions in mm
Text display, 8 lines,
40 characters/line,
2 incl. mounting accessories
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool See Section 4
or ProTool/Pro
Documentation (to be ordered separately)

98

89
TD17 Manual } 6AV3 991-1AE00-0AX0
Multi-language (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
231 51 1)
Communication manual 4
240
Description for connection of
TD/OP to the controller
• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0

G_ST80_XX_00062
• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0 1) Depth includes connectors and cabel connectors

• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 231 x 89

Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0

5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and ■ More information
configuration manuals for panels,
For further information, visit our website at
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Service package } 6AV3 678-1CC10
for TD17, OP7 and OP17 1)
Comprising: http://www.siemens.com/panels
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin terminal strip
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B,
MP 370
RS 485 bus connector with axial 6GK1 500-0EA02
cable outlet (180°)
System interfaces See page 2/108
Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse
1) Included in scope of supply

2/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3

■ Overview ■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
display)
Message functions
2
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S7
• Password protection
• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Contrast adjustment
• Linear conversion
• Variable limit values
Configuration
• Operator panel for operator control and monitoring of small
machines and plants Configuring is performed using the configuration software
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
• Can also be used as a hand-held device
• LED-backlit LCD: 2-line, 20 characters/line; character height
5 mm. ■ Integration
• 18 system keys, of which 5 are freely configurable function Fast and easy connection to SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 PLCs is
keys possible via the integrated interface.
An additional master (e.g. PG or OP) in the PPI network is
■ Benefits permissible.
• Easy handling and configuration Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces".
• Small and compact
• Extensive functionality, e.g.:
- Linear conversion
- Variable limit values
- PG function STATUS/CONTROL of variables

■ Application
The OP3 Operator Panels can be used in all small-scale
applications in which operator control and monitoring of
machines and installations is required on site – whether in
production automation, process automation or building service
automation. They are in use in an extensive range of sectors
and applications.

■ Design
• LED-backlit LCD, 2-line, 20 characters/line; character height
5 mm.
• 18 system keys, of which 5 are freely configurable function
keys
• Plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Small mounting depth

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/35

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3

■ Technical data
Type OP3 Type OP3
Display LCD Ambient conditions
• Number of lines (max.) 2 • Mounting position +/- 180°

2 • Characters per line (max.)

• Character height (mm)
20
5
- Max. permissible angle of incli-
nation without forced ventilation
180°

• Colors Monochrome • Temperature

- Operation (vertical mounting) 0 °C to +60 °C
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 200,000 hours
- Operation 0 °C to +60 °C
Control elements Membrane keyboard (max. angle of inclination)
• Function keys, programmable 5 function keys - Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C
• System keys 18 • Max. relative humidity 85%
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Functionality1)
Operating system RMOS Message system
Memory • Operating messages 499
• Type Flash / RAM • System messages Yes
• Usable memory for user data 128 KB • Message length 2 x 20
(lines x characters)
Ports 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485
• Number of process values per 8
Connection to PLC S7-200, S7-300/400 message
Supply voltage 24 V DC Process diagrams 40
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC • Entries per diagram 20
• Nominal current 0.07 A Graphics objects Character graphics
Clock Software clock, without battery Variables 1024
backup
Password protection (levels) 10
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in) Online languages 3
• Rear IP20 • Project languages English, German, French, Italian
and Spanish
Certification GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) Yes for S7
Dimensions
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 2.51
• Front W x H (mm) 148 x 76 upwards, executable under
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 138 x 68 Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(must be ordered separately)
Weight 0.25 kg
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI

1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of

configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

2/36 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
SIMATIC OP3 } 6AV3 503-1DB10
Dimensions in mm
Operator panel, 2-line, 20 charac-
ters/line, 18 system keys,
incl. mounting accessories:
• Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point
2
connection to SIMATIC S7 and
for transmitting the configuration
data from PC/PG with MPI card
• Cable (3 m) for transmitting the
configuration data from PC/PG
with RS 232 interface

68
76
• Cable (5 m) for 24 V DC power
supply
138 20 4
SIMATIC OP3 starter kit } 6AV6 520-0AA06-0CX0 148 27
Comprising:
• OP3 Operator Panel with
mounting accessories

G_ST80_XX_00057
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software
• Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point
connection to SIMATIC S7 and
for transmitting the configuration
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 138 x 68
data from PC/PG with MPI card
• Cable (3 m) for transmitting the
configuration data from PC/PG
with RS 232 interface
• 24 V DC power supply cable
(5 m)
■ More information
• Documentation CD, For further information, visit our website at
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool See Section 4
or ProTool/Pro
Documentation (to be ordered separately) http://www.siemens.com/panels
OP3 Manual
• German } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AA0
• English } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AB0
• French } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV3 591-1AD00-1AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Plug-type power supply unit
For convenient configuration of
OP3:
• 230 V AC/24 V DC 6ES7 705-0AA00-1AA0
• 115 V AC/24 V DC 1) 6ES7 705-0AA00-1BA0
System interfaces See page 2/108
Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse
1) Not approved for sale in EU countries

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/37

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

■ Overview ■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
2 display)
• Insert strips for all function keys
• Function keys partially with two-color LED
Message functions
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating and fault messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
• Differentiation between first and last value messages
• Help text on messages, diagrams, etc.
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
and S7
• Password protection
• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Compact, multi-functional operator panel for operator control
and monitoring of machines and plants • Selection from 17 languages, including system messages
(also with Cyrillic character set)
• LED-backlit LCD: 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height
8 mm • Contrast adjustment
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions
function keys (4 with LEDs) • Recipe management
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
■ Benefits • Linear conversion
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read • Native drivers for third-party PLCs
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability • PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
• Fast variable updating • Variable limit values
• Extensive functionality for efficient HMI – from receipe manage-
• Integrated printer port
ment through linear conversion as far as the backing up and
restoring of firmware and user data Service concept
• Easy handling and configuration • Backup/restoring of configuration, firmware and recipe data
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse records
• Loadable firmware
■ Application Configuration
The OP7 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in Configuring is performed using the configuration software
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
tions is required on site – whether in production automation, Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
process automation or building service automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
■ Integration
■ Design The OP7 can be connected to:
• LED-backlit LCD, 4-line, 20 characters/line; • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
character height 8 mm • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • SIMATIC S5
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• SIMATIC 505
• Plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard • SINUMERIK
detergents • Third-party PLCs, e.g.
• Small mounting depth - Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
• Electronic fuse - Telemecanique
• Interfaces: - Modicon
- OP7/PP: - Omron
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 - GE Fanuc
- OP7/DP:
RS 232, RS 485/422, Note:
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s For further information see "System interfaces"
- OP7/DP-12:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422,
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s

2/38 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

■ Technical data
Type OP7/PP OP7/DP OP7/DP-12
Display LCD LCD LCD
• Line display
- Number of lines (max.)
- Characters per line (max.)
4
20
4
20
4
20
2
- Character height 8 8 8
• Colors Monochrome Monochrome Monochrome
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 100,000 hours Approx. 100,000 hours Approx. 100,000 hours
Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard
Function keys, programmable 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs 8 function keys, 4 with LEDs
• System keys 22 22 22
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes Yes/yes
Operating system RMOS RMOS RMOS
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM Flash / RAM Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 128 KB 128 KB 128 KB
Ports 1 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/485, 1 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP 1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 1.5 Mbit/s) (up to 12 Mbit/s)
Connection to PLC S5, 505, SINUMERIK, Allen Bradley S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
(DF1), Mitsubishi (FX), Telemeca- SINUMERIK SINUMERIK, Allen Bradley (DF1),
nique (ADJUST) Modicon Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(Modbus), other non-Siemens (ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus),
drivers other non-Siemens drivers
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.19 A 0.19 A 0.19 A
Clock Software clock, without battery Software clock, without battery Software clock, without battery
backup backup backup
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X
• Rear IP20 IP20 IP20
Certification GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, EX zone 2, GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, EX zone 2, GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, EX zone 2,
EX zone 22 EX zone 22 EX zone 22
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 144 x 180 144 x 180 144 x 180
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 135 x 171 135 x 171 135 x 171
Weight 0.43 kg 0.43 kg 0.43 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position +/- 90° +/- 90° +/- 90°
- Max. permissible angle of incli- 90° 90° 90°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical mounting) 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +35 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -25 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity 95% 95% 95%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs - Yes Yes
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer Printer Printer

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/39

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

■ Technical data
Type OP7/PP OP7/DP OP7/DP-12
Functionality1)
Message system
2 • Operating messages
• Fault messages
499
499
499
499
499
499
• System messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length 4 x 20 4 x 20 4 x 20
(lines x characters)
• No. of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 256 entries each Ring buffer, 256 entries each Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Recipes 99 99 99
• Data records per recipe 99 99 99
• Entries per data record 99 99 99
• Recipe memory 4 KB integrated flash 4 KB integrated flash 4 KB integrated flash
Process diagrams 99 99 99
• Text objects 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements 31,680 text elements
• Entries per diagram 99 99 99
• Variables per diagram 792 792 792
Graphics objects Character graphics Character graphics Character graphics
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Password protection (levels) 10 10 10
Printer functions Hardcopy, messages Hardcopy, messages Hardcopy, messages
Online languages 3 3 3
• Project languages Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Help system Yes Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 2.51 upwards, ProTool/Lite Version 2.51 upwards, ProTool/Lite Version 2.51 upwards,
executable under Windows executable under Windows executable under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000 98/SE/ME/NT/2000 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial Serial Serial

1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of

configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

2/40 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC OP7 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator panel, 4-line, 20 charac- OP7/OP17 Manual
ters/line, 22 system keys;
incl. mounting accessories: • German
• English
}
}
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0
2
• OP7/PP } 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1
for connection to SIMATIC • French } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0
S5/505 and PLCs from other
vendors; with • Italian } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
- 1x RS 232/TTY interface • Spanish } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface Communication manual
• OP7/DP } 6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1 Description for connection of
for connection to SIMATIC TD/OP to the controller
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and
non-Siemens PLCs; with • German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
- 1x RS 232 interface • English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP • French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface • Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0

• OP7/DP-12 } 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1 • Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0

for connection to SIMATIC Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and
5 languages (English, French,
non-Siemens PLCs; with
German, Italian and Spanish);
- 1x RS 232/TTY interface Comprising: product manuals,
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP communications manuals and
interface, 12 Mbit/s configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
SIMATIC OP7/PP starter kit } 6AV6 520-0CA06-0CX0 options
Comprising: Accessories for supplementary ordering
• OP7/PP Operator Panel Service package for TD17 2), 6AV3 678-1CC10
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite OP7 and OP17
configuration software Comprising:
• Documentation CD, 5 languag-
es (English, French, German, • 1 x TD17 gasket
Italian and Spanish) • 1 x OP7 gasket
• Standard function blocks • 1 x OP17 gasket
• Connecting cable between • 5 x clamping blocks
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP, • 2-pin terminal strip
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
SIMATIC OP7/DP starter kit 1) } 6AV6 520-0CB06-0CX0 with axial cable outlet (180°)
As OP7/PP starter kit, but with
OP7/DP System interfaces See page 2/108

Configuration Connecting cables See page 2/126

with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool See Section 4 1) Native drivers cannot be used with DP variants
or ProTool/Pro 2) Included in scope of supply
Configuration set for SIMATIC } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0CX0
OP7 and SIMATIC OP17
Comprising:
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software
• Documentation CD,
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP;
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/41

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7

■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm

2
42,5 http://www.siemens.com/panels
144
39
30

116,5
180
171
30

29
135
G_ST80_XX_00058

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 135 x 171

2/42 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

■ Overview ■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
display)
• Insert strips for all function keys
2
• Function keys partially with two-color LED
Message functions
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating and fault messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
• Differentiation between first and last value messages
• Help text on messages, diagrams, etc.
• Mixed operation using upper and lower case letters
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
and S7
• Password protection
• High-performance operator panel for easy operator control
and monitoring of machines and plants • Language selection with 3 online languages
• LED-backlit LCD: • Selection from 17 languages, including system messages
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or (also with Cyrillic character set)
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm. • Contrast adjustment
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions
function keys (16 with LEDs) • Recipe management
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
■ Benefits • Linear conversion
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read • Native drivers for third-party PLCs
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability • PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
• Fast variable updating • Variable limit values
• Extensive functionality for efficient HMI – from receipe • Internal real-time clock
management through linear conversion as far as the backing • 48 timed interrupts
up and restoring of firmware and user data • Integrated printer port
• Easy handling and configuration
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse Service concept
• Backup/restoring of configuration, firmware and recipe data
■ Application records
• Loadable firmware
The OP17 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- Configuration
tions is required locally – whether in production automation, Configuring is performed using the configuration software
process automation or building service automation. They are in SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications. Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)

■ Design ■ Integration
• LED-backlit LCD
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or The OP17 can be connected to:
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm. • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
function keys (16 with LEDs) • SIMATIC S5
• Plastic housing with membrane front • SIMATIC 505
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard • SINUMERIK
detergents
• Third-party PLCs, e.g.
• Small mounting depth - Allen Bradley
• Electronic fuse - Mitsubishi
• Optional battery can be used - Telemecanique
• Interfaces: - Modicon
- OP17/PP: - Omron
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422 - GE Fanuc
- OP17/DP:
Note:
RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s For further information see "System interfaces"
- OP17/DP-12:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
up to 12 Mbit/s

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/43

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

■ Technical data
Type OP17/PP OP17/DP OP17/DP-12
Display LCD LCD LCD
• Number of lines (max.) 8 8 8

2 • Characters per line (max.)

• Character height (mm)
40
6 or 11
40
6 or 11
40
6 or 11
• Colors Monochrome Monochrome Monochrome
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 200,000 hours Approx. 200,000 hours Approx. 200,000 hours
Control elements Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard Membrane keyboard
• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs 24 function keys, 16 with LEDs
• System keys 22 22 22
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No
Operating system RMOS RMOS RMOS
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM Flash / RAM Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 256 KB 256 KB 256 KB
Interfaces 2 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/485, 2 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP 1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 1.5 Mbit/s) (up to 12 Mbit/s)
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX), SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX), SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST) Telemecanique (ADJUST) Telemecanique (ADJUST)
Modicon (Modbus), Modicon (Modbus), Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs other non-Siemens PLCs other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.39 A 0.39 A 0.39 A
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock, Hardware clock, Hardware clock,
buffered/synchronized buffered/synchronized buffered/synchronized
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x
• Rear IP20 IP20 IP20
Certification GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 240 x 204 240 x 204 240 x 204
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 231 x 195 231 x 195 231 x 195
Weight 0.96 kg 0.96 kg 0.96 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position +/- 90° +/- 90° +/- 90°
- Max. permissible angle of incli- 90° 90° 90°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical mounting) 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +35 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -25 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity 95% 95% 95%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs - Yes Yes
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer Printer Printer

2/44 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type OP17/PP OP17/DP OP17/DP-12
Functionality 1)
Message system
• Operating messages
• Fault messages
999
999
999
999
999
999
2
• System messages Yes Yes Yes
• Message length 2 x 40 2 x 40 2 x 40
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer with battery back-up, Ring buffer with battery back-up, Ring buffer with battery back-up,
256 entries each 256 entries each 256 entries each
Recipes 99 99 99
• Data records per recipe 99 99 99
• Entries per data record 99 99 99
• Recipe memory 20 KB integrated flash 20 KB integrated flash 20 KB integrated flash
Process diagrams 99 99 99
• Text objects 31,860 text elements 31,860 text elements 31,860 text elements
• Entries per diagram 99 99 99
• Variables per diagram 792 792 792
• Graphics objects Character graphics Character graphics Character graphics
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Password protection (levels) 10 10 10
Printer functions Messages Messages Messages
Online languages 3 3 3
• Project languages Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Spanish, Swedish, Turkish Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Help system Yes Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer Yes Yes Yes
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 2.51 ProTool/Lite Version 2.51 ProTool/Lite Version 2.51
upwards, executable under upwards, executable under upwards, executable under
Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000 Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000 Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial Serial Serial

1) The specifications are maximum values. The total number of

configurable elements is limited by the size of the user memory.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/45

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC OP17 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator panel, 4-line, 20 OP7/OP17 Manual
characters/line or 8-line, 40
2 characters/line, 22 system keys;
incl. mounting accessories
• German
• English
}
}
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0
• OP17/PP } 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1
for connection to SIMATIC • French } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0
S5/505 and PLCs from other • Italian } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
vendors, with
• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface Communication manual
Description for connection of
• OP17/DP } 6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX1
TD/OP to the controller
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7, PROFIBUS DP and • German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
non-Siemens PLCs, with
• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
- 2 x RS 232 interface
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP • French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s • Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface • Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
• OP17/DP-12 } 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1 Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and 5 languages (English, French,
non-Siemens PLCs, with German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising:
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface product manuals, communica-
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP tions manuals and configuration
interface, 12 Mbit/s manuals for panels, panel PCs,
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface ProTool, ProTool/Pro, ProAgent,
WinCC flexible and for options
SIMATIC OP17/PP starter kit } 6AV6 520-0EA06-0CX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Comprising:
• OP17/PP Operator Panel Service package for TD17 2), } 6AV3 678-1CC10
OP7 and OP17
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software Comprising:
• Documentation CD, • 1 x TD17 gasket
5 languages (English, French, • 1 x OP7 gasket
German, Italian and Spanish) • 1 x OP17 gasket
• Standard function blocks • 5 x clamping blocks
• Connecting cable between • 2-pin terminal strip
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP,
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32) Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
SIMATIC OP17/DP starter kit 1) } 6AV6 520-0EB06-0CX0 Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
As OP17/PP starter kit, but with OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
OP17/DP TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B,
Configuration MP 370
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool See Section 4 RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
or ProTool/Pro with axial cable outlet (180°)
Configuration set for SIMATIC } 6AV6 573-1AA06-0CX0 System interfaces See page 2/108
OP7 and SIMATIC OP17 Connecting cables See page 2/126
Comprising:
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 1) Native drivers cannot be used with DP variants
configuration software 2) Included in scope of supply
• Documentation CD,
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP;
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)

} ex warehouse

2/46 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17

■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm

2
54
240 http://www.siemens.com/panels
120 50
35

132
195
204

30
35

231
30
G_ST80_XX_00052

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 231 x 195

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/47

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B

■ Overview ■ Application
The OP 77B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation,
process automation or building services automation. They are in
2 use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Compatibility with OP7
• Same installation cut-out as OP7
• Importing of OP7 configurations from ProTool/Lite, ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
Migration manual and description of most important changes
compared to OP7 and ProTool

■ Design
• 4.5" LCD, 160 x 64 pixels, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• Numeric and alphanumeric input facilities
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• Operator panel for operator control and monitoring of small • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
machines and plants detergents
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Pixel graphics 4.5" LCD, monochrome • Interfaces:
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable - RS 485/422 interface for process connections (MPI and
function keys (4 with LEDs) PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
- USB printer port
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected via easy-to-use drivers
• Slot for multi media card (MMC)
• Start of delivery in 1st quarter 2004

■ Function
■ Benefits • Input/output fields
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): for displaying and changing process parameters
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
• Function keys
reduces the lifecycle costs
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: can be configured simultaneously on function keys. They can
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
• Graphics
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
life of the backlighting
buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the
• Can be used worldwide: display.
- 32 languages can be configured In the configuration tool, a library is available containing
(including Asiatic and Cyrillic character sets) extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor
- Language-dependent texts and graphics (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use • Fixed texts
display objects for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase values in any character size
flexibility: • Bar displays for the graphical display of dynamic values
- Optional MMC (Multi Media Card), used for recipe data sets
• Display selection from the PLC
and for backing up the configuration and system data
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Integral printer port via USB
• Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups

2/48 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

• Message system The OP 77B can be connected to:
- Analog messages
- Bit messages as well as Alarm S signaling procedure with • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
SIMATIC S7 • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
2
display of message events
- Message history • Non-Siemens PLCs
• Recipe management - Allen Bradley
- With additional data storage (on optional multi media card) - Mitsubishi
- Online/offline editing on the panel - Telemecanique
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) - LG GLOFA GM
- External processing with standard Excel and Access tools - Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
• Help texts - OMRON
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
Note:
• Limit value monitoring For further information see "System interfaces"
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner (interval timer) for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy, messages and freely-configurable reports
• Template concept;
display elements configured in the template appear in each
display
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional multi media card
(MMC)
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232/USB
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
computer
- No batteries are necessary
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or
Advanced configuration software (see HMI
software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/49

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B

■ Technical data
Type OP 77B Type OP 77B
Display LCD Expansion for operator-process
• Size 4.5“ communication

2 • Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
160 x 64
Monochrome (yellow-green)
• DP direct keys/LEDs
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Yes

• MTBF of background lighting Approx. 100,000 hours Functions

(at 25 °C) Message system
Control elements Membrane keyboard • No. of messages 1000
• Function keys, programmable 8 function keys, 4 with LED • Bit messages Yes
• System keys 23 • Analog messages Yes
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes 1) • Number of process values per 8
message
Processor ARM CPU
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 256 entries
Operating system Windows CE each 2)
Memory Recipes 100
• Type Flash / RAM • Data records per recipe 200
• Usable memory for user data 1 MB • Entries per data record 200
Ports 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x • Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash,
RS 485 expandable 3)
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x USB Process diagrams 500
• MMC card slot 1 x MMC card slot • Text objects 2500 text elements
• Variables per diagram 30
Printer Yes via USB (up to 100 mA)
• Fields per diagram 30
Interface with PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, • Graphics objects 1000
WinAC, Allen Bradley, Mitsubishi,
Telemecanique, Modicon, LG • Dynamic objects Bars
GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens - Directories Yes
PLCs Variables 1000
Power supply 24 V DC User administration (security)
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC • No. of user groups 10
• Nominal current 0.2 A • No. of users 32
Clock Software clock, synchronized 2) • No. of user group privileges Variable
Degree of protection Printer functions Hardcopy, messages, report
• Front IP65 (when installed) Online languages 5
• Rear IP20 Project languages (incl. system Danish, German, traditional
messages) Chinese, simplified Chinese,
Certification Available soon: FM, cULus, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
CE, C-Tick, EX zone 2/22, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
shipbuilding Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Dimensions
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
• Front W x H (mm) 150 x 186
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable ideo-
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 135 x 171 graphic languages/PT standard
Weight 0.5 kg Help system Yes
Ambient conditions Task planner (interval timer) Yes
• Mounting position Vertical Configuration tool WinCC flexible 2004 Compact
- max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 90° upwards (must be ordered
nation without forced ventilation separately)
• Temperature • Transfer of the configuration Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/USB
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C 1) English font only can be displayed
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 °C to +40 °C 2) Not battery-backed
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +70 °C 3) By means of optional MMC
• Max. relative humidity 95%

2/50 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC OP 77B 1) } 6AV6 641-0CA01-0AX0 Accessories
Operator panel with 4.5" display, Memory cards } 6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
monochrome, including mount-
ing accessories
MMC card 64 MB
Accessories for supplementary ordering
2
OP 77B starter package 1) } 6AV6 651-1CA01-0AA0
Comprising: Service package } 6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
• OP 77B Operator Panel comprising:
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible • Gaskets
Compact engineering software • 5 clamps
• Documentation CD, 5 languag- • Clamp-type terminal strip
es (English, French, German, (block of two)
Italian and Spanish)
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting 6XV1 830-1CH30
• MPI cable (5 m) cable
• Software update service for 1 year For connection of data terminal,
Configuration precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin,
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 terminated at both ends, 3 m
Configuration set 1) 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 System interfaces See page 2/117
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Connecting cables See page 2/126
Compact engineering software
• Documentation CD, 1) Start of delivery in 1st quarter 2004
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m) ■ Dimensional drawings
• MPI cable (5 m)
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Dimensions in mm
Instruction Manual OP 77B
• German } 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB0
150 38.5
• French } 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE0
186
170

Short guide OP 77B

• German } 6AV6 691-1EA01-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 691-1EA01-0AB0
User Manual
WinCC flexible 134
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
6.2
G_ST80_EN_00087

• English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0

• French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 134 x 170
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
■ More information
communications manuals and For further information, visit our website at
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

} ex warehouse
http://www.siemens.com/panels

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/51

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A

■ Overview ■ Application
The TP 170A Touch Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation,
process automation or building service automation. They are in
2 use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
With its quick response times, the TP 170A is also ideally suited
to jog mode.

■ Design
• 5.7” STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and
hexadecimal number formats
• On-screen alphanumeric keyboard
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option to achieve NEMA4
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
machines and plants dirt and scratching
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels with • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
graphics capability complete with all the basic functions • Interfaces:
required for simple tasks - RS 485/422 for process connections and for downloading the
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), configuration (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s)
Blue mode (4 levels) - RS 232 interface for process connections and for
downloading the configuration
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected via easy-to-use drivers

■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use
display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 21 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets
- When configuring with WinCC flexible:
32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets and
up to 5 languages can be switched over online

2/52 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A

■ Function ■ Integration
• Input/output fields The TP 170A can be connected to:
for displaying and changing process parameters
• SIMATIC S7:S7-200/-300-400
• Buttons
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
can be configured simultaneously on buttons. • SIMATIC S5 (9/25-pin adapter and RS232/TTY converter
required)
2
• Graphics
can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys • SIMATIC 505
or buttons. They can also be used as background displays • Non-Siemens controllers
(wallpaper). - Allen Bradley
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing exten- - Mitsubishi
sive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an - Telemecanique
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor - LG GLOFA GM
(such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw). - Modicon
• Fixed texts - GE-Fanuc
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process - OMRON
values in any character size
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values When configuring with WinCC flexible, the TP 170A can be
connected to max. 4 SIMATIC S7 PLCs
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
• Configuration languages;
21 configuration languages incl. Asiatic and Cyrillic character
sets, 1 online language
• Password protection with 2 levels
• Message system;
administration of status and system messages
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
computer
- No batteries are necessary
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
display of message events
- Message history
• Language selection:
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software
(see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft-
ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/53

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A

■ Technical data
Type TP 170A Type TP 170A
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD) Functionality
• Size 5.7" when configuring with ProTool

2 • Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Message system
• Operating messages 1000
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 50,000 hours • Message length (lines x charac- 1 x 70
ters)
Control elements Touch screen • Number of process values per 8
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes 1) message
Processor RISC CPU Process diagrams 50
Operating system Windows CE • Text objects 1,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 20
Memory
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background
• Type Flash / RAM images
• Usable memory for user data 320 KB • Dynamic objects Bars
Ports 1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, - Directories Yes
1 x RS 485 Variables 500 2)
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, Password protection (levels) 2
WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Online languages 1
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), • Project languages Danish, German, traditional
LG GLOFA GM, other Chinese, simplified Chinese,
non-Siemens PLCs English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Supply voltage 24 V DC Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
• Nominal current 0.24 A Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable
Clock Software clock, without battery ideographic languages
backup
Functionality
Degree of protection when configuring with
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4 WinCC flexible
(with protective cover) Message system
• Rear IP20 • No. of messages 1000
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM • Bit messages Yes
Dimensions • Analog messages No
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156 • Number of process values per 8
message
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 128 entries
Weight 0.7 kg each 3)
Ambient conditions Process diagrams 250
• Mounting position Vertical • Text objects 1,000 text elements
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35° • Variables per diagram 20
nation without forced ventilation • Fields per diagram 20
• Temperature • Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C images
- Operation 0 °C to +40 °C • Dynamic objects Bars
(max. angle of inclination) - Directories Yes
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C Variables 500
• Max. relative humidity 85% User administration (security) Yes
Online languages 5
• Project languages (incl. system Danish, German, traditional
messages) Chinese, simplified Chinese,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 5.2 SP1
upwards or
WinCC flexible 2004 Compact
upwards
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP

1) English font only can be displayed

2) ProTool V6 upwards
3) Not battery-backed

2/54 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC TP 170A } 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 TP 170/OP 170B Manual
Touch panel with 5.7" STN (ProTool)
display, Bluemode (4 levels),
incl. mounting accessories
• German
• English
}
}
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
2
TP 170A starter kit } 6AV6 575-1AD06-0CX0
• French } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0
Comprising:
• TP 170A Touch Panel • Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite • Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0
configuration software
ProTool User Manual for config-
• Documentation CD, uring Windows-based systems
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish) • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• RS 232 cable (5 m) • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• MPI cable (5 m) • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Software update service for 1 year
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
Configuration
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4
ProTool or ProTool/Pro ProTool Communications
Manual
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 for Windows-based systems
Configuration set • German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
Comprising:
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
configuration and engineering
software, documentation CD, • French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish), • Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
RS 232 cable (5 m), • Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
MPI cable (5 m)
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0
configuration software 5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible } 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 Comprising: product manuals,
Compact engineering communications manuals and
software 1) configuration manuals for panels,
Documentation (to be ordered separately) panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
Instruction Manual options
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B (WinCC flexible) Accessories for supplementary ordering
• German } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 Protective foil } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
• English } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0 (pack of 10)
• French } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0 Protective cover } 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 (2 sets)

• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0 Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0

Comprising:
User Manual
WinCC flexible • Gaskets
Compact/Standard/Advanced • 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs)
• German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• 7 clamps
• English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• Clamp-type terminal strip
• French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0 (block of two)
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0 RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 PROFIBUS 830-1T 6XV1 830-1CH30
connecting cable
User Manual
WinCC flexible For connection of data terminal,
Communication precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin,
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0 terminated at both ends, 3 m
• English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0 RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
• French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0 with axial cable outlet (180°)

• Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0 System interfaces See page 2/117

• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0 Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/55

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A

■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm

2
http://www.siemens.com/panels
212
6
196 140
156

42 G_ST80_XX_00064

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142

2/56 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Overview ■ Design
• 5.7” STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels) or color
(16 colors)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and
hexadecimal number formats 2
• On-screen alpha keyboard (with English font)
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option to achieve NEMA4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 for process connections and for downloading the
configuration (up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections and for
downloading the configuration
- Serial RS 232 printer port
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small • Slot for a compact flash card
machines and plants
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
• Universal starter unit in the class of touch panels with graphics
capability and extensive functional scope
• 5.7" pixel graphics STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), ■ Function
Blue mode (4 levels) or color (16 colors) • Input/output fields
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board for displaying and changing process parameters
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected via easy-to-use drivers • Buttons
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
■ Benefits • Graphics
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, buttons. They can also be used as background displays
reduces the lifecycle costs (wallpaper).
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: In the configuration tool, a library is available containing
- Backup/restore via MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors
optionally via compact flash card (CF card) with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network) • Vector graphics;
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service basic geometric shapes (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) can
life of the backlighting be created using the configuring tool directly
• Can be used worldwide: • Fixed texts
- 32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
character sets values in any character size
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online • Curve functions and bar charts
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use are used to visualize dynamic values
display objects • Display selection from the PLC
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase supports operator prompting from the PLC
flexibility: • Language selection;
- Compact flash card, used for recipe data sets and for 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
backing up the configuration and system data and Cyrillic character sets
• Integrated serial printer port • Password protection with 10 levels
• Message system;
■ Application Administration of status, fault and system messages
• Recipe management
The TP 170B Touch Panels can be used in all applications in - With additional data storage (on CF card)
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- - Online/offline editing on the panel
tions is required on site – whether in production automation, - Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
process automation or building service automation. They are in - External processing with standard Excel and Access tools
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/57

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

• Limit value monitoring The TP 170B can be connected to:
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• SIMATIC S7:S7-200/-300-400
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 • Interval timer • SIMATIC S5 (9/25-pin adapter and RS232/TTY converter
required)
for cyclic function processing
• Print; • SIMATIC 505
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers") • SINUMERIK
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic hiding and • SIMOTION
showing of objects • Non-Siemens controllers
• Permanent window; - Allen Bradley
permanently defined screen area for outputting general - Mitsubishi
information (e.g. important process variables, date and time) - Telemecanique
• Simple maintenance and configuration through - LG GLOFA GM
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, - Modicon
data records and firmware on the optional CF card - GE-Fanuc
(Compact Flash card) - OMRON
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via • SINUMERIK
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232 and CF Card (optional) (option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
- Automatic transfer identification the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
- Individual contrast setting and calibration additionally necessary for configuration;
- Clean screen for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration Note:
computer For further information see "System interfaces"
- No batteries are necessary
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
display of message events
- Message history
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software
(see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft-
ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.

2/58 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Technical data
Type TP 170B monochrom TP 170B color
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7"
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
4 blue levels 16 colors
2
• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements Touch screen
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes 1)
Processor RISC 32 bit, 66 MHz
Operating system Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 768 KB
Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Printer Yes
Interface with PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.25 A
Clock Software clock, synchronized, without battery backup
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4 (with protective cover)
• Rear IP20
Certification CE, UL, CSA, FM
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142
Weight 0.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35 °
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 °C to +40 °C
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys Yes
(TP buttons as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/59

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type TP 170B monochrom TP 170B color
Functionality when configuring with ProTool
Message system
2 • Operating messages
• Fault messages
1000
1000
• Message length 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 128 entries each 2)
Recipes 100
• Records per recipe 200
• Entries per record 200
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, expandable 3)
Process diagrams 100
• Text objects 2,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 50
• Fields per diagram 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 1000
Password protection (levels) 10
Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages 5
• Project languages Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system Yes
Interval timer Yes
Functionality when configuring with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages 2000
• Bit messages Yes
• Analog messages Yes
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 256 entries each 2)
Recipes 100
• Records per recipe 200
• Entries per record 200
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, expandable 3)
Process diagrams 500
• Text objects 2,500 text elements
• Variables per diagram 50
• Fields per diagram 50
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10
• No. of users 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable
Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages 5
• Project languages Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
(incl. system messages) Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system Yes
Task planner (interval timer) Yes
Configuration tool ProTool/Lite Version 5.2 SP1 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 Compact upwards (must be ordered separately)
• Configuration transfer Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
1) English font only can be displayed 3) By means of optional CF card
2) Not battery-backed

2/60 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC TP 170B Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN display Instruction Manual
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
• Bluemode (4 levels)
• Color (16 colors)
}
}
6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0
6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
OP 170B (WinCC flexible) 2
• German } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
incl. mounting accessories
• English } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
TP 170B starter kit } 6AV6 575-1AG06-0CX0
Comprising: • French } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• TP 170B with STN display, • Italian } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
Bluemode • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software User Manual
WinCC flexible
• Documentation CD, Compact/Standard/Advanced
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish) • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• RS 232 cable (5 m) • English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• MPI cable (5 m) • French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Software update service for 1 year
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
Configuration
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4
User Manual
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
WinCC flexible communication
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
Configuration set
• English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Comprising:
configuration and engineering • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
software, documentation CD, • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish), • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cable (5 m) TP 170/OP 170B Manual
(ProTool)
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0
configuration software • German } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible } 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0 • English } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
Compact engineering • French } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0
software 1)
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0
} ex warehouse • Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004 ProTool user manual for config-
uring Windows-based systems
• German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
ProTool communications
manual
for Windows-based systems
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/61

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B

■ Ordering Data (cont.) ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
Accessories
Dimensions in mm
Memory cards } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

2 CF card, 32 MB
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
(pack of 10)
212
6
Protective cover } 6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0 196
(2 sets)
Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Comprising:

140
156
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs) 42
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip

G_ST80_XX_00064
(block of two)
TTY-RS 232 converter } 6ES5 734-1BD20
For connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T 6XV1 830-1CH30
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
■ More information
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, For further information, visit our website at
terminated at both ends, 3 m
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126
http://www.siemens.com/panels
} ex warehouse

2/62 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Overview ■ Design
• 5.7" STN, CCFL1) backlit display, Blue mode (4 levels)
• 35 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (18 with LEDs)
• Numeric and alphanumeric on-screen keyboard
• Compact design with a mounting depth of only 45 mm
2
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 interface for process connections
(MPI and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections
- Serial RS 232 printer port
• Slot for compact flash card

1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps

■ Function
• Input/output fields
• Universal starter unit in the class of panels with graphics for displaying and changing process parameters
capability and extensive functional scope • Function keys
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN display, Blue mode (4 levels) for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
• 35 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The
function keys (18 with LEDs) function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
peripherals.
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• Buttons
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connected via easy-to-use drivers for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
■ Benefits • Graphics
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys
or buttons. They can also be used as background displays
• Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, (wallpaper).
reduces the lifecycle costs In the configuration tool, a library is available containing
• Reduces the service and start-up costs thanks to: extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors
- Backup/restore via MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or with an OLE interface can be used as graphics editor
optionally via compact flash card (CF card) (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer • Vector graphics;
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network) basic geometric shapes (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service can be created using the configuring tool directly
life of the backlighting
• Fixed texts
• Can be used worldwide: for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
- 32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic values in any character size
character sets
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online • Curve functions and bar charts
are used to visualize dynamic values
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use
display objects • Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility: • Language selection;
- Compact flash card, used for recipe data sets and for 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
backing up the configuration and system data and Cyrillic character sets
• Integrated serial printer port • Password protection with 10 levels
• Message system;
Administration of status, fault and system messages
■ Application • Recipe management
The OP 170B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in - With additional data storage (on CF card)
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa- - Online/offline editing on the panel
tions is required on site - whether in production automation, pro- - Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
cess automation or building service automation. They are in use - External processing with standard Excel and Access tools
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/63

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

• Help texts The OP 170B can be connected to:
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• Mathematical functions
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 • Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs • SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication • SINUMERIK
• Interval timer • SIMOTION
for cyclic function processing • Non-Siemens controllers
• Print; - Allen Bradley
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers") - Mitsubishi
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic hiding and - Telemecanique
showing of objects - LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
• Permanent window; - GE-Fanuc
permanently defined screen area for outputting general - OMRON
information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, • SINUMERIK
data records and firmware on the optional CF card (Compact (option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
Flash card) the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, additionally necessary for configuration;
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via MPI/PROFIBUS Note:
DP/RS232 and CF Card (optional) For further information see "System interfaces"
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
computer ■ Technical data
- No batteries are necessary Type OP 170B
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Message system • Size 5,7"
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well • Resolution (W x H in pixels) 320 x 240
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
• Colors 4 blue levels
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault • MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C Approx. 50.000 hours
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and Control elements Membrane keyboard
display of message events • Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LED
- Message history • Numerical/alphanumeric input Yes/yes1)
• Language selection:
Processor RISC 32 bit, 66 MHz
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept Operating system Windows CE
- Generation of screen templates Memory
• User administration (Security) • Type Flash / RAM
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements • Usable memory for user data 768 KB
of specific sectors Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
- Authentication by means of user ID and password 1 x RS 485
- Privileges specific to user groups
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Configuration Interface with PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST),
(see HMI software/configuration software or visualization soft- Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
ware) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
Power supply 24 V DC
WinCC flexible engineering software).
• Permitted range +18 bis +30 V DC
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC • Nominal current 0,25 A
flexible.
Clock Software clock, synchronized,
without battery backup
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (when installed)
• Rear IP20

1) English font only can be displayed

2/64 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Technical data
Type OP 170B Type OP 170B
Certification FM, UL, CSA, CE Functionality
when configuring with WinCC
Dimensions flexible
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cut-out W x H (mm)
240 x 252
229 x 241
Message system 2
• No. of messages 2000
Weight 0,9 kg • Bit messages Yes
Ambient conditions • Analog messages Yes
• Mounting position Vertical • Number of process values per 8
- max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35° message
nation without forced ventilation • Message buffer Circulating buffer,
• Temperature 256 entries each 1)
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C Recipes 100
- Operation (max. inclination) 0 °C to +40 °C • Records per recipe 200
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C • Entries per record 200
• Max. relative humidity 85% • Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 2)
Expansion for operator-process Process diagrams 500
communication
• Text objects 2,500 text elements
• DP direkt keys/LEDs (OP keys/ Yes • Variables per diagram 50
LEDs as I/O-peripherals)
• Fields per diagram 50
Peripherals Printer
• Graphic objects Bitmaps, icons, background
Functionality images, vector graphics
when configuring with ProTool • Dynamc objects Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Message system - Directories Yes
• Operating messages 1000 Variables 1000
• Fault messages 1000 User administration (security)
• Message length 1 x 70 • No. of user groups 10
(lines x characters)
• No. of users 32
• Number of process values per 8
message • No. of user group privileges Variable
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 128 entries Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages
each 1) Online languages 5
Recipes 100 • Project languages (incl. system Traditional Chinese, simplified
• Records per recipe 200 messages) Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
• Entries per record 200 Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
• Recipe memory 32 KB integrated flash, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
expandable 2) Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Process diagrams 100 Swedisch, Turkish
• Text objects 2000 text elements Character set Tahoma, freely scalable ideo-
graphic languages
• Variables per diagram 50
Help system Yes
• Fields per diagram 50
Task planner (interval timer) Yes
• Graphic objects Bitmaps, icons, backgound
images, vektor graphics Configuration tool ProTool Version 5.2 SP1
upwards or WinCC flexible 2004
• Dynamic objects Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Compact upwards
- Directories Yes (must be ordered separately)
Variables 1000 • Configuration transfer Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
Password protection (levels) 10
Printer functions Color print, hardcopy, messages 1) Not battery-backed
Online languages 5 2) By means of optional CF card
• Projekt languages Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Help system Yes
Interval timer Yes

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/65

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC OP 170B } 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator panel with 5,7“ STN ProTool user manual for config-

2 display, bluemode (4 levels), incl.

mounting accessories
uring Windows-based systems
• German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
Configuration
• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, See Section 4
ProTool or ProTool/Pro • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
Configuration set • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
Comprising: ProTool communications man-
configuration and engineering ual for Windows-based systems
software, documentation CD,
5 languages (German, English, • German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
French, Italian, Spanish), • English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cabel (5 m) • French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• With SIMATIC ProTool/Lite } 6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0 • Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
configuation software
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible } 6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
Compact engineering software 1) Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
Documentation (to be ordered separately) German, Italian and Spanish);
Instruction Manual comprising: product manuals,
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/ communications manuals and
OP 170B (WinCC flexible) configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
• German } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0 ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
• English } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0 options

• French } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0 Accessories

• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0 Memory cards } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0 CF card, 32 MB

User Manual Accessories for supplementary ordering

WinCC flexible Service package } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Compact/Standard/Advanced
Comprising:
• German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0 • Gaskets
• English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0 • 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs)
• French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• 7 clamps
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Clamp-type terminal strip
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0 (block of two)
User Manual RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
WinCC flexible
communication PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting 6XV1 830-1CH30
cable
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0 For connection of data terminal,
• English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0 precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin,
• French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0 terminated at both ends, 3 m
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0 RS 485 bus connector with axial 6GK1 500-0EA02
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0 cable outlet (180°)

TP 170/OP 170B Manual System interfaces See page 2/117

(ProTool) Connecting cables See page 2/126
• German } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
} ex warehouse
• English } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004
• French } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0

2/66 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B

■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm

2
6
http://www.siemens.com/panels
252

239

227 30
240 42
G_ST80_XX_00053

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 229 x 241

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/67

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Overview ■ Application
The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panels can be used in all applica-
tions in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required on site – whether in production automa-
tion, process automation or building service automation. They
2 are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times make demanding machine visualiza-
tion tasks possible even under harsh industrial conditions.

■ Design
• 5.7” (TP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (TP 270 10“) STN color display, 256 colors
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic (TP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
(TP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20
(rear of unit) degree of protection
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme
vibration resistance
• Touch panel with extensive functional scope for demanding • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
machine visualization applications • Interfaces:
- Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process
• 5.7" pixel graphics STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), color
connections and for downloading the configuration
(256 colors)
(MPI and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB; Ethernet - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
optional - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/
• The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panel are the innovative succes- uploading configurations
sors to the SIMATIC TP27 Touch Panel - Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for
exchanging data with a higher-level PC, connecting a net-
work printer and downloading/uploading configurations;
■ Benefits connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): WinCC flexible
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, • Slot for compact flash card
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between
■ Function
various SIMATIC HMI systems • Displaying and changing process parameters
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and • Process visualization:
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet - TP 270 6“:
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels),
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) TP 270 10“:
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels)
(CF card) with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and - Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)
firmware - Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of objects
- Specific drivers can be downloaded - Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts
- Long service life of the backlighting - Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use access to the history and permit flexible selection of the
display objects representation period.
• Can be used worldwide: Read-off line for determining the current values and display
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and via a table
Cyrillic character sets) - Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online - Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase - Cyclic function processing using an interval timer
flexibility: • Multiplex function for variables
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the • Message system
configuration and system data - Administration of status, fault and system messages
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices - Status and fault messages with historical trend
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader) - Preconfigured message display, message window and mes-
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and sage line
recipes for further processing using standard tools • Archiving messages and process values
(e.g. MS Excel) (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management - Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive
and project management; - Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with - Online evaluation of process value archives using trend curves
WinCC flexible - External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools

2/68 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Function (cont.) • Client/server functions (option with "WinCC flexible /

Sm@rtAccess")
• Message log and shift log - Remote operator control and monitoring of other
• Print functions (see "Recommended printers”) SIMATIC HMI systems
• Language changeover - System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic data
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
Configuration 2
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
• Recipe management SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software (see HMI soft-
- With additional data storage (on CF card) ware/configuration software or visualization software) or with the
- Online/offline editing on the panel SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced engineering
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access software).
tools
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with
flexible.
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC Applications/options
supports operator prompting from the PLC
When configuring with ProTool
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables • SIMATIC ProAgent/MP;
(comparing operations, loops, etc.) Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
• Help texts software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions When configuring with WinCC flexible
• Limit value monitoring • WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
• Permanent window; machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
permanently defined screen area for outputting general infor- software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
mation (e.g. important process variables, date and time) • WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess;
• Simple maintenance and configuration through Remote operator control and monitoring as well as
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems
data records and firmware on the optional CF card (see WinCC flexible RT options)
(Compact Flash card) or optionally via Ethernet • WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService;
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system, Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave Internet/intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options)
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/Ethernet (optional)/modem
and CF card(optional) ■ Integration
- Automatic transfer identification The TP 270 can be connected to:
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
translation with standard word processors • SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• SINUMERIK
• Project-specific faceplates with central modification facility
• SIMOTION
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well • Non-Siemens controllers
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7 - Allen Bradley
and SIMOTION - Mitsubishi
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault - Telemecanique
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and - LG GLOFA GM
display of message events - Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
• Language selection: - OMRON
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Via Ethernet (TCP/IP) to host PC and network printer
• Permanent window expanded by template concept (optionally via NE2000-compatible network card)
- Generation of screen templates
• User administration (security) Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
of specific sectors (optionally via NE2000-compatible network card)
- Authentication by means of user ID and password • Multi-protocol capability
- Privileges specific to user groups • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems
• Visual Basic Runtime object model (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtService") • SINUMERIK
- E-mail generation (optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
Explorer is additionally necessary for configuration;
- Web server with status HTML sites and control functions for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/69

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Technical data
Type TP 270 6" TP 270 10"
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7" 10.4"

2 • Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
256 colors
640 x 480
256 colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 40,000 hours Approx. 60,000 hours
Control elements Touch screen
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes
• External mouse, keyboard, USB / USB / USB
barcode reader
Processor RISC CPU
Operating system Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 2048 KB configuration memory (without supplementary memory for options)
Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x USB
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.6 A
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
• Rear IP20
Certification FM, UL, cULus, EX zone 2, EX zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuilding approval (ABS)
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156 335 x 275
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142 310 x 248
Weight 1 kg 4.5 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +40 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys Yes Yes
(TP buttons as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer, barcode reader, mouse, keyboard
Applications/options
• Under ProTool ProAgent
• Under WinCC flexible ProAgent, Sm@rtAccess, Sm@rtService

2/70 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type TP 270 6" TP 270 10"
Functionality when configuring
with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages 2000 2
• Fault messages 2000
• Message length 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes 300
• Data records per recipe 500
• Entries per data record 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams 300
• Text objects 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 200
• Fields per diagram 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20
• Number of process tags per 20
project
• Number of sequential archives 40
• Entries per archive 10,000
• Archive types Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
• Storage location CF card, Ethernet (option)
• Data storage format CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
• Online evaluation Using trend curves
Password protection (levels) 10
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, Arial, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer Yes

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/71

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type TP 270 6" TP 270 10"
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible

2 Message system
• No. of messages 4000
• Bit messages Yes
• Analog messages Yes
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes 300
• Data records per recipe 500
• Entries per data record 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams 500
• Text objects 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 200
• Fields per diagram 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20
• Number of process tags per 20
project
• Number of sequential archives 400
• Entries per archive 500,000
• Archive types Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
• Storage location CF card, Ethernet (option)
• Data storage format CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
• Online evaluation Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10
• No. of users 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages 5
• Project languages Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
(incl. system messages) Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
Help system Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer) Yes
Configuration tool ProTool Version 6 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 Standard upwards (must be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Ethernet

2/72 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC TP 270 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Touch panel with Instruction Manual
• 5.7" color STN display
• 10.4" color STN display
}
}
6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible) 2
incl. mounting accessories • German } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0

Starter kit TP 270 with • English } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0

• TP 270 6" Touch Panel } 6AV6 575-1AH16-0CX0 • French } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0

• TP 270 10" Touch Panel } 6AV6 575-1AH36-0CX0 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0

Comprising: • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0

• TP 270 Touch Panel User Manual
WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC ProTool
Compact/Standard/Advanced
configuration software
• Documentation CD, • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
5 languages (English, French, • English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
German, Italian and Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m) • French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• MPI cable (5 m) • Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Software update service for 1 year • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
Configuration User Manual
WinCC flexible communication
With SIMATIC ProTool and See Section 4
ProTool/Pro • German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Configuration set 1) } 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
Comprising: • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
• Documentation CD, TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
5 languages (English, French, (ProTool) Manual
German, Italian and Spanish) • German } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC • English } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
and panel • French } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• MPI cable, 5 m
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
Applications/options
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
When configuring with ProTool
ProTool user manual for config-
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 uring Windows-based systems
When configuring with WinCC flexible • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4 • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4 • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
} ex warehouse
ProTool communications
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004 manual
for Windows-based systems
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/73

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270

■ Ordering Data (cont.) ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
Accessories
Dimensions in mm
Memory cards } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

2 CF card, 32 MB
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27, 212 58 6,2
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B, 196
MP 370
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil

156

140
to protect the touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• for TP 270 6" } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
• for TP 270 10" } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0

G_ST80_XX_00044
Service package for TP 270 6" } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs) Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip TP 270 6“
(block of two)
Service package for TP 270 10" } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
• Gaskets
Dimensions in mm
• 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs)
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip 335
(block of two) 309 59,2 9,5
• Socket spanner 54,9
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20

247
275

For connecting to S5 CPUs;

3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126
G_ST80_XX_00043

} ex warehouse

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248

TP 270 10“

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panels

2/74 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Overview • Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase

flexibility:
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the
configuration and system data
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader)
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes for further processing using standard tools 2
(e.g. MS Excel)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management
and project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible

■ Application
The OP 270B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installa-
tions is required on site – whether in production automation,
process automation or building services automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times satisfy demanding machine
visualization tasks even under harsh industrial conditions.
• Operator panel with extensive functional scope for demanding
machine visualization applications ■ Design
• Pixel graphics 5.7" or 10.4” STN display, color (256 colors) • 5.7” (OP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (OP 270 10“) STN color display,
• OP 270 6": 256 colors
36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • Membrane keyboard:
function keys (18 with LEDs) - OP 270 6":
OP 270 10": 36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable function keys (18 with LEDs)
function keys (28 with LEDs) OP 270 10":
• All interfaces on board, e.g MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB; Ethernet 38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
optional function keys (28 with LEDs)
• The SIMATIC OP 270 Operator Panels are innovative • Compact design with small installation depth
successors to the SIMATIC OP27 Operator Panels • Rugged plastic (OP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
(OP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20 (rear
■ Benefits of unit) degree of protection
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): detergents
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs • High electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and extreme
vibration resistance
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
various SIMATIC HMI systems • Interfaces:
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and - Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet connections and for downloading the configuration (MPI and
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/
(CF card) uploading configurations
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and - Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for
firmware exchanging data with a higher-level PC, connecting a net-
- Specific drivers can be downloaded work printer and downloading/uploading configurations;
- Long service life of the backlighting connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Slot for compact flash card
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/75

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Function
• Displaying and changing process parameters • Simple maintenance and configuration through
• Function keys - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions data records and firmware on the optional CF card
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The (Compact Flash card) or optionally via Ethernet
2 function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
peripherals.
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
• Process visualization: USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/Ethernet
- OP 270 6“: (optional)/modem and CF card(optional)
QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels), - Automatic transfer identification
OP 270 10“: - Individual contrast settings
VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels) - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text computer
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
objects translation with standard word processors
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide • Project-specific faceplates with central modification facility
access to the history and permit flexible selection of the • Message system
representation period. - Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
Read-off line for determining the current values and display as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
via a table and SIMOTION
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library) - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer display of message events
• Multiplex function for variables • Language selection:
• Message system - Language-dependent texts and graphics
- Administration of status, fault and system messages • Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Status and fault messages with historical trend - Generation of screen templates
- Preconfigured message display, message window and • User administration (security)
message line - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
• Archiving messages and process values of specific sectors
(on CF card, optionally through Ethernet) - Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive - Privileges specific to user groups
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) • Visual Basic Runtime object model
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend
curves • Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService")
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access - E-mail generation
tools - Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
Explorer
• Message log and shift log - Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
• Print functions (see "Recommended printers”) • Client/server functions (option with "WinCC flexible /
• Language changeover Sm@rtAccess")
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic - Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
and Cyrillic character sets HMI systems
• Password protection with 10 levels - System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
data
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on CF card) Configuration
- Online/offline editing on the panel Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software (see HMI software/
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access configuration software or visualization software) or with the
tools SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced engineering
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 software).
• Display selection from the PLC Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
supports operator prompting from the PLC flexible.
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables
(comparing operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Permanent window
permanently defined screen area for outputting general
information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)

2/76 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

Applications/options The SIMATIC OP 270 Operator Panels can be connected to:
When configuring with ProTool • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
2
software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SINUMERIK
When configuring with WinCC flexible • SIMOTION
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent; • Non-Siemens PLCs
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and - Allen Bradley
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI - Mitsubishi
software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) - Telemecanique
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess; - LG GLOFA GM
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as - Modicon
communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems - GE-Fanuc
(see WinCC flexible RT options) - OMRON
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService; • Via Ethernet (TCP/IP) to host PC and network printer
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via (optionally via NE2000-compatible network card)
the Internet/intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options)
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
(optionally via NE2000-compatible network card)
• Multi-protocol capability
• HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems
(option with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• SINUMERIK
(option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/77

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Technical data
Type OP 270 6" OP 270 10"
Display STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7" 10.4"

2 • Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
256 colors
640 x 480
256 colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 40,000 hours Approx. 60,000 hours
Control elements Membrane keyboard
• Function keys, programmable 24 function keys, 18 with LED 36 function keys, 28 with LED
• System keys 36 38
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes
• External mouse, keyboard, USB / USB / USB
barcode reader
Processor RISC CPU
Operating system Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM
• Useable memory for user data 2048 KB configuration memory (without supplementary memory for options)
Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x USB
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.6 A
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock, synchronized, with back-up
Degree of protection
• Front IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
• Rear IP20
Certification FM, UL, cULus, EX zone 2, EX zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuilding approval (ABS)
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 308 x 204 483 x 310
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 282 x 178 436 x 295
Weight 1 kg 6 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +40 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 90%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs Yes Yes
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer, barcode reader, mouse, keyboard
Applications/options
• Under ProTool ProAgent
• Under WinCC flexible ProAgent, Sm@rtAccess, Sm@rtService

2/78 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type OP 270 6" OP 270 10"
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages 2000 2
• Fault messages 2000
• Message length 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes 300
• Data records per recipe 500
• Entries per data record 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams 300
• Text objects 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 200
• Fields per diagram 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20
• Number of process tags per 20
project
• Number of sequential archives 40
• Entries per archive 10,000
• Archive types Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
• Storage location CF card, Ethernet (option)
• Data storage format CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
• Online evaluation Using trend curves
Password protection (levels) 10
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, Arial, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer Yes

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/79

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type OP 270 6" OP 270 10"
Functionality
when configuring with
WinCC flexible
2 Message system
• No. of messages 4000
• Bit messages Yes
• Analog messages Yes
• Number of process values per 8
message
• Message buffer Ring buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes 300
• Data records per recipe 500
• Entries per data record 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams 500
• Text objects 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 200
• Fields per diagram 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
- Directories Yes
Variables 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20
• Number of process tags per 20
project
• Number of sequential archives 400
• Entries per archive 500,000
• Archive types Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
• Storage location CF card, Ethernet (option)
• Data storage format CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
• Online evaluation Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10
• No. of users 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
(incl. system messages) Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
Help system Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer) Yes
Configuration tool ProTool Version 6 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 Standard upwards (must be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Ethernet

2/80 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC OP 270 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Operator panel with Instruction Manual
• 5.7" color STN display
• 10.4" color STN display
}
}
6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible) 2
incl. mounting accessories • German } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0

Starter kit OP 270 with • English } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0

• OP 270 6" Operator Panel } 6AV6 575-1AH06-0CX0 • French } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0

• OP 270 10" Operator Panel } 6AV6 575-1AH26-0CX0 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0

Comprising: • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0

• OP 270 Operator Panel User Manual
WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC ProTool
Compact/Standard/Advanced
configuration software
• Documentation CD, • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
5 languages (English, French, • English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
German, Italian and Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m) • French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• MPI cable (5 m) • Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Software update service for 1 year • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
Configuration User Manual
WinCC flexible communication
With SIMATIC ProTool or See Section 4
ProTool/Pro • German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Configuration set 1) } 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
Comprising: • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
• Documentation CD, TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
5 languages (English, French, (ProTool) Manual
German, Italian and Spanish) • German } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC • English } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
and panel • French } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• MPI cable, 5 m
• Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
Applications/options
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
When configuring with ProTool
ProTool user manual for config-
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 uring Windows-based systems
When configuring with WinCC flexible • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4 • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4 • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
} ex warehouse
ProTool communications man-
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004 ual for Windows-based systems
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/81

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270

■ Ordering Data (cont.) ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
Accessories
Dimensions in mm
Memory cards } 6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0

2 CF card, 32 MB
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah
308 59 6
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
280
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B,
MP 370
Accessories for supplementary ordering

204

176
Service package for OP 270 6" } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of inscription strips
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip

G_ST80_XX_00056
(block of two)
Service package for OP 270 10" } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
Comprising:
• Gaskets Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 282 x 178
• 2 sets of inscription strips
• 10 clamps
OP 270 6“
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket spanner
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02 Dimensions in mm
with axial cable outlet (180°)
TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20
482,6
For connecting to S5 CPUs; 58,6 9,5
431,6
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
55,3
RS 232 cable (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126

288,3
310,3

} ex warehouse

G_ST80_XX_00055

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 436 x 295

OP 270 10“

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panels

2/82 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Overview • Can be used worldwide:

- 32 languages can be configured
(including Asiatic and Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
- PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, backup/restore or
additional interfaces
2
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 possible when configuring
with WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)

■ Application
The SIMATIC MP 270B Multi Panels can be used in all applica-
tions in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required on site – whether in production automa-
tion, process automation or building service automation. They
are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their field
of applications can be expanded using the multi panel options,
e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket Internet
• Multi panels (MPs) can be used just like the operator panels for Explorer.
operating and monitoring machines on site.
Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh indus-
• Their functions can be expanded by installing additional trial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
Windows CE applications (multi panel options) can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
• The SIMATIC MP 270B units based on Windows CE combine or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short power-
the ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs up times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
• Pixel graphics 5.7" or 10.4" TFT display, color (256 colors)
• MP 270B Keys: ■ Design
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • 5.7" or 10.4" TFT color display, 256 colors
function keys (28 with LEDs)
MP 270B Touch: • MP 270B Keys:
Touch screen (analog/resistive) - Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable
and freely-inscribable function keys (28 with LEDs)
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB,
Ethernet, serial • MP 270 B Touch:
- Touch screen (analog/resistive)
• The start of delivery for MP 270B 6" Touch with WinCC flexible
2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004. • Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 55 mm
(MP 270B Touch) or 59 mm (MP 270B Keys)

■ Benefits • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard

detergents
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): • IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 degree of protection (front) or IP20
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, (on the rear of the unit)
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows • Interfaces:
terminal server (only MP 270B 10" Touch) - RS 232/RS 485/RS 422 interface for process connections
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
various SIMATIC HMI systems - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet downloading/uploading configurations
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with - Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for data transfer to a higher-level
applications from various vendors PC and for connecting a network printer
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply) • Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: • Slot for PC card
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI,
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use
display objects

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/83

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Function
• Displaying and changing process parameters • Simple maintenance and configuration through
• Function keys (only with MP 270B 10" Keys) - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
support the direct activation of functions and actions. Up to data records and firmware on a PC or CF card (option) or via
16 functions can be configured simultaneously on function Ethernet
2 keys. The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP
input peripherals.
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
• Process visualization: Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/modem and
- MP 270B 6" Touch: QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels) CF card (option)
MP 270B 10": VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels) - Automatic transfer identification
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) computer
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of
objects • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts translation with standard word processors
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window; Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide
access to the history and permit flexible selection of the • Project-specific faceplates with central modification facility
representation period. • Message system
Read-off line for determining the current values and display - Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
via a table as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library) and SIMOTION
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
• Multiplex function for variables display of message events
• Message system • Language selection:
- Administration of status, fault and system messages - Language-dependent texts and graphics
- Status and fault messages with historical trend • Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Preconfigured message display, message window and - Generation of screen templates
message line • Password system
• Archiving of messages and process values - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
(on PC/CF card or network drive through Ethernet) of specific sectors
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive - Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Privileges specific to user groups
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend • Visual Basic Runtime object model
curves
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access • Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService")
tools - E-mail generation
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
• Message log and shift log Explorer
• Print functions (see "Recommended printers”) - Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
• Language changeover • Client/server functions (option with "WinCC flexible /
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic Sm@rtAccess")
and Cyrillic character sets - Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
• Password protection with 10 levels HMI systems
- System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
• Recipe management data
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel Configuration
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software (not MP 270B 6"
tools Touch) (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with software) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
• Display selection from the PLC WinCC flexible engineering software).
supports operator prompting from the PLC Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
• Representation of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet flexible.
Explorer
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables
(comparing operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Permanent window;
permanently defined screen area for outputting general
information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)

2/84 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

Applications/options The MP 270B can be connected to:
When configuring with ProTool • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
2
software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SINUMERIK
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (only MP 270B 10" Touch);
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal • SIMOTION
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services • Non-Siemens controllers
(see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
When configuring with WinCC flexible - Telemecanique
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (only MP 270B 10" Touch) - LG GLOFA GM
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal - Modicon
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services - GE-Fanuc
(see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Omron
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent; • Via Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI soft- Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
ware/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess; • Multi-protocol capability
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as communi- • OPC XML server (optionally with "WinCC flexible /OPC server")
cation between various SIMATIC HMI systems (see HMI
software/runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (option
flexible RT options) with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService; • SINUMERIK
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the (optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
Internet/intranet (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options) is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or office Note:
applications) from different vendors (see HMI software/runtime For further information see "System interfaces"
software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/85

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Technical data
Type MP 270B 6” Touch MP 270B 10" Keys MP 270B 10” Touch
Display TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 5.7“ 10.4" 10.4"

2 • Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
320 x 240
256 colors
640 x 480
256 colors
640 x 480
256 colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements Touch screen Membrane keyboard Touch screen
• Function keys, programmable – 36 function keys, 28 with LED –
• System keys – 38 –
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes Yes/yes
• External mouse, keyboard, USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB
barcode reader
Processor RISC CPU RISC CPU RISC CPU
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM Flash / RAM Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 5 MB 5 MB 5 MB
(of which 4 MB for configuration) (of which 4 MB for configuration) (of which 4 MB for configuration)
Ports 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB
• Ethernet 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST), (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST), (FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
GM, other non-Siemens PLCs GM, other non-Siemens PLCs GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permitted range +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC +18 to +30 V DC
• Nominal current 0.75 A 0.9 A 0.9 A
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock, backed up, Hardware clock, backed up, Hardware clock, backed up,
synchronized synchronized synchronized
Degree of protection
• Front IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
• Rear IP20 IP20 IP20
Certification FM Class i Div 2, cULus, EX zone 2, FM Class i Div 2, cULus, EX zone 2, FM Class i Div 2, cULus, EX zone 2,
EX zone 22, CE, C-TICK, EX zone 22, CE, C-TICK, EX zone 22, CE, C-TICK,
shipbuilding approval (ABS) shipbuilding approval (ABS) shipbuilding approval (ABS)
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 212 x 156 483 x 310 335 x 275
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 198 x 142 436 x 295 310 x 248
Weight 1 kg 6 kg 4.5 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35° +/- 35° +/- 35°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C 0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation 0 °C to +35 °C 0 °C to +40 °C 0 °C to +40 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -20 °C to +60 °C -20 °C to +60 °C -20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85% 90% 90%
Expansion for operator control
of the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs – Yes –
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
• DP direct keys Yes – Yes
(TP buttons as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader Printer, barcode reader

2/86 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type MP 270B 6” Touch MP 270B 10” Keys MP 270B 10” Touch
Applications/options
• Under ProTool - Internet Explorer, ProAgent ThinClient/MP, Internet Explorer,

• Under WinCC flexible Internet Explorer, ProAgent, Internet Explorer, ProAgent,

ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer, 2
Sm@rtAccess, Sm@rtService, OPC Sm@rtAccess, Sm@rtService, OPC ProAgent, Sm@rtAccess,
server server Sm@rtService, OPC server
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages – 2000 2000
• Fault messages – 2000 2000
• Message length – 1 x 70 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per – 8 8
message
• Message buffer – Cyclic buffer, 512 entries each Cyclic buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes – 300 300
• Data records per recipe – 500 500
• Entries per data record – 1000 1000
• Recipe memory – 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams – 300 300
• Text objects – 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram – 200 200
• Fields per diagram – 200 200
• Entries per diagram – 200 200
• Graphics objects – Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects – Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden
buttons buttons
- Directories – Yes Yes
Variables – 2048 2048
Archiving –
• Number of archives per project – 20 20
• Number of process tags per – 20 20
project
• Archive types – Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive, archive, message archive,
process value archive process value archive
• Storage location – PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format – CSV CSV
• External evaluation – Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access MS Access
• Size of archive – Dependent on the available mem- Dependent on the available mem-
ory on the PC/CF card or spare ory on the PC/CF card or spare
hard disk memory on the network hard disk memory on the network
• Online evaluation – Using trend curves Using trend curves
Password protection (levels) – 10 10
Visual Basic Scripts – Number = 50 / number of lines per Number = 50 / number of lines per
script = 20 script = 20
Printer functions – Color printout, hardcopy, Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log messages, shift log
Online languages – 5 5
• Project languages – Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional
Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set – Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo-
graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable
Help system – Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) – For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer – Yes Yes

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/87

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type MP 270B 6” Touch MP 270B 10” Tasten MP 270B 10” Touch
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
2 • No. of messages
• Bit messages
4000
Yes
4000
Yes
4000
Yes
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes
• Number of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Cyclic buffer, 512 entries each Cyclic buffer, 512 entries each Cyclic buffer, 512 entries each
Recipes 300 300 300
• Data records per recipe 500 500 500
• Entries per data record 1000 1000 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 64 KB integrated flash, expandable 64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams 500 500 500
• Text objects 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 200 200 200
• Fields per diagram 200 200 200
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden
buttons buttons buttons
- Directories Yes Yes Yes
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20 20 20
• Number of process tags per 20 20 20
project
• Number of sequence archives 400 400 400
• Entries per archive 500,000 500,000 500,000
• Archive types Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive, archive, message archive, archive, message archive,
process value archive process value archive process value archive
• Storage location PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format CSV CSV CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access MS Access MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available mem- Dependent on the available mem- Dependent on the available mem-
ory on the PC / CF card or spare ory on the PC / CF card or spare ory on the PC / CF card or spare
hard disk memory on the network hard disk memory on the network hard disk memory on the network
drive drive drive
• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10 10 10
• No. of users 32 32 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable Variable Variable
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / number of lines Number = 50 / number of lines Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 200 per script = 200 per script = 200
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, Color printout, hardcopy, Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log messages, shift log messages, shift log
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional Danish, German, traditional
(incl. system messages) Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese, Chinese, simplified Chinese,
English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian Czech, Turkish, Hungarian Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo-
graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable
Help system Yes Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer) Yes Yes Yes
Configuration tool WinCC flexible 2004 Standard ProTool Version 6.0 upwards ProTool Version 6.0 upwards
upwards (must be ordered or WinCC flexible 2004 Standard or WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
separately) upwards (must be ordered upwards (must be ordered
separately) separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet

2/88 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC MP 270B Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Multi panel with Instruction Manual
• 6" color TFT display, Touch 1)
• 10" color TFT display, Touch
}
}
6AV6 545-0AH10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible) 2
• German } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0
• 10" color TFT display, Keys } 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0
• English } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0
incl. mounting accessories
• French } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0
MP 270B starter package with
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
• MP 270B 10" Multi Panel, Touch } 6AV6 575-1AH56-0CX0
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0
• MP 270B 10" Multi Panel, Keys } 6AV6 575-1AH46-0CX0
User Manual
Comprising: WinCC flexible
• MP 270B Multi Panel Compact/Standard/Advanced
• SIMATIC ProTool • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
configuration software
• English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• Documentation CD,
5 languages (English, French, • French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
German, Italian and Spanish)
• Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m) • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
• Software update service for 1 year User Manual
WinCC flexible communication
Configuration
• German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
With SIMATIC ProTool See Section 4
and ProTool/Pro • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
(MP 270B 10" Touch and Keys) • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
Configuration set 2) } 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
Comprising:
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
• WinCC flexible Standard (ProTool) Manual
engineering software
• Documentation CD, • German } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
5 languages (English, French, • English } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
German, Italian and Spanish)
• French } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC • Italian } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
and panel
• Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
• MPI cable, 5 m
ProTool user manual for config-
Applications/options uring Windows-based systems
When configuring with ProTool • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/104 • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
When configuring with WinCC flexible • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4 • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/104 ProTool communications
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4 manual
for Windows-based systems
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService See Section 4
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• WinCC flexible /OPC server See Section 4
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
} ex warehouse • French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
1) The start of delivery for MP 270B 6" Touch with WinCC flexible 2004 • Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
will be the 1st quarter 2004
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
2) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/89

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No.
Accessories
Memory cards

2 • CF card, 32 MB
• PC card (ATA flash), 64 MB
}
}
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 2.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah,
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B
and MP 370
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil
To protect the touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• For MP 270B 10" Touch } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• For MP 270B 6" Touch } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
Service package for } 6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
MP 270B 6" Touch
Comprising:
• Gasket
• 2 sets of inscription strips
(for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
Service package for } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
MP 270B 10" Touch
Comprising:
• Gasket
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket spanner
Service package for } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
MP 270B 10" Keys
Comprising:
• Gasket
• 2 sets of inscription strips
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket spanner
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
Configuration cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Between PG/PC and MP, RS 232
cable (5 m)
TTY-RS 232 converter 6ES5 734-1BD20
For connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse

2/90 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm

2
335
309 59,2 9,5
54,9
212 58 6,2
196

247
275
156

140

G_ST80_XX_00044

G_ST80_XX_00043
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248

MP 270B 6“ Touch MP 270B 10“ Touch

■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at

482,6
431,6 58,6 9,5
55,3

http://www.siemens.com/mp
288,3
310,3

G_ST80_XX_00055

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 436 x 295

MP 270B 10“ Keys

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/91

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Overview • Can be used worldwide:

- 32 languages can be configured
(including Asiatic and Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
2 - PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, Backup/Restore or
additional interfaces
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)

■ Application
The SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panels can be used in all applica-
tions in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required locally – whether in production automa-
tion, process automation or building service automation. They
are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their field
of applications can be expanded using the multi panel options,
e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket Internet
• Multi panels (MPs) can be used just like the operator panels for Explorer.
operating and monitoring machines on site.
Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh indus-
• Their functional scope can be expanded by installing trial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
additional Windows CE applications (multi panel options) can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
• The SIMATIC MP 370 units based on Windows CE combine the or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short power-
ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs up times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
• Pixel graphics 12.1" or 15.1" TFT display, color (256 colors)
• MP 370 12“ Keys: ■ Design
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable • 12.1" or 15.1" TFT color display, 256 colors
function keys (36 with LEDs)
MP 370 12" and 15" Touch: • MP 370 12“ Keys:
Touch screen (analog/resistive) - Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-inscribable
function keys (36 with LED), of which 36 are softkeys
• All interfaces on board, e.g MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, Ethernet,
serial • MP 370 12“ and 15“ Touch:
- Touch screen (analog/resistive)

■ Benefits • Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 65 mm

(MP 370 12" Keys), 59 mm (MP 370 12" Touch) or 69 mm
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): (MP 370 15" Touch)
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, • The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
reduces the lifecycle costs detergents.
• Modular expansion possible with options such as: • IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 degree of protection (front) or IP20
- Software PLC SIMATIC WinAC MP (on the rear of the unit)
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows
terminal server • Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for communication between • Interfaces:
various SIMATIC HMI systems - TTY/RS 232, RS 485/RS 422 interface for process
- WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService for remote maintenance and connections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet - Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with - USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and
applications from various vendors downloading/uploading configurations
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply) - Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with a
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to: higher-level PC, for connecting a network printer and
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI, downloading/uploading configurations
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card • Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and • Slot for PC card
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects

2/92 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Function
• Displaying and changing process parameters • Permanent window;
• Function keys (only with MP 370B 12“ Keys) permanently defined screen area for outputting general
support the direct activation of functions and actions. Up to information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
16 functions can be configured simultaneously on function • Simple maintenance and configuration through
keys. The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP
input peripherals.
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC or CF card or via Ethernet
2
• Process visualization: - Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
- MP 370 12“: data records and firmware on a PC
SVGA resolution (800 x 600 pixels) - Downloading/uploading a configuration via
MP 370 15“ Touch: Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/Modem and
XGA resolution (1024 x 768 pixels) CF card
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text - Automatic transfer identification
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects) - Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of computer
objects • Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts translation with standard word processors
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
access to the history and permit flexible selection of the • Project-specific faceplates with central modification facility
representation period. • Message system
Read-off line for determining the current values and display - Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages),
via a table as well as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library) SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock - Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
• Multiplex function for variables display of message events
• Message system • Language selection:
- Administration of status, fault and system messages - Language-dependent texts and graphics
- Status and fault messages with historical trend • Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Preconfigured message display, message window and - Generation of screen templates
message line
• User administration (security)
• Archiving of messages and process values - User-oriented access protection according to requirements
(on PC/CF card or network drive through Ethernet) of specific sectors
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive - Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV) - Privileges specific to user groups
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend
curves • Visual Basic Runtime object model
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access • Service functions
tools (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService")
• Message log and shift log - E-mail generation
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
• Print functions (see "Recommended printers”) Explorer
• Language changeover - Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic • Client/server functions
and Cyrillic character sets (optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• Password protection with 10 levels - Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
• Recipe management HMI systems
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF card) - System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
- Online/offline editing on the panel data
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV) Configuration
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software (see HMI soft-
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG functionality in conjunction with ware/configuration software or visualization software) or with the
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced engineering
• Display selection from the PLC software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering
supports operator prompting from the PLC software).
• Representation of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
Explorer flexible.
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables
(comparing operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/93

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Function (cont.) ■ Integration

Applications/options The MP 370 can be connected to:
When configuring with ProTool • SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP; • SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
2 Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SINUMERIK
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP;
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal • SIMOTION
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services • Non-Siemens PLCs
(see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) - Allen Bradley
• SIMATIC WinAC MP - Mitsubishi
Software PLC under Windows CE, executes on the SIMATIC - Telemecanique
MP 370 multi-function platform (see multi panel options/ - LG GLOFA GM
SIMATIC WinAC MP) - Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
When configuring with WinCC flexible - OMRON
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP • Via Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the higher-level PC, network printer
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
(see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP) • Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent; • Multi-protocol capability
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and • OPC XML server (option with "WinCC flexible /OPC server")
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI
software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent) • HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems
(optionally with "WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess")
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess;
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as • SINUMERIK
communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems (optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
(see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options) is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService;
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the Note:
Internet/intranet (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC For further information see "System interfaces"
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or office
applications) from different vendors (see HMI software/runtime
software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)

2/94 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Technical data
Type MP 370 12" Keys MP 370 12" Touch MP 370 15" Touch
Display TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD) TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
• Size 12.1" 12.1" 15.1"
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
800 x 600
256 colors
800 x 600
256 colors
1024 x 768
256 colors 2
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C) Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements Membrane keyboard Touch screen Touch screen
• Function keys, programmable 36 function keys, all with LEDs - -
• System keys 38 - -
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/yes Yes/yes Yes/yes
• External mouse, keyboard, USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB
barcode reader
Processor RISC CPU RISC CPU RISC CPU
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Memory
• Type Flash / RAM Flash / RAM Flash / RAM
• Usable memory for user data 12 MB 12 MB 12 MB
(of which 7 MB for configuration) (of which 7 MB for configuration) (of which 7 MB for configuration)
Ports 1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232, 1 x 1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232, 1 x 1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232, 1 x
RS 422/RS 485 RS 422/RS 485 RS 422/RS 485
• PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot 1 x PC card slot
• CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot 1 x CF card slot
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB
• Ethernet 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Connection to PLC S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485), Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485), Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), (ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus), (ADJUST), Modicon (Modbus),
OMRON (Link/MultiLink), LG OMRON (Link/MultiLink), LG OMRON (Link/MultiLink), LG
GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens
PLCs PLCs PLCs
Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permitted range + 18 to + 30 V DC + 18 to + 30 V DC + 18 to + 30 V DC
• Nominal current 1.15 A 1.15 A 1.8 A
Backup battery Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V Optional, 3.6 V
Clock Hardware clock, backed up and Hardware clock, backed up and Hardware clock, backed up and
synchronized synchronized synchronized
Degree of protection
• Front IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
• Rear IP20 IP20 IP20
Certification FM Class I Div 2, cULus, EX Zone FM Class I Div 2, cULus, EX Zone FM Class I Div 2, cULus, EX
2/22, CE 2/22, CE Zone 2/22, CE, C-TICK
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm) 483 x 310 335 x 275 400 x 310
• Cut-out W x H (mm) 450 x 290 310 x 248 368 x 290
Weight 6 kg 5 kg 5.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
- Max. permissible angle of incli- +/- 35° +/- 35° +/- 35°
nation without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation) 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C 0 to +50 °C
- Operation 0 to +35 °C 0 to +35 °C 0 to +35 °C
(max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity 85 % 85 % 85 %
Expansion for operator control of
the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs Yes - -
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
• DP direct keys - Yes Yes
(TP buttons as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals Printer, barcode reader, mouse, Printer, barcode reader, mouse, Printer, barcode reader, mouse,
keyboard, diskette drive keyboard, diskette drive keyboard, diskette drive

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/95

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type MP 370 12" Keys MP 370 12" Touch MP 370 15" Touch
Applications/options
• Under ProTool Soft PLC, Internet Explorer, Thin Client/MP, soft PLC, Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer,

2 • Under WinCC flexible

ProAgent
Internet Explorer, ProAgent,
Internet Explorer, ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Soft PLC, Internet
Sm@rtAccess, Sm@rtService, ProAgent, Sm@rtAccess, Explorer, ProAgent, Sm@rtAccess,
OPC server Sm@rtService, OPC server Sm@rtService, OPC server
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages 2000 2000 2000
• Fault messages 2000 2000 2000
• Message length 1 x 70 1 x 70 1 x 70
(lines x characters)
• No. of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 1024 entries Circulating buffer, 1024 entries Circulating buffer, 1024 entries
each each each
Recipes 500 500 500
• Data records per recipe 1000 1000 1000
• Entries per data record 1000 1000 1000
• Recipe memory 128 KB integrated flash, 128 KB integrated flash, 128 KB integrated flash,
expandable expandable expandable
Process diagrams 300 300 300
• Text objects 30,000 text elements 30,000 text elements 30,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 400 400 400
• Fields per diagram 400 400 400
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden
buttons buttons buttons
- Directories Yes Yes Yes
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• No. of archives per project 50 50 50
• No. of process tags per project 50 50 50
• No. of sequence archives 40 40 40
• Entries per archive 50,000 50,000 50,000
• Archive types Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive, archive, message archive, archive, message archive,
process value archive process value archive process value archive
• Storage location PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format CSV CSV CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access MS Access MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available Dependent on the available Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or memory on the PC / CF card or memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the spare hard disk memory on the spare hard disk memory on the
network drive network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves Using trend curves
Password protection (levels) 10 10 10
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 50 / Number = 50 / Number = 50 /
number of lines per script = 100 number of lines per script = 100 number of lines per script = 100
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, mes- Color printout, hardcopy, mes- Color printout, hardcopy, mes-
sages, shift log sages, shift log sages, shift log
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Traditional Chinese, simplified Traditional Chinese, simplified Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo-
graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable
Help system Yes Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer Yes Yes Yes

2/96 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type MP 370 12" Keys MP 370 12" Touch MP 370 15" Touch
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
4000
Yes
4000
Yes
4000
Yes
2
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes
• No. of process values per 8 8 8
message
• Message buffer Circulating buffer, 1024 entries Circulating buffer, 1024 entries Circulating buffer, 1024 entries
each each each
Recipes 500 500 500
• Data records per recipe 1000 1000 1000
• Entries per data record 1000 1000 1000
• Recipe memory 128 KB integrated flash, 128 KB integrated flash, 128 KB integrated flash,
expandable expandable expandable
Process diagrams 500 500 500
• Text objects 30,000 text elements 30,000 text elements 30,000 text elements
• Variables per diagram 400 400 400
• Fields per diagram 400 400 400
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics images, vector graphics images, vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden Diagrams, bars, sliders, hidden
buttons buttons buttons
- Directories Yes Yes Yes
Variables 2048 2048 2048
Archiving
• No. of archives per project 50 50 50
• No. of process tags per project 50 50 50
• No. of sequence archives 400 400 400
• Entries per archive 500,000 500,000 500,000
• Archive types Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive, archive, message archive, archive, message archive,
process value archive process value archive process value archive
• Storage location PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet PC card, CF card, Ethernet
• Data storage format CSV CSV CSV
• External evaluation Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access MS Access MS Access
• Size of archive Dependent on the available Dependent on the available Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or memory on the PC / CF card or memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the spare hard disk memory on the spare hard disk memory on the
network drive network drive network drive
• Online evaluation Using trend curves Using trend curves Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups 10 10 10
• No. of users 32 32 32
• No. of user group privileges Variable Variable Variable
Visual Basic Scripts Number = 100 / Number = 100 / Number = 100 /
number of lines per script = 500 number of lines per script = 500 number of lines per script = 500
Printer functions Color printout, hardcopy, mes- Color printout, hardcopy, mes- Color printout, hardcopy, mes-
sages, shift log sages, shift log sages, shift log
Online languages 5 5 5
• Project languages Traditional Chinese, simplified Traditional Chinese, simplified Traditional Chinese, simplified
(incl. system messages) Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French, German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa- Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japa-
nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, nese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish Swedish, Turkish
Character set Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo-
graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable graphic languages freely scalable
Help system Yes Yes Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7 For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer) Yes Yes Yes
Configuration tool ProTool Version 5.2 SP3 ProTool Version 5.2 SP3 ProTool Version 6.0 SP2
upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004 upwards or WinCC flexible 2004
Standard upwards Standard upwards Standard upwards
(must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately) (must be ordered separately)
• Transfer of the configuration Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/97

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC MP 370 Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Multi panel with Instruction Manual

2 • 12" color TFT display, Touch

• 12" color TFT display, Keys
}
}
6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0
MP 370 (WinCC flexible)
• German } 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AA0

• 15" color TFT display, Touch } 6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0 • English } 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AB0
incl. mounting accessories • French } 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AC0
Configuration • Italian } 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AD0
With SIMATIC ProTool and See Section 4 • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1DE01-0AE0
ProTool/Pro
User Manual
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Section 4 WinCC flexible
Configuration set 1) } 6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0 Compact/Standard/Advanced
Comprising: • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• WinCC flexible Standard • English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
engineering software
• French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Documentation CD, 5 languag-
es (English, French, German, • Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
Italian and Spanish)
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC User Manual
and panel WinCC flexible communication
• MPI cable, 5.0 m • German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
Applications/options • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
When configuring with ProTool • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
• SIMATIC WinAC MP See page 2/101 • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/104 MP 370 Manual (ProTool)
When configuring with WinCC flexible • German } 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AA0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP See page 2/104 • English } 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AB0
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent See Section 4 • French } 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AC0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess See Section 4 • Italian } 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AD0
• WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService See Section 4 • Spanish } 6AV6 591-1DB10-2AE0
• WinCC flexible /OPC server See Section 4 ProTool user manual for config-
uring Windows-based systems
} ex warehouse • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004 • English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
ProTool communications
manual for Windows-based
systems
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

2/98 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No.
Accessories
Memory cards
• CF card, 32 MB
• PC card (ATA flash),
}
}
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
2
64 MB
Backup battery W79084-E1001-B2
Lithium battery, 2.6 V DC; 1.7 Ah,
for TD17, OP17, OP25, OP27,
OP 270, OP35, OP37, TP27,
TP 270, TP37, MP 270, MP 270B
and MP 370
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Key inscription strips for } 6AV6 574-1AB00-2BA0
MP 370 Keys
For function keys, without
inscriptions, set of 2 (plastic)
Protective foil
To protect the touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• For MP 370 12" Touch } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• For MP 370 15" Touch } 6AV6 574-1AD00-4EX0
Service package for } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
MP 370 Touch
Comprising:
• Gasket
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket spanner
Service package for } 6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0
MP 370 Keys
Comprising:
• 2 sets of inscription strips
• 6 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket spanner
Configuration cable 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Between PG/PC and MP, RS 232
cable (5 m)
RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
with axial cable outlet (180°)
System interfaces See page 2/117
Connecting cables See page 2/126

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/99

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels - 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm

2 483
400
465 65 10
366 69 10

288
310
235

288
310
448
G_ST80_XX_00049

G_ST80_XX_00051
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 450 x 290 Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 368 x 290

MP 370 12“ Keys MP 370 15“ Touch

■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at

335
309,4 59 10

http://www.siemens.com/mp
247,4
275

G_ST80_XX_00050

Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248

MP 370 12“ Touch

2/100 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP

■ Overview ■ Design
SIMATIC WinAC MP consists of the following components:
• Windows Logic Controller
• Driver for PROFIBUS DP
• Electronic manuals
• Operator control functions for ProTool
2
To operate WinAC MP you also need an MP 370; the latter has
the following features:
Compact design
All the components required for an automation task – control and
visualization – are installed in a compact, easily installed
housing. This saves space in the plant and reduces the wiring
outlay considerably. Due to the integrated unit and screen, the
equipment is easy to install on a girder or in the machine panel.
Communication and I/O connection
The MP 370 also has an integrated PROFIBUS interface, an
Ethernet interface and RS 232 and USB interfaces.
The distributed I/Os are connected through the integrated
MPI/PROFIBUS interface of the MP 370. WinAC MP configures
• Software PLC for Windows CE, executable on the this interface automatically when it is loaded on the MP 370 and
multifunctional platform MP 370 12" and MP 370 15" then started. The I/O connection is set up and configured
exclusively in the associated STEP 7 project.
• The cost-optimized solution for deterministic processes in
conjunction with a rugged hardware platform. At the same time It is also possible for WinAC MP to communicate with other
it is ideal for applications in which large amounts of data are SIMATIC controllers through the Ethernet or PROFIBUS
processed. interface.
• Ideal for tasks directly at the machine when a user-friendly user For a detailed description and ordering data of the MP 370
interface is extremely important or the control task demands and accessories see "PC-based Automation/Industrial PC/
large programs and extensive data memory Embedded Platform/SIMATIC MP 370" or "SIMATIC HMI
Operating and Monitoring System/Operating and Monitoring
■ Application Systems/Multi Panel/370 Series"

Processing large volumes of data ■ Mode of operation

WinAC MP has a large user memory for the PLC user program
and user data. Windows Logic Controller (WinLC)

The limits for the user memory can be adapted to suit the The Windows Logic Controller handles the actual control task
application depending on whether the emphasis is on large and executes the control program. It coordinates the necessary
volumes of data in the PLC or demanding visualization. input and output of process values through the lower-level
PROFIBUS field bus system and provides the process values for
Installation directly at the machine visualization and data processing tasks.
WinAC MP is suitable for near-machine duty "directly on the spot" Several processing levels are available for optimum process
in rough environments and can also be used for cell controller control.
applications in a networked plant. SIMATIC MP 370 also • Cyclic program scanning
constitutes a rugged hardware platform without a fan and
without rotating mass storage. • Interrupt handling
• Time of day and date-controlled execution
SIMATIC WinAC MP, ProTool and the MP 370 are designed for
perfect interaction. This increases the operational reliability in STEP 7 can be used to parameterize the WinAC MP configura-
every situation over the service life. tion as well as its attributes and performance characteristics:
The Windows CE V3.0 operating system on which they are Configurable attributes
based ensures real-time operation for WinAC MP. The high • Communication;
computing performance of the MP 370 permits a high process- determination and specification of station addresses
ing rate for the PLC user program, and simultaneously enables
high image updating rates for the visualization function. • Restart/cycle performance characteristics;
definition of maximum cycle time and load as well as self-test
functions
• Clock bit memory;
setting of addresses
• Protection level;
specification of the access privileges for program and data
• System diagnostics;
definition of the handling and scope of diagnostic messages
• Time interrupts;
setting of periods
• Time-of-day interrupts;
setting of start date, start time and period

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/101

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP

■ Mode of operation (cont.) ■ Programming

Reporting functions Programming WinAC MP
• Test functions; Programming and configuration of WinAC MP is performed
the programming device can be used to display signal states using STEP 7 and the SIMATIC Engineering Tools for
2 during program runtime, modify process tags independent of
the user program, and output the contents of stack memories
manufacturing systems. All SIMATIC programming languages
are therefore also available for WinAC MP.
• Information functions; The SIMATIC programming languages comply with the
the programming device can be used to provide the user with DIN EN 6.1131-3 standard. This reduces the time required for
information on the memory capacity and operating mode of the learning and training.
CPU, the current utilization of the working and load memories,
as well as current cycle times and diagnostics buffer contents Program modules that were programmed for SIMATIC S7 con-
in plain text trols can be reused in WinAC without modification provided that
they were not tailored to specific features of a SIMATIC S7 CPU.
System functions
Processing ProTool projects
The CPU offers a wide range of system functions for diagnosis,
parameterization, synchronization, alarm signaling, time ProTool projects for MP 370 are processed with ProTool CS.
measurement, etc. ProTool CS and STEP 7 work closely together and offer a
common database which guarantees optimal integration in the
Visualization and operation with ProTool creation of your application.
Visualization on the MP 370 is performed with ProTool. WinAC
MP and ProTool are automatically interconnected upon installa-
tion without any special configuration. The complete TIA func-
tionality therefore exists between ProTool and WinAC MP. This
ranges from visualization of the process data to creating and
loading recipes through to handling signals and alarms.
The user interface for WinAC MP has been implemented in
ProTool. It contains the RUN/STOP switch, the status indicators
and additional operator controls and displays. For this purpose,
special ProTool displays are integrated into the ProTool project
which can be used by the operating and service personnel.
WinAC MP can then be operated without the need to close
ProTool. The integrated user administration function in ProTool
can be used to restrict access to these functions to authorized
personnel.
Due to flexible integration of the operator controls and displays
of WinAC MP into ProTool, it is possible to adapt the user inter-
face of WinAC MP to the requirements of the maintenance staff
and the application easily and with flexibility.
Easy configuration and startup
With WinAC MP and the MP 370, everything you need is
"on board"; no additional hardware or software components are
necessary. The MP 370 also has an integrated PROFIBUS
interface, an Ethernet interface and RS 232 and USB interfaces.
When WinAC MP is installed, these interfaces are automatically
configured, so startup is possible immediately. Simply download
the STEP 7 project and the ProTool project and start!
ProTool is installed on the MP 370 at the factory.
Loading user programs and ProTool projects
The integrated Ethernet interface of the MP 370 is an important
means for loading user programs and ProTool projects. When
this interface is used, all communication functions are available,
e.g. the ProTool project can also be loaded through the same
interface.
The user program can also be downloaded for WinAC MP
through the integrated PROFIBUS interface.

2/102 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP

■ Technical data ■ Ordering Data

Type SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1 Order No.

User memory SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1 6ES7 671-0EC02-0YA0

• Flash memory (integrated) 5 MB Software-based PC-based control
system under Windows CE;
• Working memory (integrated)
• Load memory (integrated)
1 MB
1 MB
CD-ROM with electronic
documentation (G, E, F)
2
• Bit memories 2 KB Single license
• Counters 512
• Timers 512
• Retentive data Yes with UPS
Number of blocks
• FB/FC/OB/DB/SDB max. 2500
I/O
• I/O address space each 16 KB I/O
• Number of inputs/outputs each 1 KB I/O
• Connection of the I/O PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
(MP 370 on board)
• Number of PROFIBUS DP slaves 32
Execution times
• Bit operations (typ.) 0.2 µs
• Mathematical operations (typ.) 0.15 µs
Technology
• SIMATIC FMs FM350, FM351, FM352
• Easy Motion Control Yes
System requirements
• Hardware SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch,
MP 370 12" keys or
MP 370 15” Touch
• Operating system Windows CE 3.0
(included in MP 370)
• PLC programming software STEP 7, Version 5.2 and higher
• Configuration software for ProTool Version 6.0, SP2 and
visualization higher
• Communication software for SOFTNET PG for IE
Industrial Ethernet (only required
on the programming device)
Communication functions
Total connections 24
• Ethernet, max 22
• PROFIBUS, max. 4
• Of which reserved OS connections 1
• Of which reserved PG connections 1
PG/OP communication Yes
Global data communication No
S7 basic communication No
S7 communication
• as server Yes
• as client Yes

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/103

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP

■ Overview

• Multi panel option upgradeable

• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP expands the Multi Panels MP 270B 10"
Touch and MP 370 Touch with the functional scope of a
Windows-based terminal (Terminal Client)
• This means that the multi panels can be implemented as a
Thin Client for a Windows 2000 Terminal Server
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a
Thin Client and platform for visualization with ProTool or
WinCC flexible

■ Benefits
• PC functionality on rugged, compact and cost-optimized
Windows CE platform
• Implementation of pure Thin Client solutions or Thin Client func-
tionality parallel to visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible
• Low administration and maintenance costs since these only
occur once for the central terminal server and not for every
terminal client
• Simple operation
• Avoidance of maloperations by automatic establishment of
connection to terminal server when starting the multi panel
(autostart)
• Uncomplicated establishment of connection to terminal server
using preconfigured buttons
• Increased safety through individual approval of possible
applications for the user at the server end

2/104 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP

■ Application
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels Multi panel simply as a Thin Client
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a Thin
Client and platform for local process visualization with ProTool When the multi panel is used simply as a Thin Client, it is only
or WinCC flexible. implemented as an input and output terminal for the terminal
server. Operator control and monitoring at machine level using
ProTool or WinCC flexible as well as a direct link to the PLC are
omitted. All applications – visualization, maintenance manage-
2
ment, quality assurance or office applications – are implemented
on the terminal server which can also connect to the process.

Examples of possible applications Office

- Preventive maintenance program Control room
(FAT Clients) WinCC
- SAP R/3 order management
- MS Exel WinCC

- WinCC Web Navigator

- Server/Client

Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)

WinCC Shopfloor

Industrial Ethernet

WinCC PROCESS BUS

Terminal Server

G_ST80_XX_00020

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/105

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP

■ Application (cont.)
Visualization and Thin Client in parallel purpose of changing from the local machine overview to the
plant or factory overview. From here, plant-wide information such
When the multi panel is used in parallel operation, in addition to as alarms or trend curves can be displayed. Other possibilities
local process visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible and di- involve calling a maintenance program for the specific machine
2 rect connection to the PLC, Thin Client functionality is also used.
This means that, when the visualization is running, a terminal
or plant or an order processing program in order to establish the
current status of the order. It is also possible to call batch logs
session on the terminal server can be opened simultaneously. for a machine that have been stored on a terminal server.
For example, a higher-level SCADA system such as SIMATIC
WinCC can be called via the WinCC Web Navigator for the

Examples of possible applications Office Control room

- Preventive maintenance program (FAT Clients)
WinCC
- SAP R/3 order management
- MS Exel WinCC

- WinCC Web Navigator

- Server/Clientt

Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)

WinCC Shop floor

Industrial Ethernet
WinCC

PROCESS BUS
Terminal Server

G_ST80_XX_00019
■ Function
The principle of Terminal Services Computing is based on the ThinClient/MP is executable on:
fundamental physical separation of data, applications and • SIMATIC MP 270B 10" Touch
display visualization. The terminal services of Windows 2000
servers enable Thin Clients (terminal clients) to run applications • SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch
in the main memory of a central Windows 2000 terminal server • SIMATIC MP 370 15" Touch
instead of in its own main memory. The Thin Clients are then
used as terminals solely for the purpose of visualizing and Installation
entering data which they then send to the terminal server. SIMATIC ThinClient/MP is installed and authorized quickly and
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP enables the platforms MP 370 Touch and easily on the multifunctional platforms using the supplied panel
MP 270B 10" Touch to control PC applications that run on a service tool ProSave.
Windows 2000 terminal server. These can be SCADA (e.g. System requirements for terminal server:
SIMATIC WinCC + Web Navigator) or MS-Office applications.
Operating system:
Additional functions • Windows 2000 server with SP2 or higher, including installed
• Autostart function terminal services
supports the automatic setup of a connection to a fixed
terminal server after the multifunctional platform has been Licenses
switched on. This means that no other operations are required • CAL (Client Access License) 1)
on starting. • TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License) 1)
• Configuration of extensive user authorizations, e.g.
starting of and access to only one application on the terminal
server 1) One license from Microsoft is required for each multi panel that is
operated as a Thin Client on the terminal server
• Configuration of the connection settings ensures quick and
reliable connection setup

2/106 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP

■ Integration ■ Technical data

Communication with the terminal server is via the Ethernet Type ThinClient/MP V1.0
interface integrated in the multi panel by means of Microsoft Platform 1) MP 270B 10" Touch,
RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol). Thus complex installation of MP 370 12" Touch,
additional interface cards is unnecessary. MP 370 15" Touch
The option is provided with 3 licenses. These permit installation System requirements (terminal server) 2
of the option on up to three MP 370 Touch or MP 270B Touch. • Operating system Windows 2000 server with SP2
The licenses required for the Microsoft terminal server are not or higher, including installed
part of this package. terminal services
• Licenses (Microsoft) • CAL (Client Access License)2)
• TS CAL (Terminal Services
Client Access License)2)
• Hardware 3) (recommended)
- CPU ≥ Pentium III 700 MHz
- RAM ≥ 256 MB + 50 MB per terminal
session
- Hard disk ≥ 3 GB
- Network card 10/100 Mbit/s
- CD-ROM Yes

1) Is not part of the option and must be ordered separately

2) One license from Microsoft is required for each multifunctional
platform that is operated as a Thin Client on the terminal server
3) The specified values are average values and depend on the
application used on the terminal server

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP V1.0 } 6AV3 681-2AA00-0AX0
3 licenses for installation on 3
devices, software and documen-
tation on CD, license key on
diskette, software and documen-
tation in English, executes under
Windows CE 3.0 on SIMATIC
MP 270B 10" Touch and
MP 370 Touch

} ex warehouse

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/mp

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/107

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
Overview

■ Overview
The SIMATIC Text Displays (TD) TD17 and Operator Panels (OP) 1) You can find more detailed information in the ProTool User’s
OP3, OP7, OP17, provide HMI functionality in conjunction with Guide, in the Communications Manual and in the online Help.
• SIMATIC S5

2 • SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC 505
1) In the following text, the abbreviation “OP" is used to include TDs
and OPs. This does not represent a restriction to a specific group of
devices; if certain devices do not provide particular functions, this is
• SINUMERIK 2) explicitly referred to in the text
• Non-Siemens PLCs 2) For further information, see Catalog NC 60
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 and MicroLogix
(DH485 protocol)
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol)
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol)
- GE Fanuc 90-30 + 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol)
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)
- Modicon 984-120,130, 131,141,145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485,
680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol)
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU113,213,424,434,534
(MODBUS protocol)
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (LINK protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107
(ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols)
- Telemecanique TSX 37 + TSX 57
(ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols)

2/108 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
SIMATIC S5

■ Overview
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are PROFIBUS DP interface (not OP3)
available for connecting SIMATIC OP (not OP3) to SIMATIC S5
(not S5-150U). S5-115U, -135U, -155U via IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP
(except CPU 922 < Version 9, except CPU 928
In each case, from the viewpoint of the connected OP, the
connection is a logical point-to-point link, i.e. one OP is always
[6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947
[6ES5 94•-3UA11], except CPU 946/947 2
permanently assigned to one PLC. The PLC must be provided [6ES5 94•-3UA21], except CPU 946/947
with a standard function block, which must be invoked for each [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
OP connected (the standard FB must be ordered separately).
The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface:
AS511 interface (not OP3) • Up to 2 OPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to one
S5-90 to -135U (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < Version 9, SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP/master
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11]) interface [6ES5 095-8ME01];
The AS511 interface operates through the PG interface of the • Up to 30 OPs can be connected as slaves through a
SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate
performance of the OP depends on the performance of the used PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.
SIMATIC CPU. The OP (DP slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP master) communicate
FAP interface (not OP3) through PROFIBUS DP frames according to EN 50170 with
superimposed “FAP protocol", which is processed in the pro-
S5-115,-135U through 2.CPU-SS grammable controller by the corresponding standard function
(CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B, CPU 945, CPU 928B) block.
S5-95U, -100U through CP 521
(except CPU 100, except CPU 102)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U through CP 523
(except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < Version 9, except CPU 928
[6ES5 928-3UA11])
The FAP interface uses either the free ASCII interface of a
SIMATIC CPU or interface modules CP 521/CP 523. In ET200,
OPs must not be connected through CP 521.
Communication between the OPs and SIMATIC S5 is based on
a special "FAP protocol", which is handled by the corresponding
standard FB in the PLC.
More than one OP can be connected to one PLC; the
performance depends on the cycle time of the SIMATIC.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/109

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
SIMATIC S5
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical including variants
characteristics)
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
2 S5-90U to S5135U • - • - • 6XV1 440-2A...
(1st/2nd PG-SS) (max. 1000 m)
except CPU 945,
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (FAP)
S5-115U/CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B
(2nd interface)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2A...
(max. 1000 m)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
S5-115U/CPU 945B, -
135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2J...
(max. 1000 m)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
S5-115U/CPU 945B, -
135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2J...
(max. 16 m)
(25-pin socket/RS 232)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2G...
(max. 1000 m)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
• – • – • 6XV1 418-0C...
(max. 16 m)
(25-pin socket/RS 232) +
6XV1 440-2DE32
(max. 0.32 m)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U with CP 523
except CPU 945,
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2F...
(max. 1000 m)
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + FAP)
Via PROFIBUS DP to • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
S5-95U/L2-DP/Master (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
(6ES5 928-3UA11)
Via PROFIBUS DP with • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
IM 308B/IM 308C to (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5)
Via PROFIBUS DP with • – – • • PROFIBUS 1) 2)
CP 5430/CP 5431 to (see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947 (6ES5 94.-
3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, 6ES5 94.-
3UA22 < Version 5)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/s
2) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02

2/110 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
SIMATIC S7

■ Overview
Three different types of interface are used for communication MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface
between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7: (restrictions on OP3)
• PPI interface: The MPI or PROFIBUS interface operates over the multipoint
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7-200 via PPI
• MPI interface:
communications interfaces of SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7
through "PG/OP communication". You can connect: 2
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via PG/OP communication • One OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/ 400 (MPI master)
(communication services implemented in the operating system
of SIMATIC S7); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not • More than one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/ 400
necessary! (MPI master)
• PROFIBUS interface: • One OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave)1)
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via the integrated PROFIBUS • Several OPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s)
interface of the CPU or alternatively via the PROFIBUS (MPI slave)1)
interface of a separate interface module and the backplane In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are
bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. static and are set up during startup and then monitored.
The PROFIBUS interface and MPI interface are functionally In addition to the original master–master relationship, this pro-
identical (SIMATIC OPs are "active bus nodes" and not "DP duces a master–slave relationship that allows S7-200s (except
slaves" as in the case of PROFIBUS interfacing to SIMATIC S5). S7-212) to be integrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks.1)
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU The method of exchanging information between SIMATIC OP
depends on its performance (see Catalog ST 70); from the and SIMATIC S7 is irrespective of whether an MPI or PROFIBUS
viewpoint of the SIMATIC OP, the following limitations apply: network is used:
• OP3: max. 2 connections
The SIMATIC OPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are
• TD17, OP7/17: max. 4 connections S7 servers.
PPI interface The OP3 is only released for connection to SIMATIC S7-300/400
The PPI interface is basically a point-to-point connection through MPI (master–master), i.e. it cannot communicate with
between one OP (PPI master) or alternatively one PG (PPI FM 353, FM 354, FM 453, etc..
master) with one S7-200 (PPI slave).
However, it is also possible to connect 1) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
• One OP to several S7-200s
(logical point-to-point-connection from the viewpoint of each
S7-200).
• Several OPs and/or PGs to one S7-200
(sequential logic point-to-point relationship; i.e. for each
S7-200, only one connection is active at any one time).

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/111

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
SIMATIC S7
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical including variants
characteristics)
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
2 S7-200 via PPI, – • – – – 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 1)
S7-300/400m via MPI (2.5 m)
(PG/OP communication)
(9-pin socket/RS 485)
PPI network – • – – – PPI network
via connecting cable (see Catalog ST 70)
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-200
MPI network
via connecting cable
– • – – – MPI network
(see Catalog ST 70)
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-300/400
S7-200 via PPI • – – • • 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 2)
S7-200 via MPI (5 m)
(PG/OP communication),
S7-300/400 via MPI
(PG/OP communication)
S7-300/400 via PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
(9-pin socket/RS 485)
via PPI network • – – • • PPI network 3)
to max. 2 x S7-200 (see Catalog ST 70)
via MPI network • – – • • MPI network 3)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog ST 70)
to max. 4 x S7-200, S7-300, -400,
WinAC
via PROFIBUS network • – – • • PROFIBUS 3) 4)
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
to max. 4 x S7-300, S7-400, WinAC

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Included in the OP3 scope of supply
2) Included in the PG scope of supply
3) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02
4) Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/s

2/112 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
SIMATIC 505

■ Overview
Communication between SIMATIC OP (not OP3) and
SIMATIC 505 is based on the NITP protocol. The direct
connection of an OP to the programming device interface of a
SIMATIC 505 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been
tested and approved. 2
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical including variants
characteristics)
/PP /DP /DP-12
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T
(25-pin female/RS 232)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 545, 555
(9-pin male/RS 232)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T • – • – • 6XV1 440-2M...
(9-pin female/RS 422) (max. 300 m)
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1M...
(9-pin female/RS 422) (max. 300 m)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/113

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs

■ Overview
Allen Bradley (not OP3) Modicon (not OP3)
Two communication protocols are available for connecting Communication between SIMATIC OP and Modicon is based on
SIMATIC OPs to Allen Bradley. the MODBUS protocol. The following are tested and approved:
2 DF1 interface • Direct connection of an OP to the MODBUS interface of a
Modicon 984 or a TSX Quantum (logical point-to-point relation-
This communication method between SIMATIC OPs and Allen ship)
Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol (logical point-to-point
relationship). The following have been tested and approved: • Connection of an OP (MODBUS master) to a Modicon 984 or
TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) through MODBUS with both
• Direct connection of an OP to the programming device parties using the Modicon MODBUS J878 modem with a max-
interface of an Allen Bradley PLC5 imum distance of 4,000 m (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Direct connection of an OP to the DF1 interface of an Allen • Integration of an OP through Modicon MODBUS PLUS bridge
Bradley SLC 500 BM85-000 in a MODBUS PLUS network and communication
SIMATIC OPs are not approved for integration into the Allen between the OP (MODBUS master) and a Modicon 984 or
Bradley DH+ or DH485 network using Allen Bradley TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) in the network (logical point-to-
"communication adaptors" (which are actually gateways). point relationship)
• Integration of an OP through the bridge function of a Modicon
DH485 interface 984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Allen Bradley is communication between the OP (MODBUS master) and a
based on the DH485 protocol. The following have been tested Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS slave) in the network
and approved: (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Direct connection of an OP to the programming device inter- Omron (not OP3)
face of an Allen Bradley SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point
relationship) Communication between SIMATIC OP and Omron is based on
the LINK protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the program-
• Integration of OPs in an Allen Bradley DH485 network and ming device interface of an SYSMAC C (except CQM1-CPU11),
communication between OPs and one or more SLC 500 or Omron SYSMAC α or Omron SYSMAC CV (logical point-to-point
MicroLogix in the network (multipoint relationship from the relationship) has been tested and approved.
viewpoint of the OP)
Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same Telemecanique (not OP3)
values as for the SIMATIC S7 apply
Two communication protocols are available for connecting
GE-Fanuc (not OP3) SIMATIC OP to Telemecanique.
Communication between SIMATIC OP and GE-Fanuc is based ADJUST interface
on the SNP/SNPX protocol. The following have been tested and
approved: This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
is based on the ADJUST protocol. Direct connection of an OP to
• Direct connection of an OP to the programming device the programming device interface of a Telemecanique TSX 17 or
interface of a GE-Fanuc 90-30 or 90-70 (logical point-to-point TSX 47/67/87/107 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been
relationship) tested and approved.
• Integration of OPs in a GE-Fanuc network and communication UNI-TELWAY interface
between OPs (SNP/master) and one or more GE-Fanuc 90-30
or 90-70(s) (SNP slave) in the network (multipoint relationship This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
as seen from the OP) is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol. The following have been
Regarding the maximum number of OP connections, the same tested and approved:
values as for the SIMATIC S7 apply • Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through a Telemecanique
Mitsubishi (not OP3) TSX SCA62 connection socket to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master) (logic point-to-point
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Mitsubishi is relationship)
based on the FX protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the • Connection of an OP (UNI-T slave) through Telemecanique
programming device interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 TSX SCA62 and ACC01 connection sockets to a Telemeca-
(logical point-to-point relationship). nique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master) (logical point-to-point
relationship)
• Integration of an OP through a Telemecanique TSX SCA62
connection socket in a UNI-TELWAY network and communica-
tion between OP (UNI-T slave) to a TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or slave) in the network
(logical point-to-point relationship)

2/114 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical including variants
characteristics)
/PP /DP /DP-12
Allen Bradley (DF1)
SLC 500/03,04,05 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2K... 2
(9-pin male/RS 232) (max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
(25-pin female/RS 232) (max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80
(25-pin female/RS 422)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2V...
(max. 60 m)
Allen Bradley (DH485)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix
(9-pin male/RS 232)
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
Via DH485 network • – • – • DH485-Netz
to max. 4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 (see online Help)
or MicroLogix
Mitsubishi (FX)
Via Mitsubishi programming device • – • – • 6XV1 440-2UE32
cable SC-07 to FX0 (0.32 m)
(9-pin female/RS 232)
Via Mitsubishi programming device
cable SC-08 to FX
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2UE32
(0.32 m)
(9-pin female/RS 232)
FX0 • – • – • 6XV1 440-2P...
(Mini-DIN 8-pin socket/RS 422 (max. 500 m)
FX • – • – • 6XV1 440-2R...
(Mini-DIN 8-pin female/RS 422 (max. 500 m)
GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
Via SNP network • – • – • SNP-Netz
to max. 4 x (see online Help)
GEF 90-30, 70
Modicon (MODBUS)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, • – • – • 6XV1 440-1K...
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780, (max. 15 m)
785 or TSX Quantum – CPU 113,
213, 424, 434, 534
(9-pin female/RS 232)
Via Modem J878/MODBUS
to 984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
• – • – • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
CPU 113, ...
(25-pin female/RS 232)
Via Bridge BM85-000 or PLC with • – • – • 6XV1 440-1K...
Bridge functionality / (max. 15 m)
MODBUS PLUS – network
to 984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, ...
(9-pin female/RS 232)
Omron (LINK)
• SYSMAC C • – • – • 6XV1 440-1X...
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21) (max. 15 m)
• SYSMAC α
• SYSMAC CV
(9-pin female/RS 232)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/115

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD17 OP3 OP7 / OP17 Connected via
(connector/physical including variants
characteristics)
/PP /DP /DP-12
Telemecanique (ADJUST)
2 TSX 17 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
(15-pin female/RS 485) (max. 20 m)
TSX 47/67/87/107 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1F...
(9-pin female/TTY) (max. 1000 m)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (max. 20 m)
(15-pin female/RS 485)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
+ ACC01 to TSX 37/57 (max. 20 m)
(15-pin female/RS 485)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62 • – • – • 6XV1 440-1E...
and (max. 20 m)
UNI-TELWAY network to 1 x TSX 17
or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107
(15-pin. female/RS 485)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible

2/116 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
Overview

■ Overview
The SIMATIC Touch Panels (TP) TP 070, TP 170micro, TP 170A, Expanded functionality with WinCC flexible
TP 170B, TP 270, Operator Panels (OP) OP 77B, OP 170B,
OP 270, Mobile Panel 170, Multifunctional Platforms (MP)1) For the first time, WinCC flexible offers OPC communication for
MP 270B, MP 370 as well as the SIMATIC HMI software SIMATIC MP 270B/MP 370, and HTTP communication for the
packages for PC ProTool/Pro Runtime and WinCC flexible
Runtime provide HMI functionality in combination with:
panels of performance class TP/OP 270 and above. Both OPC
and HTTP communication can be used parallel to the process 2
links to SIMATIC S5/S7/505 or to PLCs from other vendors.
• SIMATIC S5
OPC Data Access (only SIMATIC MP 270B/MP 370,
• SIMATIC S7 WinCC flexible Runtime)
• SIMATIC 505
OPC Data Access is an open standard for local or remote
• SIMOTION 2) exchange of variables between applications using Industrial
• SINUMERIK 3) Ethernet. In the original version, OPC is based on Microsoft
• Non-Siemens PLCs COM/DCOM and therefore requires a Microsoft Windows
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60 and 80 (DF1 protocol) operating system for PCs on the client and server sides (not
or through KF2 module/DH+ network with PLC5 and SLC Windows CE). As OPC XML, communication is based on the
500/03, 04 or 05 SOAP/XML Internet standard and is also suitable for embedded
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04 and 05 (DF1 protocol) or systems with Windows CE.
through KF-3 module/DH485 network with SLC 500 and Required options: WinCC flexible /OPC server
MicroLogix HTTP communication for exchange of variables between
- Allen Bradley SLC500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04 and MicroLogix SIMATIC HMI systems
(DH485 protocol) (only SIMATIC TP/OP 270, MP 270B/MP 370, WinCC flexible
- GE Fanuc 90-Micro, 90-30 and 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol) Runtime)
- LG GLOFA GM with Cnet card (protocol-dedicated)
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol) Communication based on HTTP telegrams permits exchange of
- Mitsubishi FX, series A and series Q (MP4 protocol) variables between SIMATIC HMI systems.
- Modicon 984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, 381, 385, 480, Required options: WinCC flexible /Sm@rt Access
485, 680, 685, 780 and 785 (MODBUS protocol)
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534 and TSX 1) For simplicity, the abbreviation "SIMATIC TP/OP/MP " is used in the text
Compact (MODBUS protocol) below. This does not imply any constraints; the statements are appli-
cable to all the above-mentioned Windows-based systems. If there are
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV any restrictions, this is stated explicitly in the text
(Link/MultiLink protocol)
2) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
- Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107
(ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY protocols) 3) Required with WinCC flexible: "SINUMERIK HMI copy license WinCC
flexible CE" as well as "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA".
- Telemecanique TSX 37, TSX 57 (UNI-TELWAY protocol) The "SINUMERIK HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is also
You can find further information in the ProTool and WinCC required for configuration;
flexible User Manuals, in the "Communication with for further information, see Catalog NC 60
Windows-based systems" Manual and in the online help for
ProTool and WinCC flexible.

Communications standard SIMATIC HMI

Version TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Runtime / Connected via
OP 270 WinCC flexible Runtime
MP 270B
OPC Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) / V1.0 (XML)
OPC client – – • Industrial Ethernet
(COM/DCOM) (see Catalog IK PI)
OPC server – – • 1) Industrial Ethernet
(COM/DCOM) (see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML client – – • 2) Industrial Ethernet
(SOAP/XML) (see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML server
(SOAP/XML)
• 3) • 3) • 4) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP communication for exchange of variables between SIMATIC HMI systems
HTTP Client • 5) • 5) • 6) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP Server • 5) • 5) • 6) Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible /OPC server option required for WinCC flexible Runtime
2) Not ProTool/Pro Runtime
3) Only MP 270B; MP 370 with WinCC flexible; WinCC flexible /OPC server option required for SIMATIC Multi Panel
4) Only for WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible /OPC server option required for WinCC flexible Runtime
5) Only with WinCC flexible: WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess option required for SIMATIC Panel
6) Only for WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess option required for WinCC flexible Runtime

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/117

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
SIMATIC S5

■ Overview
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A)
available for connecting SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070,
TP 170micro) to SIMATIC S5 (not S5-150U). The one common S5-115U, -135U, -155U via IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP
feature is that, as far as the connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is (except CPU 922 < Version 9,
2 concerned, the link is always a logical point-to-point connection,
i.e. a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is always permanently assigned to one
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11],
programmable controller. except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
AS511 interface (not Mobile Panel 170)
The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface:
S5-90U to -135U, -155U (except CPU 922 < Version 9, • Up to 2 SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs can be connected as slaves
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11], through a PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5-95U with
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11], integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01].
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5) • Up to 30 SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs can be connected as slaves
through a PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate
The AS511 interface operates through die PG interface of the PROFIBUS DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.
SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the
performance of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP depends on the Communication between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP slave) and
performance of the used SIMATIC CPU. SIMATIC S5 (DP master) takes place through PROFIBUS DP
message frames according to EN 50170 with a higher-level HMI
profile. The programmable controller must be equipped with a
function block which is called up once for each connected
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (this FB is included with ProTool).

PLC SIMATIC HMI

Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible
Runtime
OP 170B
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
S5-90U to 155U – • • 1) • • 6ES5 734-1BD20 2)
except CPU 922 < Version 9, (3.2 m)
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
except CPU 946/947 • 6XV1 440-2A...
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21, (max. 1000 m)
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5) (TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI)
Via PROFIBUS DP to 1 x S5-95U/ – – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
L2-DP/Master [6ES5 095-8ME02] (see Catalog
ST 50/IK PI)
Via PROFIBUS DP with IM 308C to – – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U (see Catalog
except CPU 922 < Version 9, ST 50/IK PI)
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5)
Via PROFIBUS DP with CP 5431 – – • 3) • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
FMS/DP to (see Catalog
S5-115U, -135U, -155U ST 50/IK PI)
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94.-3UA11, 6ES5 94.-3UA21,
6ES5 94.-3UA22 < Version 5)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Not Mobile Panel 170
2) PC cable with integrated regulating transformer RS 232/TTY
3) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box;
for cable assignment, see manual
4) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
5) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02

2/118 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
SIMATIC S7

■ Overview
The following types of interface are used between MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface/Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7: interface
• PPI interface: The multi-point communication interfaces of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP
For linking a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI.
Communication is carried out using the PPI protocol; a
standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not necessary.
and SIMATIC S7 are used. You can connect:
• One or more TP/OP/MP (MPI master) to
2
one or more S7-300/400 or WinAC (MPI master).
• MPI interface:
For linking a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the • One or more TP/OP/MP (MPI master) to
integrated MPI interface of the CPU or alternatively via the MPI one or more S7-200 (MPI slave) 3)
interface of a separate interface module and the backplane In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are
bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. Communication is carried out static and are set up during startup and then monitored.
using the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB
as used with SIMATIC S5 is not necessary. In addition to the original master–master relationship, this
produces a master–slave relationship that allows S7-200s
• PROFIBUS interface: (except CPU 212) to be integrated. 3)
For linking a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the inte-
grated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or alternatively via the This method of exchanging information between
PROFIBUS interface of a separate interface module and the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is irrespective of the used
backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. Communication is network, i.e. MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet: The
carried out using the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs
a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not necessary. are S7 servers.
• Industrial Ethernet link:
For linking a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the inte- 1) TP 070 can only be connected to S7-200 via MPI point-to-point
grated Industrial Ethernet interface of the CPU or alternatively (not PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.)
via the Industrial Ethernet interface of a separate interface is not possible; TP 170micro can only be connected to one S7-200
module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible
Communication is carried out using the MPI protocol (PG/OP 2) TP 170A with ProTool can only be connected to one S7-200/-300/-400
communication); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not or WinAC; network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible
necessary. TP 170A with WinCC flexible can be connected to
max. four S7-200/-300/-400 or WinAC
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU 3) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70
depends on its performance (see Catalog ST 70); from the view-
point of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP, the following limitations apply:
• TP 070, TP 170micro: 1 connection 1)
• OP 77B, Mobile Panel 170, TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B:
max. 4 connections 2)
• TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370: max. 6 connections
• PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime:
max. 8 connections
PPI interface (not TP 070)
PPI interfaces are basically point-to-point connections between
one SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (PPI master) resp. one PG (PPI master)
and one S7-200 (PPI slave).
One SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or one PG can be connected to
one S7-200 (sequential logical point-to-point relationship, i.e.
from the viewpoint of the S7-200, only one connection is active
at a given time).

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/119

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
SIMATIC S7
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible

2 OP 170B
Runtime

SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
via PPI to S7-200 • 1) 2) 3) • 4) • 4) 5) • 4) • 4) • 4) 6) 6XV1 830-1CH30 7)
(3.2 m)
via MPI or PROFIBUS • 1) 2) 3) • 8) • 5) • • • 6) 6XV1 830-1CH30 7)
(PG/OP communication) (3.2 m)
to S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS – • 8) • 5) • • • 6) 6XV1 830-1CH30 7)
(PG/OP communication) (3.2 m)
to S7-300, -400
via PPI network • 1) 2) 3) • 4) • 4) 5) • 4) • 4) • 4) 6) PPI network 9)
to max. 1 x S7-200 (see Catalogs ST 70
and IK PI)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network
(PG/OP communication)
• 1) 2) 3) • 8) • 5) • 10) • 10) • 6) 10) MPI or PROFIBUS
network 9)
to max. 4 x S7-200 (see Catalogs ST 70
and IK PI)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network
(PG/OP communication)
– • 8) • 5) • 10) • 10) • 6) 10) MPI or PROFIBUS
network 9)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC (see Catalogs ST 70
and IK PI)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) – – – • 10) 11) • 10) 11) • 10) 12) Industrial Ethernet
(PG/OP communication) (see Catalogs IK PI)
to max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) TD 200 can only be coupled via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (not MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 187.5 kbit/s; cable included in scope of supply
2) TP 070 can only be connected to S7-200 via MPI point-to-point (not PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is not possible;
max. transmission rate 19.2 kbit/s;
3) TP 170micro can be connected to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 187.5 kbit/s
4) Can be connected via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200; network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible
5) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
6) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
7) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in scope of supply of the programming device
8) TP 170A with ProTool can only be connected to one S7-200/-300/-400 or WinAC; network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible;
TP 170A with WinCC flexible can be connected to max. 4 x S7-200/-300/-400 or WinAC;
max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s
9) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
10) Up to 8 S7 connections are possible depending on the scope of configuration (communication)
11) Not available for ProTool, only available for configuration with WinCC flexible
with MP 270B, MP 370 via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface;
with TP 270, OP 270 a CF card is required for Ethernet.
12) Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface;
the CP 1512, CP 1612 or CP 1613 must be used with the standard PC.
The Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET S7-Lean/Windows driver software V6.1 (6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0) is additionally
required for the integrated Industrial Ethernet interface or when using the CP 1512 or CP 1612.
The S7-1613 / Windows driver software V6.1 (6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0) is additionally required when using the CP 1613.

2/120 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
SIMATIC 505

■ Overview
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are available PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A)
for connecting SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not TP 070, TP 170micro) to
SIMATIC 505. The one common feature is that, as far as the SIMATIC 505 PLC or SIMATIC 545, SIMATIC 555 with CP 5434
connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is concerned, the link is always a When the PROFIBUS DP interface is used, up to 30
logical point-to-point connection, i.e. a TP/OP/MP is always
permanently assigned to one programmable controller.
SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs can be connected as slaves via a
PROFIBUS network to one SIMATIC 545, 555 with a plug-in
2
NITP interface PROFIBUS DP master interface of the CP 5434 type.

The NITP interface operates through die PG interface of the Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP/slave) and
SIMATIC 505 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the SIMATIC 505 (DP/master) takes place through PROFIBUS DP
performance of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP depends on the message frames according to EN 50170 with a higher-level HMI
performance of the used SIMATIC CPU. profile. The programmable controller must contain an
application ladder, which is called up for each connected
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (an application ladder example is included
with ProTool).

PLC SIMATIC HMI

Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible
Runtime
OP 170B
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T – • • 1) • – • PPX:
(RS 232) 2601 094-8001 2)
• • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 545, 555 – – • 1) – • PPX:
2601 094-8001 2)
(RS 232)
• • 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T
(RS 422)
– – • 1) • • • 3) 6XV1 440-2M...
(max. 300 m)
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555 – – • 1) • • • 3) 6XV1 440-1M...
(RS 422) (max. 300 m)
SIMATIC 505 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI
via PROFIBUS DP to 1 x PLC 545, – – – • • • 4) PROFIBUS 5)
555 with CP 5434 (see Catalog
ST 50/IK PI)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box;
for cable assignment, see manual
2) A standard adapter, 9-pin/25-pin male, is required on the PLC end
3) A generally available level converter RS 232/RS 422 is required on the PC end
4) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
5) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/121

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs

■ Overview
Allen Bradley Mitsubishi
Two communication protocols are available for connecting Two communication protocols are available for connecting
SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) to Allen SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) to Mitsubishi.
2 Bradley.
DF1 interface
FX protocol
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Allen Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. Direct connection of a
Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol. The following have been SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the programming device interface of a
tested and approved: Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point relationship) has
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the PG interface been tested and approved.
of an Allen Bradley PLC5 or to the DF1 interface of an Allen MP4 protocol
Bradley SLC 500 (point-to-point connection)
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through Allen Bradley Mitsubishi is based on the MP4 protocol. The following have
Gateway KF2 into an Allen Bradley DH+ network. Communica- been tested and approved:
tion between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the
SLC 500 or PLC5 type (multipoint relationship from the • Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to a Mitsubishi FX,
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is A or Q series (point-to-point relationship)
possible with TP 170A) • The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through a Mitsubishi
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through Allen Bradley FX-48SC-IF converter into an RS 422 network. Communication
Gateway KF3 into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communi- between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the FX, A
cation between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the or Q series (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the
SLC 500 or Micro Logix type (multipoint relationship from the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is TP 170A)
possible with TP 170A) • The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro
DH485 interface Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an RS 422 network.
Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Allen PLCs of the FX, A or Q series (multipoint relationship from the
Bradley is based on the DH485 protocol. The following have viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is
been tested and approved: possible with TP 170A)
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to an Allen Bradley
SLC 500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship)
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through Allen Bradley Modicon
AIC adapter into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communi- SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) and Modicon
cation between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the use the MODBUS protocol to communicate with each other; The
SLC 500 or MicroLogix type (multipoint relationship from the following have been tested and approved:
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is
possible with TP 170A) • Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the MODBUS
interface of a Modicon 984, a TSX Quantum or a TSX Compact
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro (point-to-point relationship)
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an Allen Bradley
DH485 network. Communication between the SIMATIC • The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through Modicon
TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the SLC 500 or MicroLogix type MODBUS PLUS BM85-000 bridge or the bridge function of a
(multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC MODICON 984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS
TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with TP 170A) network and communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP
(MODBUS master) and up to four Modicon 984 or TSX
Quantum PLCs (MODBUS slaves) within the network
(multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC
LG GLOFA GM TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with TP 170A)
SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) and LG
GLOFA GM use the dedicated protocol to communicate with
each other; the following have been tested and approved:
• Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to a LG GLOFA GM with
Cnet module (point-to-point relationship)
• The Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through a LG Cnet
module into an RS 422 network. Communication is possible
between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not a PC with ProTool/Pro-
Runtime) and up to 4 PLCs of the LG GLOFA GM type in the
network (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)

2/122 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs

■ Overview (cont.)
Omron Telemecanique
SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) and Omron SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs (not TP 070, TP 170micro) and Teleme-
use the Link/MultiLink protocol to communicate with each other; canique use the UNI-TELWAY protocol to exchange data with
The following have been tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to an Omron Sys-
each other; The following have been tested and approved:
• Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T slave) through a
2
mac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV (point-to-point relationship) Telemecanique TSX SCA62 connection socket to a
• The Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through an Omron Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master)
NT-AL001 converter in an RS 422 network. Communication be- (logic point-to-point relationship)
tween the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 Sysmac C, Sysmac • Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T slave) through
or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint Telemecanique connection sockets TSX SCA62 + ACC01 to a
of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX57 (UNI-T master)
TP 170A) (logical point-to-point connection)
• The integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro • Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through the Telemecanique
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an RS 422 network. TSX SCA62 port in a UNI-TELWAY network and communication
Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T slave) and up to four TSX
Sysmac C, Sysmac or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint relation- 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T master or
ship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one slave) in the network (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint
connection is possible with TP 170A) of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)

PLC SIMATIC HMI

Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible
Runtime
OP 170B
Allen Bradley (DF1)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix – • • 1) • – • 1747 CP3 2)
(RS 232)
• 6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232) – • • 1) • – • 1784 CP10 2)

• 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 422) – • • 1) • • • 6XV1 440-2V...
(max. 60 m)
Via Gateway KF2and DH+ network – • 4) • 1) • – • 1784 CP10 2) 3)
to max. 4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 3)
or PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232) • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
Via Gateway KF3and DH485 network – • 4) • 1) • – • 1784 CP10 2) 3)
to max. 4 x SLC 500 or MicroLogix 3)
(RS 232) • 6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
Allen Bradley (DH485)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix – • • 1) • • • See online Help 5)
(RS 232)
Via Adapter AIC and DH485 network – • 4) • 1) • • • See online Help 5)
to max. 4 x SLC 500 or MicroLogix
(RS 232)
Via DH485 network – • 4) • 1) • • – See online Help 5)
to max. 4 x SLC 500 or MicroLogix
(RS 232)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box;
for cable assignment, see manual
2) Allen Bradley PC cable
3) Cable for connecting to KF2/KF3 gateway; at the gateway end, a Gander changer 25-pin female/25-pin female is required
4) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC
5) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool or WinCC flexible online Help or the
"Communication User’s Guide for Windows-Based Systems"

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/123

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible

2 OP 170B
Runtime

GE-Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232) – • • 1) • • • See online Help 4)
Via Adapter to max. 4 x GEF 90- – • 5) • 1) • • • See online Help 4)
Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232)
To max. 4 x GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, – • 5) • 1) • • – See online Help 4)
90-70 (RS 422)
LG GLOFA (Dedicated)
GLOFA-GM with Cnet module – • • 1) • • • See online Help 4)
(RS 232)
To max. 4 x GLOFA-GM with Cnet – • 5) • 1) • • – See online Help 4)
module (RS 422)
Mitsubishi (FX)
3)
FX0 (RS 422) – – • • • • SC-071
• • • – 6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
3)
FX (RS 422) – – • • • • SC-081
• • • – 6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
Mitsubishi (MP4)
• Series FX with communications – – • • 1) • • See online Help 4)
module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 232)
Via converter FX-48SC-IF to – – • 5) • 1) • • See online Help 4)
max. 4 PLCs
• Series FX with communications
module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 232)
To max. 4 PLCs – – • 5) • 1) • – See online Help 4)
• Series FX with communications
module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 422)
Modicon (MODBUS)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, – • • 1) • • • See online Help 4)
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780,
785 or TSX Quantum – CPU 113,
213, 424, 434, 534 (RS 232)
Via BM85-000 bridge or PLC with – • 5) • 1) • • • See online Help 4)
bridge functionality /
MODBUS PLUS network
to max. 4 x 984-120, ... or TSX
Quantum – CPU 113, ... (RS 232)
TSX Compact (RS 232) – • • 1) • • • See online Help 4)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box;
for cable assignment, see manual
2) Allen Bradley PC cable
3) Cable for connecting to KF2/KF3 gateway; at the gateway end, a Gander changer 25-pin female/25-pin female is requireTP 170A can only be
connected to one PLC
4) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool or WinCC flexible online Help or the
"Communication User’s Guide for Windows-Based Systems"
5) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC

2/124 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: panels and runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 200 TP 170A OP 77B TP 270 MP 370 ProTool/Pro Connected via
(physical characteristics) TP 070 Mobile OP 270 Runtime
TP 170micro Panel 170 MP 270B WinCC
TP 170B flexible
OP 170B
Runtime
2
Omron (Link/Multi Link)
• SYSMAC C – • • 1) • • • See online Help 2)
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
Via NT-AL001 converter to max. 4 – • 3) • 1) • • • See online Help 2)
PLCs
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
To max. 4 PLCs – • 3) • 1) • • – See online Help 2)
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)
Via TSX SCA62 connection socket – • • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (max. 20 m)
(RS 485)
Via TSX SCA62 + ACC01 connec-
tion sockets to TSX 37/57 (RS 485)
– • • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 connection socket – • 3) • 1) • • • 4) 6XV1 440-1E...
and (max. 20 m)
UNI-TELWAY network to 4 x TSX 17
or TSX 37/57 or TSX 47/67/87/107
(RS 485)

• System coupling is possible

– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box;
for cable assignment, see manual
2) For detailed information (cable assignment), see the ProTool or WinCC flexible online Help or the
"Communication User Guide for Windows-Based Systems"
3) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC
4) At the PC end, one RS 485 interface card and an adapted cable are required. For detailed information (tested board, cable assignment),
see the ProTool or WinCC flexible online Help or the "Communication User Guide for Windows-Based Systems"

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/125

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Connecting cables

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Connecting cables 6ES5 731-... Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2B...
Standard lengths: Standard lengths:

2 • 5.0 m
• 10.0 m
}
}
6ES5 731-1BF00
6ES5 731-1CB00
• 3.2 m
• 10.0 m
}
}
6XV1 440-2BH32
6XV1 440-2BN10
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0 Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
PC 16-20 interface adapter } 6ES5 731-6AG00 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2C...
Required for the connection Standard lengths:
between programming device • 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2CH32
and connecting cable
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2CN10
Connecting cables 6ES5 734-...
Standard lengths: Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
• 3.2 m } 6ES5 734-1BD20 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2F...
• 10.0 m } 6ES5 734-2CB00 Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2FH32
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2FN10
Connecting cables 6ES7 705-...
Standard length: Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2F 7 7 7
• 2.5 m 1) } 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2G...
Connecting cables 6ES7 901-... Standard lengths:
Standard length: • 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2GH32
• 5.0 m 2) } 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 • 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2GN10
Connecting cables 6XV1 418-... Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2G 7 7 7
Standard lengths: Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2J...
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 418-0CH32 Standard lengths:
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 418-0CN10 • 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2JH32
Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 418-0C 7 7 7 • 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2JN10
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1E... Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2J 7 7 7
Standard length: Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2K...
• 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-1EH50 Standard length:
Special lengths up to 20.0 m 6XV1 440-1E 7 7 7 • 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2KH32
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1F... Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7
Standard length: Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2L...
• 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-1FH50 Standard length:
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-1F 7 7 7 • 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2LH32
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1K... Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2L
Standard length: Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2M...
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-1KH32 Standard length:
Special lengths up to 15.0 m 6XV1 440-1K 7 7 7 • 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-2MH50
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1L... Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2M 7 7 7
• Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-1L 7 7 7 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2P...
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1M... • Special lengths up to 500.0 m 6XV1 440-2P 7 7 7
Standard length: Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2R...
• 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-1MH50 • Special lengths up to 500.0 m 6XV1 440-2R 7 7 7
Special lengths up to 300.0 m 6XV1 440-1M 7 7 7 Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2V...
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2A... Standard length:
Standard lengths: • 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-2VH50
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2AH32 Special lengths up to 60.0 m 6XV1 440-2V 7 7 7
• 5.0 m } 6XV1 440-2AH50
For length key
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2AN10 see Appendix
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2A 7 7 7
For length key } ex warehouse
see Appendix 1) Included in the OP3 scope of supply
2) Included in the PG scope of supply

2/126 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices

Connecting cables

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No. Order No.
Configuration cable Accessories for supplementary ordering
For PC/PG 7xx (serial) PROFIBUS RS 485 bus connec- 6GK1 500-0EA02
(9-pin male/RS 232) for OP3 1)
For PC/PG 7xx with CP 5611
tor with axial cable outlet
SIMATIC S7 RS 485 bus con- } 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
2
• For OP3 1) } 6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 nector with straight cable outlet
• For OP27 2) } 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 With PG interface
For PG 7xx (serial) Further bus connectors/ See Catalog IK PI
(25-pin female/TTY) 3) terminals
Standard lengths: Y cable (adapter) } 6XV1 440-2HE20
• 5.0 m } 6ES5 734-2BF00 0.20 m long
• 10.0 m } 6ES5 734-2CB00 Adapter cable } 6XV1 440-2DE32
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0 0.32 m long
or Between TD/OP and connecting
Standard lengths: cable 6ES5 735-...
• 5.0 m } 6ES5 731-1BF00 Adapter cable 6XV1 440-2UE32
• 10.0 m } 6ES5 731-1CB00 Between TD/OP and PC cable
(non-Siemens)
Special lengths up to 200.0 m 6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0
PC 16-20 interface adapter 6ES5 731-6AG00 } ex warehouse
Required for the connection Note:
between programming device See Appendix for length codes for connecting cables
and connecting cable
For PC (serial) 4)
(9-pin male/RS 232) 1) Included in the OP3 scope of supply
Standard length: 2) Included in the PG scope of supply
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2KH32 3) Not OP3 and OP7/DP
Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7 4) Not OP3
For PC (serial) 4)
(25-pin female/RS 232)
Standard length:
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2LH32
Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2L 7 7 7
Connecting cable
Between PG/PC and panel
(9-pin female/RS 232)
• 5.0 m 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Configuration cable for MPI 2)
• 3.0 m 6XV1 830-1CH30
Printer cable
For printer (25-pin female/TTY) for
OP17/27/37, TP27/37
Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2BH32
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2BN10
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m 6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
For printer (25-pin female/RS 232)
for OP17/27/37, TP27/37
• 3.2 m } 6XV1 440-2CH32
• 10.0 m } 6XV1 440-2CN10
Special lengths up to 16.0 m 6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
For length key
see Appendix

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/127

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Micro Panels and Panels

■ Overview
Printer functions
Hard- Print Print Alarm Print Status Print Print all Dia- Print Print all Recipe Header/
copy list 2) report log alarm mes- alarms dia- gram data set data con- footer

2 On/Off mes-
sage
buffer
sage
buffer
with
filter
grams con-
tents list
sets tents list

TD17 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –
OP3 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –
OP7 • – – • • • – • • • • • •
OP17 • – – • • • – • • • • • •
OP 170B • – – • – – – – – – – – –
OP 270 • – • • – – – – – – – – –
OP27 • • – • • • • – – – – – –
OP37 • • – • • • • – – – – – –
TP 070 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –
TP 170A 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –
TP 170B • – – • – – – – – – – – –
TP 270 • – • • – – – – – – – – –
TP27 • • – • • • • – – – – – –
TP37 • • – • • • • – – – – – –
• Possible functions
– Functions not possible
1) The device does not have a printer port
2) Print the diagram list

Released printers
Brother EPSON HP deskjet ITT EPSON Tally Siemens
HL1450 LQ580 / 6127 IPP 144-40 TM-T88II T 2024 DR 2030
LQ300+ (Thermo)
OP7 – Serial – Serial Serial Serial Serial

OP17 – Serial – Serial Serial Serial Serial

OP 170B – Serial – – Serial 1) Serial Serial

OP 270 USB Serial USB – Serial 1) Serial Serial

OP27 – Serial – Serial 1) Serial 1) Serial Serial

OP37 – Serial or parallel – Serial 1) Serial 1) Serial or parallel Serial or parallel

TP 170B – Serial – – Serial 1) Serial Serial

TP 270 USB Serial USB – Serial 1) Serial Serial

TP27 – Serial – Serial 1) Serial 1) Serial Serial

TP37 – Serial or parallel – Serial 1) Serial 1) Serial or parallel Serial or parallel

1) "Hardcopy" and "Print log" not possible

2/128 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Micro Panels and Panels

■ Overview (cont.)
Supply sources
Manufacturer Printer name Printer type Physical Field of application Supplier address for
characteristics printer
Brother HL1450 Laser Parallel / USB Workplace printer http://www.hp.com 2
EPSON LQ580 24-pin B/W Serial 1) / parallel Workplace printer http://www.epson.de

EPSON LQ300+ 24-pin B/W Serial/ parallel Workplace printer http://www.epson.de

Hewlett- Deskjet 6127 Color inkjet USB Workplace printer http://www.hewlett-

Packard packard.de
EPSON TN T88II Thermal B/W Serial Built-in printer http://www.epson.de

ITT IPP 144-40 Thermal B/W Serial Built-in printer http://www.mueller-

weigert.de
Tally T 2024/9; T 2024/24 9-pin or 24-pin Serial / parallel Workplace printer http://www.tally.de

Siemens DR 2030/9; DR 2030/24 9-pin or 24-pin Serial 1) / parallel Workplace printer http://www.siemens.de

1) For serial printing, a module is available as an option

■ More information
Printer and printer settings
For further information, visit our website at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/news/csi/en/11376409

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 2/129

 Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Multi Panels

■ Overview
Print functions
Hardcopy Print report Alarm log On/Off

2 MP 270 • • •
MP 270B • • •
MP 370 • • •
• Possible functions

Released printers
Brother EPSON HP Deskjet EPSON Tally Siemens
HL1450 LQ580 6127 TM-T88II T 2024 DR 2030
LQ300+
MP 270 USB Serial USB Serial 1) Serial Serial

MP 270B USB Serial USB Serial 1) Serial Serial

MP 370 USB Serial USB Serial 1) Serial Serial

1) "Hardcopy" and "Print log" not possible

Supply sources
Manufacturer Printer name Printer type Physical Field of application Supplier address for printer
characteristics
Brother HL1450 Laser parallel / USB Workplace printer http://www.hp.com

EPSON LQ580 24-pin B/W Serial 1) / parallel Workplace printer http://www.epson.de

EPSON LQ300+ 24-pin B/W Serial / parallel Workplace printer http://www.epson.de

Hewlett Packard Deskjet 6127 Tintenstrahl color USB Workplace printer http://www.hewlett-packard.de

EPSON TN T88II Color inkjet Serial Built-in printer http://www.epson.de

Tally T 2024/9; T 2024/24 9-pin or 24-pin Serial / parallel Workplace printer http://www.tally.de

Siemens DR 2030/9; DR 2030/24 9-pin or 24-pin Serial 1) / parallel Workplace printer http://www.siemens.de

1) For serial printing, a module is available as an option

■ More information
Printer and printer settings
For further information, visit our website at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/news/csi/en/11376409

2/130 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

SIMATIC Panel PC

3/2 Introduction
3/4 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
3/8 SIMATIC Panel PC 670
3/17 SIMATIC Panel PC 870

3/25 Expansion components

3/25 SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
3/26 SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,
Image & Partition Creator
3/27 3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC

Introduction

■ Overview SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870

High industrial compatibility
• Vibration resistance during operation: 1.0 g
• Shock resistance during operation: 5.0 g
High investment protection
• Spare parts availability guaranteed for at least 5 years
• High level of continuity of components
• Equipment configuration is very service-friendly
High industrial functionality
• Built-in PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
• Low mounting depth (Panel PC 670)
• ISA and PCI slots

3 • Maximum expandability (Panel PC 870)

• Distributed configuration
• Direct key module (optional)
High system availability
• SIMATIC PC/PG Image&Partition Creator –
software tool for saving of hard disk data
(expansion components)
SIMATIC Panel PCs are suitable for use in standard control • SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor –
cabinets, control panels and switchboards. PC diagnostics/signaling software (expansion components)
Two device categories are available for varying requirements: • Second hard disk (as option for Panel PC 670, available soon)
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and SIMATIC Panel PC 870 • RAID1 (as option for Panel PC 670, available soon)
• SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 (IL 70)
Common industrial functionality ■ Benefits
• IP65 degree of protection SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 (IL 70)
• High EMC: CE mark for industrial environments
Maximum performance, low budget, and basic industrial
• Designed for continuous duty capability
• MTBF of backlighting: 50,000 h and 60,000 h respectively
A SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 is your first choice for
• Ethernet on-board applications requiring an extremely high-performance IPC
• Up to 45 °C ambient temperature during operation platform and where the industrial PC must satisfy basic industry
standards (e.g. vibration, shock).
SIMATIC Panel PC Industrial Lite 70
Performance
Basic industrial compatibility
• Vibration resistance during operation: 0.25 g The Panel PC IL 70 is particularly oriented toward the standard
PC world. Together with a high innovation rate, this range
• Shock resistance during operation: 1.0 g provides you with maximum processor performance for the
Basic investment protection industrial PC sector.
• Spare parts availability guaranteed for at least 3 years Integral interfaces
• The latest PC technology The integral Ethernet interface can be used for communication
High system availability with the office world or control level. The integral USB 2.0
interfaces at the rear mean that connection of peripheral devices
• SIMATIC PC/PG Image&Partition Creator – from the PC world is child’s play.
software tool for saving of hard disk data (option) For example, an external mouse, keyboard, CD-ROM or ZIP
Innovative components drive, printer, chipcard or barcode reader etc. can be simply
installed and operated during an application. The PCI slots
• Fast processors provide sufficient freedom for installing PC expansion cards,
• PCI slots e.g. communications cards for connecting to the process.
Inexpensive Price
• Cost-effective entry The Panel PC Industrial Lite 70 is the low-cost starter solution in
the SIMATIC Panel PC range.

3/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

Introduction

■ Benefits (cont.)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870 Integral interfaces
Compact, rugged and high-performance The PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface is already integrated in the
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870 at no extra charge. Also present
The Panel PCs 670/870 are panel PCs with full industrial is the Ethernet interface for linking to the control level or to the
functionality. With display sizes of 10" (only PC 670), 12" and 15" Internet.
together with operation using membrane keyboard or touch-
screen, they are appropriate for many different operating Modern servicing/start-up interface
concepts.
The standard USB (Universal Serial Bus) PC I/O interface
Rugged design guarantees simple connection of components at both the front
and rear.
The complete system has been designed for a high degree of
resistance to vibrations and shocks. For example, a special Compact design
vibration-absorbing mount for the hard disk ensures reliable
operation even under high mechanical stress. The maximum mounting depth of 100/130 mm means that the
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 can also be used where the installation
Continuity conditions are extremely limited. 3
The continuity in the availability of the same components, e.g. Expansion
motherboards from our own production, means that the SIMATIC
Panel PCs 670 and 870 offer very high investment safeguarding. The 5 vacant PC slots in the SIMATIC Panel PC 870 provide
sufficient freedom for expansions.
Service-friendly design
Options
Particular attention was paid during the design of the Panel PC
670 and 870 range to extreme service friendliness. For example, The SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 and 870 provide a high degree of in-
the computer box and front panel can be simply opened for fast dustrial functionality extending beyond standard PC features. For
replacement of components. The interior with the CPU and slots example, it is also possible to have a distributed design, with the
is easily accessible for subsequent expansions. computer and operating units spatially separated.
A further component for operational reliability is the optional direct
key module. This can be used to operate the process independent
of the bus system and without delay directly via PROFIBUS DP.

■ SIMATIC Panel PC at a Glance

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 SIMATIC Panel PC 870

Design
• Centralized configuration • • •
• Distributed configuration – • •
Display
• Size 12.1"/15.1" TFT 10.4"/12.1"/15.1" TFT 12.1"/15.1" TFT
• Resolution 800x600 / 1024x768 640x480 / 800x600 / 1024x768 800x600 / 1024x768
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard – • •
• Touch screen • • •
General features
• Processor Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz or Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz or Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz or
Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
• RAM 128 MB / 256 MB 128 MB, 128 MB,
expandable to 256 or 512 MB expandable to 256 or 512 MB
• Free slots for expansion 3 x PCI, 1 x AGP 1 x PCI, 1 x ISA/PCI shared, 2 x PCI, 2 x PCI/ISA shared, 1 x ISA
1 x Type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA);
Note: RAID1 option occupies one
PCI slot
• Operating system Without, Windows NT 4.0 Without, Windows 98 SE Without, Windows NT 4.0
(Eng, Ger), Windows 2000 Professi- (Eng, Ger), Windows NT 4.0 (Eng, Ger),
onal Multi-Language, Windows XP (Eng, Ger), Windows 2000 Professi- Windows 2000 Professional
Professional Multi-Language onal Multi-Language, Windows XP Multi-Language, Windows XP
Professional Multi-Language Professional Multi-Language
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI – (through plug-in card) • •
• Ethernet • • •
• USB • • •
Ambient conditions
• Vibration resistance in operation 0.25 g 1g 1g
• Shock resistance in operation 1g 5g 5g

• Present
– Not present

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/3

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70

■ Overview ■ Design
The Panel PC IL 70 comprises a processor unit (Box PC) and
operator unit (front panel).
Components of the processor unit:
• Metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock, with high
electromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz with 128 MB RAM
- Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz with 256 MB RAM
• Hard disk: ≥ 20 GB;
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
• CD-ROM drive
• AGP graphics, on-board
3 • Interfaces:
- Ethernet on-board
- 2x USB connection (USB 2.0)
• Free slots for expansion:
- 3x PCI, 1x AGP (slots for card holder)
• Power supply: 110/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Components of the operator unit:
• Industry standard PC platform for demanding tasks in the field The front panels are available in the following designs:
of HMI
• Maximum performance due to the highest processor 12" TOUCH
performance at a low starter price • 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Design of the front panels: • Touch screen, analog resistive
- 12“ or 15“ TFT color display
- Touch screen 15" TOUCH
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
■ Benefits • Touch screen, analog resistive

• Basic industrial capability for vibrations and shocks

• Investment safeguarding through guaranteed availability of Side view of the Panel PC IL 70
component spare parts
• USB interface for simple and fast connection of required
components
• Integral Ethernet interface
• Minimization of down time by means of high system availability:
Solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs

■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is used both in production and
process automation and can be installed in control cabinets and
switchboards.
A SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is a platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based visualization locally on the machine with
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro® or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC® process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC® Software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components harmoniously matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI pa-
ckages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).

3/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70

■ Design (cont.)
Expansion components The drive is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator scope of delivery includes a 1-m long USB cable. The diskette
• Software tool for preventive data saving of hard disk contents drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; user diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
software and special installations are also saved Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC panel PCs:
• Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning • Windows XP: possible without separate driver.
3.5" USB diskette drive" • Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user delivery of the operating system
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a • Windows 98/NT: use of the USB diskette drive not possible
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with degree of
Note:
protection IP54 means that data exchange is possible from the For further information see “Expansion components”
front without opening the control cabinet door.
3
■ Technical data
Type Panel PC IL 70 Type Panel PC IL 70
General features Ambient conditions
• Processor Intel Pentium 4 technology; • Degree of protection IP65 (on front) according to
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz, EN 60529
Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz • Vibration resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
• RAM 128 MB or 256 MB, maximum 20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm,
expansion to 2 GB 58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25 g)
• Free slots for expansion 3x PCI, 1x AGP • Shock resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
(slots with card holder) 10 m/s2 (1 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. • EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 55022,
(multi language1)), Windows EN 50081-1, EN 61000-6-2,
NT4.0 (Eng, Ger), Windows XP EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 2)
Prof. (multi language1)), • Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully
opt. without operating system equipped
• Power supply 110 V / 230 V AC • Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
(wide range) 50/60 Hz DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56:
• MTBF of backlighting Typically 50,000 h 5 % to 80 % at 25 °C
(at 24 h continuous operation, (no condensation)
depending on temperature)
Approvals CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED
Drives
Packages Optional with SIMATIC
• Hard disk 2.5" hard disk drive >=20 GB ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinCC
• CD-ROM On rear, operation from side flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from
side
Interfaces Front panels 12" TOUCH 15" TOUCH
• PROFIBUS/MPI Can be implemented through Display
plug-in card
• Size 12.1" TFT Touch 15.1" TFT Touch
• Ethernet On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45,
no plug-in card required • Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 1024 x 768
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2x on rear (USB 2.0) Control elements
• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS232) • Touch screen Yes Yes
• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP) Dimensions
• Keyboard, mouse PS/2 (external keyboard); • Operator unit (W x H) in mm 391 x 330 449 x 373
PS/2 (external mouse)
• Mounting dimensions of 367 x 305 x 213 425 x 349 x 213
• Multimedia Audio in/out, microphone in, centralized model (W x H x D,
joystick port without CD-ROM) in mm
• Graphics interface No (only as alternative to Weight
integrated TFT display)
• Panel PCs in centralized Approx. 13 kg Approx. 15 kg
Monitoring functions configuration
• Temperature and watchdog Onboard Expansion components SIMATIC NET communications
modules,
3.5" USB diskette drive,
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition
Creator

1) Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN

simplified/ Korean/Japanese
2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-3 replaces 50081-1, 61000-6-4
replaces 50081-2

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/5

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Expansion components
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 6AG7 01 7 - 7 7 A00-0A 7 0 SIMATIC PC/PG 6ES7 648-6AA01-0YX0
Image & Partition Creator
Front panels: Software tool for data saving and
• 12" TFT Touch Display 0 hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
• 15" TFT Touch Display 1 (d/e/f/sp/i)
CPU/RAM: USB 3.5" diskette drive 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA1
• Celeron 2.0 GHz/ 0A with 1 m cable 1)
128 MB SDRAM Front cover 6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
• Pentium IV 2.4 GHz/ 1B for USB diskette drive,
256 MB SDRAM with frame, cover and bearing
block

3 Operating system:
• Without operating system A
Communications components
CP 1613 } 6GK1 161-3AA00
• Windows NT 4.0, German B PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
• Windows NT 4.0, English C a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
• Windows 2000 Professional D CP 5611 } 6GK1 561-1AA00
multi-language PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS
• Windows XP Professional E
multi-language CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PC to PROFIBUS
Accessories
Memory module
• 128 MB DDR333 6AV7 570-0JA00-1AA0
• 256 MB DDR333 6AV7 570-0JA10-1AA0

} ex warehouse
1) For Windows 2000 and XP

3/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm 221

6
H1

B1 H

B Panel cutout W H D

12,1" TFT Touch 367 305 213

15,1" TFT Touch 425 349 213

Front dimensions W H

12,1" TFT 391,1 330,4

15,1" TFT 449,1 373,1

G_ST80_XX_00033
Display W1 H1

12,1" TFT 251,1 189,4

15,1" TFT 309,1 233,1

Panel PC IL 70 operator control unit

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/7

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Overview ■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC 670 is designed for use on site directly at
the machine. Its low mounting depth of only 100/130 mm allows
it to be used in confined spaces.
The PC is used in production automation as well as in process
automation, built into control cabinets and control desks,
19" cabinets/racks and movable booms.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs are the ideal platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based visualization locally on the machine with
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro® or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC® process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC® Software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
3 Siemens offers the complete range of automation components
which are perfectly matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI pa-
ckages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).

• PC platform with high degree of industrial compatibility for

■ Design
demanding tasks in the field of PC-based Automation The Panel PC 670 comprises a processor unit (Box PC) and
• Rugged design: operator unit (front panel).
The PC is even resistant to extremely harsh mechanical stress
Components of the processor unit:
and is reliable in operation
• Rugged metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock,
• Compact construction
with high electromagnetic compatibility
• High investment protection
• Processor:
• Fast integration capability - Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz or
• Remote configuration: - Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
Additional applications are possible thanks to the separation of • Main memory, standard configuration:
the operating unit and processor unit 128 MB (8 to 32 MB shared graphics memory configurable
• Design of the front panels: via BIOS)
- 10“, 12“ or 15“ TFT color display • Hard disk: ≥ 30 GB;
- Membrane keyboard or touch screen the special vibration-absorbing hard disk support ensures
reliable operation even under extremely high mechanical stress
■ Benefits • Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
• Highly industry-compatible due to rugged construction, even • Graphics on-board
in the case of extreme levels of vibration and shock • Interfaces:
• High degree of investment security due to guaranteed - Ethernet on-board
availability of spare parts (for 5 years) - PROFIBUS DP/MPI on-board, electrically isolated
- 2 x USB connection
• High degree of continuity of components for long-term
machine concepts without the need for further engineering • Free slots for expansion:
outlay - 1x PCI, 1x ISA/PCI shared (slots for card holder);
note: RAID1 option occupies one PCI slot
• Savings in time and costs due to service-friendly unit design: - 1x Cardbus slot Type III (PCMCIA)
- Operator unit and processor unit simply hinge apart for fast
component replacement or for future expansion • Power supply: 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange), 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
- Front and rear USB interfaces for quick and easy connection Optional extras:
to additional hardware components
• Main memory expansion to 256 or 512 MB
• High level of industrial functionality thanks to integrated
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces • Hard disk ≥ 60 GB
• Operational reliability: • CD-ROM drive
- With the optional direct control key module, the process can • CD-R/W, DVD drive
be operated without any delays via PROFIBUS DP indepen- • Direct control key module
dently of the operating system
• 2 x ≥ 20 GB hard disk system (available soon)
• Minimization of down time by means of high system availability
- Efficient self-diagnosis (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor) • RAID1 system (available soon)
- Solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs

3/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Design (cont.)
Components of the operator unit: Distributed configuration:
The front panels are available in the following designs: In the case of the distributed configuration, the operator unit and
the processor unit can be operated separated by a distance of
10" up to 20 m, whereby the Look&Feel and the functional scope of
• 10.4" TFT color display, 640 x 480 pixels (VGA) the PC are retained. This offers even more application
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and possibilities for the Panel PC 670:
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse • Space-saving installation of the flat distributed operator unit
12" (69 mm), e.g. in the control cabinet door or on a movable boom
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) • Additional installation possibilities (e.g. in control desks),
because the distributed operator unit can be installed at up to
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and 70 ° from the vertical
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
• Extremely resistant to interference
12" TOUCH • Quick and easy start-up
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
The connection between the operator unit and the processor unit
3
• Touch screen, analog resistive is a rugged industrial cable with the following characteristics:
15" • 10 million bending cycles
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) • Silicone and CFC free, casing material flame-retardant acc.
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and to IEC 60 332.1
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse • Oil-resistant to VDE 0472 Part 803 Test Type B
15" TOUCH • Suitable for trailing
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) • Plug connector with lock
• Touch screen, analog resistive Expansion components
The front panels have a USB interface for connecting an external SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
keyboard or mouse. The touch variants are optionally available wi- • Software tool for preventive data saving of hard disk contents
thout a USB connection. In this case, they comply with NEMA 4.
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions;
The processor unit is connected via a ribbon cable attached to user software and special installations are also saved
the rear of the operator unit. • Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
Side-view of the SIMATIC Panel PC 670
• PC diagnostics/signaling software for early detection and
diagnostics of PC problems
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks
(SMART), watchdog
• Operating hours counter for preventive maintenance
• Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages,
online help (German/English)
• Network-wide monitoring of SNMP and OPC interface possible
3.5" USB diskette drive"
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with degree of
protection IP54 means that data exchange is possible from the
front without opening the control cabinet door.
The drive is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette
drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density
diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC panel PCs:
• Windows XP: possible without separate driver.
Types of configuration • Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system
• Centralized configuration: Processor unit and operator unit are
integrated • Windows 98/NT: use of the USB diskette drive not possible
• Distributed configuration: Processor unit and operator unit are Note:
physically separated For further information see "“Expansion components”

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/9

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Technical data
Type Panel PC 670 – centralized configuration Panel PC 670 – distributed configuration
General features
• Processor Intel Pentium III technology, Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz, Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
• RAM 128 MB to 512 MB
• Free slots for 1x PCI, 1x PCI/ISA shared,
expansion (all slots with card holder)
1x type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA);
Note: RAID1 option occupies one PCI slot
• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (multi language1)), Windows 98 SE (Eng, Ger), Windows NT4.0 (Eng, Ger) 2),
Windows XP Prof. (multi language1)), opt. without operating system
• Power supply 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; or 24 V DC
• MTBF of backlighting Typically 60,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature)
Drives

3 • Hard disk
• CD-ROM
3.5" hard disk drive >=30 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration
Optional, also with 2 hard disk systems or RAID1 Optional, in processor unit
system (available soon)
• DVD/CD-R/RW Optional, also with 2 hard disk systems or RAID1 Optional, in processor unit
system (available soon)
• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, for side operation 1.44 MB in processor unit
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required
• Ethernet On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1x on front 4), 2x on rear Front: 1x on front 4), 1x on rear,
processor unit: 2x
• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS232),
COM2: 1x V.24(RS232C)/TTY for S5 communication
• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
• Keyboard, mouse PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse)
• Graphics interface Analog VGA, resolution as for integrated display, 16-bit color depth
Monitoring functions
• Temperature and watchdog Onboard
• Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA4 3) IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA4 3)
IP20 (processor unit) acc. to EN 60529
• Vibration resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
- 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm
- 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g)
• Shock resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
• EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 5)
• Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully equipped
• Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56:
5 % to 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals CE, cULus, FM Class 1 Div.2 3) CE, cULus
Packages Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinCC flexible, SIMATIC WinCC

1) Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/Korean/Japanese

2) For centralized configuration only
3) For touch variants without front USB interface
4) Touch variants available optionally without front USB interface
5) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2

3/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Technical data (cont.)

Front panels 10" 12" Touch 12" 15" Touch 15"
Design
• Centralized configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Distributed configuration No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Display
• Size 10.4" TFT 12.1" TFT- Touch 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT- Touch 15.1" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) 640 x 480 800 x 600 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1024 x 768
Control elements
• Keyboard Yes No Yes No Yes
• Function keys 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs
• Touch screen No Yes No Yes No
• Mouse at the front Yes No Yes No Yes 3
• Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Dimensions
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm 483 x 310 400 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 310 483 x 355,
(19", 7 HE) (7 HE) (19", 7 HE) (19", 7 HE) (19", 8 HE)
• Mounting dimensions of 450 x 296 x 100 368 x 290 x 125 450 x 290 x 100 450 x 296 x 130 450 x 327 x 130
centralized model (W x H x D,
without CD-ROM) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of operator - 368 x 290 x 85 450 x 290 x 69 450 x 296 x 91 450 x 327 x 91
unit in distributed configuration
(W x H x D) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of processor - 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104 298 x 305 x 104
unit in distributed configuration
(W x H x D) in mm
• Additional mounting depth +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm +20 mm
(versions with CD-ROM)
Weight
• Panel PCs in centralized Approx. 12 kg Approx. 11 kg Approx. 12 kg Approx. 13 kg Approx. 13 kg
configuration
• Operator unit in distributed - Approx 8.5 kg Approx 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg
configuration
• Processor unit in distributed - Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg Approx. 7.5 kg
configuration
Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communications processors,
3.5" USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator, SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
Accessories Keyboard slide-in Touch protection foil Keyboard slide-in Touch protection foil Keyboard slide-in
labels, direct key labels, direct key labels, direct key
module module module

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/11

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery) Panel PC configurator (cont.)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
Design: Drives:
• Centralized configuration 2 • 30 GB hard disk 0
• Distributed configuration 3 • 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
Front panels: • 60 GB hard disk 2
• 10" TFT 21 • 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
• 12" TFT Touch 2 • 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
• 12" TFT 3
• 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5") +
• 15" TFT Touch 4 CD-ROM
• 15" TFT 5 - Without operating system 5 A
3 • 12" TFT Touch without front
USB interface
6 - Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
5 D

• 15" TFT Touch without front 7 - Windows XP Professional 5 G

USB interface multi-language
RAM: • 2 x 30 GB hard disk
• 128 MB 1 (2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD
• 256 MB 2 - Without operating system 6 A
• 512 MB 3 - Windows 2000 Professional 6 D
multi-language
Processor
- Windows XP Professional 6 G
• Celeron 1.2 GHz A multi-language
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz B • RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
Country-specific design/ (2.5") + CD-ROM 1)
power supply: - Without operating system 7 A
• Computer and operator station A - Windows 2000 Professional 7 D
24 V DC multi-language
• Computer and operator station B - Windows XP Professional 7 G
110 V/230 V US multi-language
• Computer and operator station C • RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
110 V/230 V Europe (2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD 1)
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 3 D - Without operating system 8 A
operator station 24 V DC - Windows 2000 Professional 8 D
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 3 E multi-language
Europe, operator station 24 V DC - Windows XP Professional 8 G
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 F multi-language
station 110 V/230 V US
Distance between computer unit
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 G and operator station/cable length:
station 110 V/230 V Europe
• 0 m (centralized design) 2 0
•2m 3 1
•5m 3 2
• 10 m 3 3
• 20 m 3 4
Operating system:
• Without operating system A
• Windows NT 4.0, German 2 B
• Windows NT 4.0, English 2 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows 98 German E
• Windows 98 English F
• Windows XP Professional G
multi-language

1) Available soon

3/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No. Order No.
Delivery version (ex stock) Expansion components
Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display SIMATIC PC/PG 6ES7 648-6AA01-0YX0
Celeron 1.2 GHz, 30 GB hard disk Image & Partition Creator
+ CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, Software tool for data saving and
110 V/230 V, Europe hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
• Without operating system } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AA0 (d/e/f/sp/i)
• Windows NT 4.0, German } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AB0 SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor 6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
• Windows NT 4.0, English } 6AV7 721-1AC10-0AC0 V1.0
Software tool for monitoring
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 30 GB hard on CD-ROM (German/English)
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe USB 3.5" diskette drive 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA1

• Without operating system } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AA0

with 1 m cable 1)
Front cover 6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
3
• Windows NT 4.0, German } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AB0 for USB diskette drive,
with frame, cover and bearing
• Windows NT 4.0, English } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AC0 block
• Windows 2000 Professional } 6AV7 723-1BC10-0AD0 Uninterruptible power supplies
multi-language
SITOP power, DC UPS module } 6EP1 931-2EC11
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT touch 15 A with RS 232 interface
display
With charger unit for 24 V lead
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 30 GB hard battery,
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, input 24 V/16 A DC,
110 V/230 V, Europe output 24 V/15 A DC
• Without operating system } 6AV7 722-1BC10-0AA0 SITOP power, battery module } 6EP1 935-6MD11
• Windows NT 4.0, German } 6AV7 722-1BC10-0AB0 24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
• Windows NT 4.0, English } 6AV7 722-1BC10-0AC0
Communications components
• Windows 2000 Professional } 6AV7 722-1BC10-0AD0
multi-language CP 1613 } 6GK1 161-3AA00
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 30 GB hard
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00
110 V/230 V, Europe PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PC to PROFIBUS
• Without operating system } 6AV7 725-1BC10-0AA0
Accessories
• Windows NT 4.0, German } 6AV7 725-1BC10-0AB0
Memory expansion
• Windows NT 4.0, English } 6AV7 725-1BC10-0AC0
• 128 MB 6ES7 648-2AC10-0CA0
• Windows 2000 Professional } 6AV7 725-1BC10-0AD0
multi-language • 256 MB 6ES7 648-2AC20-0CA0
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT touch Direct key module for Panel PC } 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0
display 670/870
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 20 GB hard Option package for direct key 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM, module
110 V/230 V, Europe • Transfer module to interface
• Without operating system } 6AV7 724-1BC10-0AA0 module with 16 I/Os
• Windows NT 4.0, German } 6AV7 724-1BC10-0AB0 Protective foil for
Panel PC 670/870
• Windows NT 4.0, English } 6AV7 724-1BC10-0AC0
To protect the touch front against
• Windows 2000 Professional } 6AV7 724-1BC10-0AD0 dirt/scratching
multi-language (set of 10)
• For 12" Touch } 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
} ex warehouse
• For 15" Touch } 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
1) For Windows 2000 and XP
Key inscription strips for
PC 670/870 Panel
For inscription of softkeys and
function keys, without inscripti-
ons, set of 3 (plastic), for
• 10" Panel } 6AV7 671-0CA00-0AA0
• 12" Panel } 6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0
• 15" Panel } 6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/13

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm

B±1
267 ± 0.5
H ± 0.5
3
Dimensions frontpanel
swivelled through 90°
Operating unit
10
+3

Operating unit in end position

D

D2 ± 0.5

297 ± 0.5 A±2 Ü

10 ± 0.5

L ± 0.3
Front
All dimensions exclude screw projections

1)
Operating unit PC 670 L H D D2 A B Ü

(a) with key fronts:

10.4"-TFT 483 310 100 20 68 21 38
12.1"-TFT 483 310 100 20 68 21 38
15.1"-TFT 483 355 130 42 80 29 28

(b) with touch screen

fronts:
12.1"-TFT 400 310 125 36 58 23 50
15.1"-TFT 483 310 130 42 87 23 22

1) with CD-ROM
G_ST80_XX_00036

Centralized configuration of operator control unit

3/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

Operating units PC 670 W H

W+1 (a) with key fronts:

10.4"-TFT 450 296
12.1"-TFT 450 296
15.1"-TFT 450 327

H +1

Rz 120
(b) with touch screen fronts:
12.1"-TFT 368 296 3
15.1"-TFT 450 296

G_ST80_XX_00035
1.5 to 6

Panel cutout for standard unit (W x H x D) in mm (without CD-ROM)

Cut-out for installation

Dimensions in mm

A ± 0.5
48.6
D ± 0.5

E±2 319
C±1

Dim. 12” 12” 15” 15”

Touch Touch

A 483 400 483 483

B 310 310 310 355
C 21 23 23 29
D 20 36 42 42
B±1

269

E 68 58 87 80
G_ST80_XX_00034

All dimensions exclude screw projections

Distributed configuration of operator control unit

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/15

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 670

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

C A

Dim. B H

A 103.5 –
B – 304.6
C 297.2 –
D
E

3 D – –

B
E – 289.6
F 211 –
G – –
H 253 –

G_ST80_XX_00039
G PC 670
H

Distributed configuration of computer unit

■ More information
For futher information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc

3/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Overview ■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC 870 is designed for use on site directly at
the machine.
It is used in production automation as well as in process
automation, built into control cabinets and control desks, 19“
cabinets/racks and movable booms.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs are the ideal platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based visualization at the machine level with
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro® or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC® process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC® Software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers the complete range of automation components
which are perfectly matched to one another.
3
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI pa-
ckages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).

■ Design
• PC platform with high degree of industrial compatibility for The Panel PC 870 comprises a processor unit (box PC) and
demanding tasks in the field of PC-based Automation operator unit (front panel).
• Rugged design:
Components of the processor unit:
The PC is even resistant to extremely harsh mechanical stress
and is reliable in operation • Rugged metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock, with
high electromagnetic compatibility
• Extended investment protection
• Processor:
• Fast integration capability
- Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz or
• Remote configuration: - Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
Additional applications are possible thanks to the separation of
• Main memory, standard configuration:
the operating unit and processor unit
128 MB (of which 8 ... 32 MB shared graphics memory
• Design of the front panels: configurable via BIOS)
- 12“ or 15“ TFT color display
• Hard disk: ≥ 30 GB;
- Membrane keyboard or touch screen
the special vibration-absorbing hard disk support ensures
reliable operation even under extremely high mechanical
■ Benefits stress
• Highly industry compatible due to rugged construction, even in • Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
the case of extreme levels of vibration and shock • Graphics on-board
• High degree of investment security due to guaranteed • Interfaces:
availability of spare parts (for 5 years) - Ethernet on-board
• High degree of continuity of components for long-term - PROFIBUS DP/MPI on-board, electrically isolated
machine concepts without the need for further engineering - 2 x USB connection
outlay • Free slots for expansion:
• Savings in time and costs due to service-friendly unit - 2x PCI, 2x ISA/PCI shared, 1x ISA (slots for card holder),
construction: • Power supply: 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz
- Operator unit and processor unit simply hinge apart for fast or 24 V DC
component replacement or for future expansion
- Front and rear USB interfaces for quick and easy connection Optional extras:
to additional hardware components • Main memory expansion to 256 or 512 MB
• High level of industrial functionality thanks to integrated • Hard disk ≥ 60 GB
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces • CD-ROM drive
• Plant safety: • CD-R/W, DVD drive
- With the optional direct control key module, the process
can be operated without any delays via PROFIBUS DP • Direct control key module
independently of the operating system
• Minimization of down time by means of high system availability
- Efficient self-diagnosis (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
- Solutions for data backup (preventive data backup
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/17

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Design (cont.)
Components of the operator unit: Distributed configuration:
The front panels are available in the following designs: In the case of the distributed configuration, the operator unit and
the processor unit can be operated separated by a distance of
12" up to 20 m, whereby the Look&Feel and the functional scope of
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) the PC are retained. This offers even more application
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and possibilities for the Panel PC 870:
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse • Space-saving installation of the flat distributed operator unit
12" TOUCH (69 mm), e.g. in the control cabinet door or on a movable boom
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) • Additional installation possibilities (e.g. in control desks),
because the distributed operator unit can be installed at up to
• Touch screen, analog resistive 70 ° from the vertical
15" • Extremely resistant to interference
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) • Quick and easy start-up
3 • Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and The connection between the operator unit and the processor unit
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse is a rugged industrial cable with the following characteristics:
15" TOUCH • 10 million bending cycles
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) • Silicone and CFC free, casing material flame-retardant acc.
• Touch screen, analog resistive to IEC 60 332.1
• Oil-resistant to VDE 0472 Part 803 Test Type B
The front panels have a USB interface for connecting an external
keyboard or mouse. The touch variants are optionally available wi- • Suitable for trailing
thout a USB connection. In this case, they comply with NEMA 4. • Plug connector with lock
The processor unit is connected via a ribbon cable attached to Expansion components
the rear of the operator unit.
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive data saving of hard disk contents
Side-view of the SIMATIC Panel PC 870 • Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; user
software and special installations are also saved
• Software tool for adaptation of hard disk partitioning
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
• PC diagnostics/signaling software for early detection and
diagnostics of PC problems
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks
(SMART), watchdog
• Operating hours counter for preventive maintenance
• Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages,
online help (German/English)
• Network-wide monitoring of SNMP and OPC interface possible
3.5" USB diskette drive
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with IP54
degree of protection means that data exchange is possible from
the front without opening the control cabinet door.
The drive is connected via the USB interface of the panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette
drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density
Types of configuration diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
• Centralized configuration: Processor unit and operator unit are
integrated Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
• Distributed configuration: Processor unit and operator unit are • Windows XP: possible without separate driver.
physically separated • Windows 2000: the required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system.
• Windows 98/NT: use of the USB diskette drive not possible.
Note:
For further information see “Expansion components”

3/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Technical data
Type Panel PC 870 – centralized configuration Panel PC 870 – distributed configuration
General features
• Processor Intel Pentium III technology, Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz, Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
• RAM 128 MB to 512 MB
• Free slots for expansion 2x PCI, 2x PCI/ISA shared,
1x ISA (all slots with card holder)
• Operating system Windows 2000 Prof. (multi language1)),
Windows NT4.0 (Eng, Ger) 2),
Windows XP Prof. (multi language1)),
opt. without operating system
• Power supply 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; or 24 V DC
• MTBF of backlighting Typically 60,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature)
Drives
• Hard disk
• CD-ROM
3.5" hard disk drive >=30 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration
Optional, on rear Optional, in computer unit
3
• DVD/CD-R/RW Optional, on rear Optional, in computer unit
• Diskette drive 1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side 1.44 MB, in computer unit
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI On-board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required
• Ethernet On-board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required
• USB (Universal Serial Bus) 1x on front 3), 2x on rear Front: 1x on front 3), 1x on rear,
processor unit: 2x
• Serial interface COM1: 1x V.24 (RS232),
COM2: 1x V.24 (RS232C)/TTY for S5 communication
• Parallel interface LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
• Keyboard, mouse PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse)
• Graphics interface Analog VGA, resolution as for integrated display, 16-bit color depth
Monitoring functions
• Temperature, fan and watchdog Onboard
• Status LEDs Power, temperature (on front)
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA4 4) IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA4 4),
IP20 (processor unit) acc. to EN 60529
• Vibration resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
- 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm
- 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g)
• Shock resistance in operation Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
• EMC CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-4, EN61000-6-2 5)
• Ambient temperature in operation +5 °C to +45 °C when fully equipped
• Relative humidity Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56:
5 % to 80 % at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals CE, cULus, UL508
Packages Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinCC flexible, SIMATIC WinCC

1) Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/ Korean/Japanese

2) For centralized configuration only
3) Touch variants available optionally without front USB interface
4) For touch variants without front USB interface
5) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/19

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Technical data (cont.)

Front panels 12" Touch 12" 15" Touch 15"
Design
• Centralized configuration No Yes Yes Yes
• Distributed configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Display
• Size 12.1" TFT- Touch 12.1" TFT 15.1" TFT- Touch 15.1" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) 800 x 600 Pixel 800 x 600 Pixel 1024 x 768 Pixel 1024 x 768 Pixel
Control elements
• Keyboard No Yes No Yes
• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No 36 with LEDs
• Touch screen Yes No Yes No
• Mouse at the front No Yes No Yes
3 • Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes Yes Yes Yes
Dimensions
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm 400 x 310 (7 HE) 483 x 310 (19", 7 HE) 483 x 310 (19", 7 HE) 483 x 355 (19", 8 HE)
• Mounting dimensions of - 450 x 290 x 187 450 x 296 x 212 450 x 327 x 212
centralized model (W x H x D,
without CD-ROM) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of 368 x 290 x 85 450 x 290 x 69 450 x 296 x 91 450 x 327 x 91
distributed model operator unit
(W x H x D) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of 376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189 376 x 335 x 189
distributed model processor unit
(W x H x D) in mm
• Additional mounting depth +25 mm +25 mm +25 mm +25 mm
(versions with CD-ROM)
Weight
• Panel PCs in centralized - Approx. 16 kg Approx. 17 kg Approx. 17 kg
configuration
• Operator unit in distributed Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg Approx. 8.5 kg
configuration
• Processor unit in distributed Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg Approx. 11.5 kg
configuration
Expansion components Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communications processors,
3.5" USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator, SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
Accessories Touch protection foil Keyboard slide-in strips, Touch protection foil Keyboard slide-in strips,
direct control key modulel direct control key module

3/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery) Delivery version (ex stock)
SIMATIC Panel PC 870 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 PC 870 Panel, 15" TFT Touch
Display
Design:
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 30 GB hard
• Centralized configuration 0 disk + CD-ROM, 256 MB RAM,
• Distributed configuration 1 centralized design, 110 V/230 V
Europe
Front panels:
• Windows 2000 Professional } 6AV7 704-2DC10-0AD0
• 12" TFT Touch 12 multi-language
• 12" TFT 3
PC 870 Panel, 15" TFT display
• 15" TFT Touch 4 Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 30 GB hard
• 15" TFT 5 disk + CD-ROM, 256 MB RAM,
• 12" TFT Touch without front 16 centralized design, 110 V/230 V
USB interface
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7
Europe
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
} 6AV7 705-2DC10-0AD0 3
USB interface
RAM: Expansion components
• 128 MB 1 SIMATIC PC/PG 6ES7 648-6AA01-0YX0
Image & Partition Creator
• 256 MB 2
Software tool for data saving and
• 512 MB 3 hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
Processor PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(d/e/f/sp/i)
• Celeron 1.2 GHz C
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz D SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor 6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
V1.0
Country-specific design/ Software tool for monitoring
power supply: SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual, on
• Computer and operator station A CD-ROM (German/English)
24 V DC
USB 3.5" diskette drive 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA1
• Computer and operator station B with 1 m cable 1)
110 V/230 V US
Front cover for USB diskette 6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
• Computer and operator station C
drive,
110 V/230 V Europe
with frame, cover and bearing
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 1 D block
operator station 24 V DC
Accessories
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 1 E
Europe, operator station 24 V DC Memory expansion
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 F • 128 MB 6ES7 791-0LS00-0XA0
station 110 V/230 V US
• 256 MB 6ES7 791-0LT00-0XA0
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe Direct key module for } 6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0
PC 670/870 Panel
Drives:
• 30 GB hard disk 0 Option package for direct key 6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0
module
• 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• Transfer module to interface
• 60 GB hard disk 2 module with 16 I/Os
• 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
Protective foil for
• 60 GB hard disk + 4 Panel PC 670/870
CD-RW/DVD To protect the touch front against
Distance between computer unit dirt/scratching (set of 10)
and operator station/cable length: • For 12" Touch } 6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
• 0 m (centralized design) 0 0
• For 15" Touch } 6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
•2m 1 1
•5m 1 2 Key inscription strips for
PC 670/870 panel
• 10 m 1 3
For inscription of softkeys and
• 20 m 1 4 function keys, without inscripti-
Operating system: ons, set of 3 (plastic), for
• Without operating system A • 12" panel } 6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0
• Windows NT 4.0, German 0 B • 15" panel } 6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0
• Windows NT 4.0, English 0 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional E
multi-language

} ex warehouse
1) For Windows 2000 and XP

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/21

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Ordering Data (cont.) ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
Uninterruptible power supplies
Dimensions in mm

B±1
SITOP power, DC UPS module } 6EP1 931-2EC11
15 A with RS 232 interface
With charger unit for 24 V lead
battery,
input 24 V/16 A DC,
output 24 V/15 A DC
SITOP power, battery module } 6EP1 935-6MD11
24 V/3.2 Ah

267 ± 0.5
H ± 0.5
for DC UPS module 15 A
Communications components
CP 1613 } 6GK1 161-3AA00

3 PCI card (32 bits) for connecting

a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
Dimensions frontpanel
a PC to PROFIBUS

swivelled through 90°

} ex warehouse

Operating unit
10
+3

Operating unit in end position

D

D2 ± 0.5

297 ± 0.5 A±2 Ü

10 ± 0.5

L ± 0.3
Front
All dimensions exclude screw projections

1)
Operating units PC 870 L H D D2 A B Ü

(a) with key fronts:

12.1"-TFT 483 310 187 60 50 12 143
15.1"-TFT 483 355 212 60 50 20 143

(b) with touch screen

fronts:
15.1"-TFT 483 310 212 60 50 12 143

1) with CD-ROM G_ST80_XX_00038

Centralized configuration of operator control unit

3/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

Operating units PC 870 W H

W+1 (a) with key fronts:

12.1"-TFT 450 296
15.1"-TFT 450 327

H +1

Rz 120
(b) with touch screen fronts:
15.1"-TFT 450 296
3

G_ST80_XX_00037
1.5 to 6

Panel cutout for standard unit (W x H x D) in mm (without CD-ROM)

Cut-out for installation

Dimensions in mm

A ± 0.5
48.6
D ± 0.5

E±2 319
C±1

Dim. 12” 12” 15” 15”

Touch Touch

A 483 400 483 483

B 310 310 310 355
C 21 23 23 29
D 20 36 42 42
B±1

269

E 68 58 87 80
G_ST80_XX_00034

All dimensions exclude screw projections

Distributed configuration of operator control unit

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/23

 SIMATIC Panel PC

SIMATIC Panel PC 870

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

C A

Dim. W H

A 189 –
B – 334.6
C 376 –
D
E

B
3 D
E
–
–
290.1
317.9
F 259 –
G 280 –
H 301 –
PC 870
F

G_ST80_XX_00040
G
H

Distributed configuration of computer unit

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc

3/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

■ Overview ■ Function
The monitoring and remote signaling software SIMATIC PC The SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor monitors, signals and
DiagMonitor detects possible faults in the hardware and communicates with a central server, reacts in the event of an
software early. alarm and logs the system states of the SIMATIC PCs.
It can be used with the SIMATIC Box PC 620/840, Rack PC 840 It monitors
and Panel PC 670/870 and can be ordered directly using the PC • The temperature of the processor and inside the casing
configurator or as a separate product.
• The fan

■ Benefits • The system state by means of "watchdog“ and "heartbeat“

• The function of the hard disk or RAID1
Investment security thanks to increased system availability:
It signals
• Diagnostic and message functions for PC temperature, fans,
• The operating hours for managing service intervals
hard disks (SMART), watchdog
• Every alarm and logs it in a list
• Operating hours counter for preventative maintenance
• Integral log function, comprehensive text messages, online
help, English/German
• Overshoot/undershoot of the permissible operating
temperature 3
• Program interruption after the watchdog timer has elapsed
Reduced costs thanks to reduced downtimes
• Hard disk problems by evaluating the diagnostic bytes
• Fast information thanks to communication via e-mail (client),
SMS (client) It communicates
• Fast response thanks to communication in the application • Locally with the OPC client
through OPC (client) and SNMP • Locally through DLL or SNMP with a central server
• Remote over the LAN, e-mail, SMS
• Through diagnostic LEDs on the device itself
It acts in the event of an alarm
• By starting customer applications
• By executing a "Reset"
• With the simple integration or activation of PC tools
It logs
• By automatic recording in a log file
System requirements:
Executable under Windows 98, Windows NT WS, Windows
2000/XP Professional
Licensing: Single license

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor 6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
Software tool for monitoring the
SIMATIC PC, incl. manual
on CD ROM (German, English)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/25

 SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,
Image & Partition Creator

■ Overview ■ Ordering Data

The SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator software tool is used for Order No.
simple back-up and fast restoration of the complete hard disk SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator on request
content and individual partitions (images). This software can be Software tool for preventative
ordered via the configurator of the SIMATIC PCs. data back-up for SIMATIC PCs,
incl. manual on CD ROM
In addition to the functionality of the SIMATIC PC/PG Image (German, English, French,
Creator, the SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator contains Spanish, Italian) can be ordered
functions for manipulating the hard disk partitioning. via the configurator of the Box PC
and the Rack PC

■ Benefits SIMATIC PC/PG Image &

Partition Creator
6ES7 648-6AA01-0YX0

Reduction in outlay thanks to easy data back-up Software tool for data back-up
• Hard disk contents can be saved securely at a desired time and partitioning for SIMATIC PCs,
incl. manual to CD ROM
accurate to the bit (German, English, French,
3 • Simple operation
• Savings in time
Spanish, Italian)

Reduced costs thanks to reduced downtimes

• Mean time to repair for the PC/PG, in the case of hard disk
servicing, is reduced
• Software failure due to application/operator errors are quickly
rectified
• No need for time-consuming reinstallation in the error case
• The most recently saved hard disk contents are restored
quickly and securely and accurate to the bit

■ Function
The SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator saves hard disk data on a
storage medium:
• Second partition
• Second hard disk
• CD-R/RW or later DVD-R/DVD-RW
• Server or directly connected PC
• External hard disk drive connected through USB
The SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator features
additional functions for changing hard disk partitions:
• Expanding and contracting existing system and data partitions
without loss of data
• Creating new partitions and deleting existing partitions
• Optional installation of a boot manager
System requirements:
• Executable under Windows 98, Windows NT WS, Windows
2000/XP Professional

3/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1

■ Overview ■ Technical data

The 3.5" disk drive is suitable for archiving user data and can be SINUMERIK 3.5“ disk drive, USB
installed in front panels. It is connected via a USB 1.1 interface. Power consumption, max. 2.5 W
Degree of protection to IP54 (front)
■ Function DIN EN 60529 (IEC 60529) IP00 (back)

The 3.5" diskette drive is envisaged for transfer of user data. Humidity rating based to Class 3K5 Condensation and
DIN EN 60721-3-3 icing excluded.
Installation in front panels makes it possible to transfer data Low air temperature 0 °C
without opening the control cabinet door. You can use normal (+32 °F).
density (720 KB) and high density (1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5" disks to
store user data. Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage and transportation -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)

■ Integration • Operation
Max. distance to PCU
+4 ... +50 °C (+39 ... +122 °F)
5 m (16.41 ft)
The disk drive is suitable for connecting to:
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP
Weight, approx.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
0.32 kg (0.7 lb)
145 mm x 50 mm x 161 mm
3
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 and (5.71 in x 1.97 in x 6.34 in)
PCU-Base software ≥ 07.03.03
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 with Windows
2000/Windows XP
■ Ordering Data
Order No.
SINUMERIK 3.5" disk drive, USB 6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA1
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1 m
Accessories
Disk drive cover 6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
with panel, cover, and bearing
pedestal

■ More information
Note for SIMATIC Panel PCs:
The USB disk drive can be operated on the SIMATIC Panel PCs
(Windows XP) without a separate driver.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs (Windows 2000) include a driver, which
is contained in the scope of supply of the operating system.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 3/27

 SIMATIC Panel PC

3/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

HMI Software

4/2 Introduction
4/6 SIMATIC ProTool
configuration software
4/6 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and
SIMATIC ProTool
4/10 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
visualization software
4/10 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
4/18 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options
4/19 SIMATIC WinCC flexible
engineering software
4/19 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
4/23 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options
4/23 WinCC flexible /ChangeControl
4/24 SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Runtime software
4/24 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
4/31 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
4/31 WinCC flexible /Archives
4/32 WinCC flexible /Recipes
4/33 WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
4/36 WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
4/39 WinCC flexible /OPC-Server
4/41 WinCC flexible /ProAgent
4/42 SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
4/42 SIMATIC WinCC
4/57 WinCC options and add-ons
SIMATIC WinCC Options
4/59 WinCC/Server
4/61 WinCC/Web Navigator
4/65 WinCC/Redundancy
4/67 WinCC/ProAgent
4/68 WinCC/Messenger
4/69 WinCC/Guardian
4/70 WinCC/Dat@Monitor
4/71 WinCC/Client Access License (CAL)
4/72 WinCC/Connectivity Pack
4/73 WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
4/75 SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA
4/77 SIMATIC WinBDE
4/79 WinCC/Basic Process Control
4/80 WinCC/User Archives
4/81 WinCC/Storage
4/82 FDA Options
4/84 WinCC/IndustrialX
4/85 WinCC/ODK and
WinCC/Comprehensive Support
4/86 Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
4/86 SIMATIC ProAgent

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 HMI Software
HMI Software

Introduction

■ Overview
Together with the SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC WinCC ranges, • SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC HMI provides visualization and configuration software is the process visualization or SCADA system (PC-based
for the complete spectrum: operator control and monitoring system) for visualizing and
• SIMATIC ProTool operating processes, production flows, machines and systems
covers applications at machine level starting with PC-based in all sectors – from the simple single-user station through to
HMI solutions for single-user systems on the basis of ProTool/Pro distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and
up to the SIMATIC HMI Operator Panels. To permit configuration multi-site solutions with Web clients. WinCC is simultaneously
of ProTool/Pro Runtime for PC and of the SIMATIC HMI Operator the information turntable for company-wide, vertical integration
Panels, the ProTool range provides ProTool/Lite, ProTool and (process visualization, and platform for IT and business
ProTool/Pro CS as uniform, scalable configuration tools. integration).

WinCC

ProTool/Pro CS

ProTool
Engineering

4 ProTool/Lite

TP-Designer

SIMATIC Micro Panel SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC Panels and PC based PC based
TP 070 Text Panels/170 Series Multi Panels ProTool/Pro RT WinCC
270/370 Series RT

Runtime

G_ST80_DE_00079

4/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software

Introduction

■ Overview (cont.)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible • Further increase in productivity (configuring efficiency) when
is the consistent further development of the SIMATIC HMI generating HMI projects
software products. For applications at machine level (previously • Implementation of innovative, TCP/IP-based and Web-based
covered by the ProTool range), WinCC flexible offers a signifi- automation and HMI concepts
cant increase in configuration efficiency as well as new,
innovative automation concepts. In the process-oriented sectors • Increase in machine and plant availability thanks to new
associated with plant and machine construction, servicing concepts
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 additionally permits: • Secure, flexible and global access to process data
• New SIMATIC HMI Operator Panels

WinCC flexible Advanced

WinCC flexible Standard

Engineering

WinCC flexible Compact

4
WinCC flexible
Micro

SIMATIC Micro Panel SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC Panels and PC based

TP 170micro 70/170 Series Multi Panels WinCC flexible
270/370 Series Runtime

Runtime

G_ST80_EN_00080

It is easy to change from the ProTool range to WinCC flexible by

importing or converting the configuration data. However, the
ProTool range will still be offered in addition to WinCC flexible for
the foreseeable future.
SIMATIC WinCC will remain the process visualization system for
plant monitoring with single-user and multi-user solutions, and
also as a platform for IT & business integration with Windows
2000 and XP Professional.
In a further step, WinCC flexible will also become the platform for
integration of the SIMATIC WinCC visualization system.
Compatible importing of WinCC V6 projects will then be possible
as is already the case with ProTool V6 projects.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/3

 HMI Software

Introduction

■ Overview (cont.)
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software SIMATIC WinCC process visualization system
• Uniform range of configuration systems (ProTool/Lite, ProTool, • PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing
ProTool/Pro CS) for SIMATIC Operator Panels, the HMI part of and operating processes, production flows, machines and sys-
the SIMATIC C7 and for the ProTool/Pro RT PC-based tems in all sectors – from the simple single-user station through
visualization software: to distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and
- SIMATIC TD17, OP3/OP7/OP17 Text Panels and multi-site solutions with Web clients. WinCC is the information
C7-621/626/633/634 turntable for company-wide, vertical integration (process visua-
- SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 lization, and platform for IT & business integration).
- SIMATIC Panels of the 170/270 series and • For universal use thanks to solutions for all sectors, e.g.
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series (not MP270B 6") conforming to FDA 21 CFR Part 11, and multiple languages for
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT worldwide use.
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows • The basic configuration of the system (WinCC basic software)
NT 4.0/2000/XP includes all HMI functions, with industry-standard functions for
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): signaling and acknowledging events, archiving messages and
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component based Automation (CbA) measured values, logging all process and configuration data,
user administration and visualization.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT visualization software
• Configuration is simple and efficient using object libraries,
• PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems direct at the modular functions, tools for processing mass data, and delta
machine online downloading.
• Executes under Windows 98 SE/ME and • Company-wide, flexible client/server structures with operator
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP stations on the Web, distributed servers and data integrity due
• Complete system with functions for visualization, signaling, to redundancy.
logging, recipes and archiving • Easily integrated thanks to standardized interfaces such as
4 • Application-specific expansion possible using VB scripts and
customized ActiveX controls
OPC (OLE for Process Control), WinCC OLE-DB, VBA (Visual
Basic for applications), VB Script, C-API (ODK).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES engineering software • Integration platform in the corporation thanks to the Historian
functionality integrated into WinCC based on the Microsoft SQL
• Innovated range of configuration systems with WinCC Server 2000, standard and programming interfaces, as well as
flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced for SIMATIC tools and clients for evaluation.
Operator Panels, the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 and for the
WinCC flexible RT PC-based visualization software • Modular expansion with options and add-ons as well as
- SIMATIC Micro Panels (TP 170micro) individual function expansions with VB Script, Visual Basic for
- SIMATIC Panels of the 70/170/270 series and C7-635 and Applications, C-API (ODK) and integration of ActiveX
C7-636 (Keys) elements.
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series • Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering overhead,
• Executes under Windows 2000/XP Professional reduces the lifecycle costs.
• Expanded integration in Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component based Automation (CbA)
• Maximum configuring efficiency using pre-configured objects,
modular functions, intelligent tools, processing of mass data
• Can be optionally expanded by functions for version
management and recording of modifications
(WinCC flexible /ChangeControl)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT visualization software
• Modular PC-based operator control and monitoring solution for
single-user systems direct at the machine
(further development of ProTool/Pro RT)
• Executes under Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Basic package for visualization, signaling and logging as
low-cost starter solution; can be specifically expanded by
using option packages
• Flexible expansion possible using VB scripts and customized
ActiveX controls (Open Platform Program)
• Can be integrated in innovative automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks
• Expanded servicing concept with remote operation,
diagnostics and administration using intranet and Internet as
well as e-mail communication (using options)

4/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software

Introduction

■ Overview (cont.)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT SIMATIC WinCC

Field of application HMI software designed for use in HMI software designed for use in Process visualization software for
the field of (series) machine the field of (series) machine operator control and monitoring of
construction in the process construction in the process simple to complex automation
environment environment solutions
Configurations Single-user system, frequently Single-user system, frequently Single- and multi-user system and
based on a panel PC based on a panel PC remote systems
Support of simple, distributed ope- Internet-capable due to the
rator stations in TCP/IP networks WinCC/Web Navigator option
Innovative servicing concept Data integrity through redundant
using e-mail, remote operation, solutions
monitoring and administration via Integral Historian functionality
intranet/Internet
Processing of large signal
quantities
Philosophy/strategic focus Uniform solution approach ran- Uniform solution approach ran- High-performance SCADA functio-
ging from operator panels up to ging from operator panels up to nality and integration platform for
PC-based operator stations on PC-based operator stations on the ERP/MES solutions on the basis of
the basis of ProTool/Pro Runtime basis of WinCC flexible Runtime the integral Historian functionality
(IT & business integration)
Configuration A uniform range of configuring tools A uniform range of configuring tools Flexibility thanks to individual
permits uniform solutions permits uniform solutions dynamic facilities
High-speed configuration thanks t High-speed configuration thanks Object library and modular system
o pre-configured objects to pre-configured objects and (including referencing)
referenced faceplates
Table editors for efficient
Efficient configuring of mass data
using configuration tool 4
processing of mass data Simple configuring of control
Intelligent tools for simple configu- engineering applications; text
ring of complex tasks, e.g. operator library for the signaling system
prompting, automatic compilation Delta online downloading for active
projects
Functional scope HMI functional scope is tuned to HMI basic functionality expandable High-performance, comprehensive
the machine application using option packages SCADA functionality
The standard functions can be The standard functions can be The standard functions can be
quickly and easily expanded by quickly and easily expanded by quickly and easily expanded by
means of VB scripts means of VB scripts means of VB scripts and C scripts
Inching mode capable Inching mode capable Integral component of the PCS 7
process control system
Openness/expansion capability Customized solutions available Customized solutions available Expandable through open Windows
on the basis of ActiveX controls on the basis of ActiveX controls interfaces for integration in an
(Open Platform Program) intra-factory/company information
Access to runtime display objects system
using VB scripts Standard SQL database with
WinCC-OLE-DB provider
C-APIs (ODK), access to the COM
object module of WinCC RT using
VB script and WinCC CS via VBA
OPC: access to WinCC RT data
using OPC DA, OPC HDA and
OPC A&E (connectivity pack)
Comprehensive range of options
and add-ons

SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software

• Process diagnostics software for quick, focused fault • ProAgent
diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and - provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in
SIMATIC HMI locating and correcting faults,
• A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC - improves plant availability and
components - reduces downtimes.
Optimum interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and • No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
SIMATIC HMI • Reduces usage of PLC memory and processor
• Standard user interface • No special user know-how required due to intuitive display
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): of the cause of the fault
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering overhead,
reduces the lifecycle costs

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/5

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool

■ Overview ■ Application
SIMATIC ProTool can be used to configure SIMATIC Operator
Panels from the Text Panel up to the Multi Panel. SIMATIC
ProTool/Lite is a low-cost subset of SIMATIC ProTool and as such
is limited to configuring the text-based devices (text panels), the
smaller graphical devices (panels of the 170 series) and the
Mobile Panels 170 as well as the HMI part of SIMATIC C7.

■ Function
The following functions depend on the used device.
• Efficient configuring with short acquaintance time resulting
from:
- Standard Windows mechanisms
- Plausibility checks
- Integral online help with direct help
- Cross-project copying
- Replacing project parts
- and more
• Process visualization via Windows-compatible user-interface
with predefined display objects, such as:
- Numeric display
- Comprehensive HMI symbol library
• Standard configuration software for SIMATIC Operator - Text display, bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse
Panels and for the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 and zoom function and read line
4 • Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP Professional
- Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library
- Signal-dependent text and graphics lists
- Switches, buttons, selection boxes for texts and graphics as
• Current versions: example of process operation
- SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP2 - Editing fields for process values (signals)
- SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP2 - Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics
objects
■ Benefits • Alarms and messages
- System messages, event messages and fault messages
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - Bit signaling method, Alarm S (SIMATIC S7)
Increases productivity, minimizes engineering costs, reduces • Message and process value archiving
the lifecycle costs through integration in STEP 7; i.e. administ-
ration of HMI projects by means of SIMATIC Manager within • Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project
STEP 7 projects and shared use of the STEP 7 data, such as documentation
symbol lists, communication parameters and messaging • Recipes
systems - Compiling data records using a configurable graphics object
• Projects once created can easily be reused within the family. or distributed within the project through process diagrams
Projects can be scaled up or down for transfer to different HMI - Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
platforms. The benefits are reduced maintenance and service - Import/export of data records
costs and future orientation - Access protection using password
• Short familiarization times and efficient configuration; • Flexibility through Visual Basic Script and OLE automation
For example through standard Windows operator input • Library for predefined or user-defined diagram elements
mechanisms, validity controls, integrated online Help with • DP direct keys
direct help and cross-project copying of configuration data When keys or buttons on the panels and multi panels are
• Configurations that are easily understood and easy to modify configured as DP direct keys, they are transferred as I/O
thanks to object-oriented symbolic data management and signals via PROFIBUS DP to SIMATIC S7. This supports
cross-reference lists with direct data access at the click of the time-critical operations with extremely short response times.
mouse button • Additional functions for multifunctional platforms (MP 270B/MP
• Display editor with comprehensive possibilities for fast and 370)
efficient configuring of displays - Optional installation of MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included
• Graphics libraries containing a large selection of ready-to-use with ProTool)
display objects - Optional installation of the soft PLC SIMATIC WinAC MP
(MP 370 12")
• Library management for structured storage of reusable - Optional installation of the ThinClient software SIMATIC
graphics objects ThinClient/MP
• Total simulation of the project including variable simulation on • Integration of ProTool in STEP 7
the configuring PC – also without a PLC and panel - Common use of STEP 7 data, such as tag names, symbol
• Export/import of all the texts of a project for easy translation lists, communications parameters and signaling system
• Worldwide implementation is possible thanks to comprehen- - Management and handling of ProTool or ProTool/Lite projects
sive language support, also Asian ideographic languages using SIMATIC Manager within STEP 7 projects
- Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list:
references are retained in STEP 7 even when the PLC is
replaced and are automatically resynchronized

4/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool

■ Function (cont.)
• Complete simulation of the ProTool configuration System requirements
(Windows CE-based systems);
Operating system
A complete configuration can be simulated quickly and
efficiently on the configuration computer: The complete HMI • Minimum Windows 98 SE, Windows ME
target system is presented on the configuration computer and • Recommended Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a, Windows
the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply opera- 2000 SP3, Windows XP Professio-
ted by mouse. Simulation of the PLC hardware, and animation nal, for multilingual configuration
Windows 2000 SP3 MUI, Win-
of the tags, can be handled by the SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM dows XP Professional MUI
engineering tool in addition to the ProTool simulator.
Processor
• Interfacing ProTool with STEP 7 Lite
• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz
• Integrating ProTool in the SIMOTION SCOUT engineering tool
• Recommended >= Pentium III, 500 MHz
• Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists,
Graphics
messages, information texts, etc.) for a simple translation of
HMI projects using standard text editors • Minimum SVGA
• Conversion of projects with different resolutions • Recommended SVGA with accelerated hardware
A project can be converted for another HMI system in just a few Resolution
steps, even in the case of higher or lower resolution of the • Minimum 800 x 600 1)
display (e.g. from OP37 10" to MP 370 12"). All display contents • Recommended 800 x 600
are automatically zoomed to the new resolution. The function
comprises all the graphic devices configured in ProTool. RAM 2)
• Conversion of OP27/37, TP27/37 projects for Windows • Minimum 64 MB
CE-based devices • Recommended >= 128 MB
The instructions “Configuration support for conversion” are Hard disk (free memory) >= 300 MB for ProTool +
available to permit simple conversion 40 MB for each additional
• Project download
to SIMATIC Operator Panels (depending on available device CD-ROM
language
For software installation
4
interface)
- Serial 1) ProTool/Lite also 640 x 480
- MPI, PROFIBUS DP 2) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the
- Ethernet, USB graphics used
- Analog/ISDN (Teleservice, modem link)
Service tool ProSave V6.0 + SP2 Options
• Service tool under Windows for panels and multi panels SIMATIC ProAgent
• Interfacing through serial, MPI, Ethernet or USB interface • Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and
• For use integrated in ProTool or stand-alone machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Language selection of 9 languages incl. Asian ideographic • Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
languages components
Used for • No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
• Backup/restore • Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
• Additionally, with the Windows CE-based devices: installation Note:
of options, license transfer, and operating system update For further details, see “SIMATIC ProAgent process
diagnostics software”
Can be used with following operating devices:
• Line-display units: TD17, OP7, OP17, C7-633, C7-634
• Graphics devices: OP27, TP27, OP37, TP37
• Windows CE-based devices: TP 070, TP 170A, TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP 270, TP 270, C7-635 Touch,
C7-635 Keys, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/7

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool

■ Integration ■ Ordering Data

The following can be configured with Order No.
Configuration software } 6AV6 581-3BX06-0CX0
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite: SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP2
• Text panels including ProAgent V6.0 +
- TD17 Text Display SP2 1)
- OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operator Panels (ProAgent for OP; ProAgent/MP)
including native drivers on
• Panels of the 170 series CD-ROM; electronic documenta-
- TP 170A and TP 170B Touch Panels tion (.pdf/.chm) in German,
- OP 170B Operator Panels English, French, Spanish, Italian
- 170 Mobile Panels on CD-ROM
• HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 control systems Configuration software } 6AV6 580-3BX06-0CX0
- C7-621, -623, -624, -633, -634, -635 SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP
including native drivers on
SIMATIC ProTool: CD-ROM; electronic documenta-
• Text panels tion (.pdf/.chm) in German, Eng-
- TD17 Text Display lish, French, Spanish, Italian on
- OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operator Panels CD-ROM

• Panels of the 170 series Standard function blocks V3.32 } 6AV3 980-1AA21-0AX0
- TP 170A and TP 170B Touch Panels for SIMATIC S5
- OP 170B Operator Panels For linking TD17, OP7, OP17,
OP27, OP37, TP27, TP37; execu-
- 170 Mobile Panels tes on SIMATIC S5-90U to 155U,
• Panels of the 270 series on 3.5" diskettes (MS-DOS)
- OP27 Operator Panel Software update service
- TP27 Touch Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool 2)
4 - OP 270 Operator Panels
- TP 270 Touch Panels • SIMATIC ProTool/Lite 2)
6AV6 581-3AX00-0AX2
6AV6 580-3AX00-0AX2
• Multi Panels of the 270 and 370 series Powerpack
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370
• ProTool/Lite to } 6AV6 571-3AB06-0CX0
• HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 control systems ProTool V6.0 + SP2
- C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633, -634, -635
Upgrade
Note:
For information on communication, see • ProTool/Lite to } 6AV6 580-3BX06-0CX4
“Operator control and monitoring units/system coupling” ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP2
• ProTool to } 6AV6 581-3BX06-0CX4
ProTool V6.0 + SP2

} ex warehouse
1) Runtime licenses for ProAgent must be ordered separately
2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price per installed ProTool or
ProTool/Lite package,
the customer is automatically provided with all upgrades and service
packs . The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless
canceled 12 weeks prior to expiry

4/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool

■ Ordering Data (cont.) ■ More information

Order No.
Note on creating Asian configurations
Documentation
ProTool offers comprehensive language support including Asian
ProTool user manual, configu- characters (simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and
ring line-oriented displays Japanese). The prerequisite for configuring Asian characters
• German } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0 with ProTool V6.0+SP2 is a corresponding Asian version of
• English } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
Windows (98SE /NT4-SP6/2000/XP) or a multilingual
Win2000/XP version with Asian language support installed and
• French } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0 an Asian language set as the system language. The configura-
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0 tion user-interface supports 5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian and Spanish).
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0
If configuration in ProTool is performed under an Asian
ProTool user manual,
configuring graphic displays user-interface, i.e. the menus, dialog and online help are in
Chinese for example, you will need the ProTool/Pro Configuration
• German } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0 V6.0+SP2 ASIA visualization software. This package supports
• English } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0 the configuration user-interfaces English, simplified Chinese,
traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese (see visualization
• French } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0 software).
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
Notes on configuration support:
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
For TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP27/37,
ProTool user manual, configu- TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B and MP 370, texts can be confi-
ring Windows-based systems
gured with Chinese (simplified/ traditional) or Korean characters.
• German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
In addition, texts with Japanese characters can be configured
• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
for TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, TP/OP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370 texts. For OP27/37 and TP27/37 support
for Japanese characters is not available.
4
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0 All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP25, OP35 and C7
devices) can only be configured with Latin characters.
Communication manual
Description of TD/OP/TP
connection to the controller For further information, visit our website at
• German } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
• English } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish } 6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0 http://www.siemens.com/protool
Communication manual
Description of connection of
Windows-based systems to the
controller
• German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro
(V6.0 + SP2 upwards), ProAgent,
WinCC flexible and for options

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/9

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Overview ■ Application
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is up-to-date visualization software for
simple visualization tasks at the machine level. It can be used
as a single-user solution for all automation applications in
production automation, process automation and building
services automation.
ProTool/Pro includes the functions of ProTool for configuring
SIMATIC Operator Panels, but also enables implementation of
machine visualization tasks with PC-based systems.

■ Design
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of:
• Configuring software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)
for configuring PC-based systems as well as SIMATIC
Operator Panels
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems
The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a
software package with 128, 256, 512 or 2048 PowerTags. The
term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a
process connection to the PLC. Variables without process
integration, constant variable and message limits (up to 2000
• PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems direct at the
fault messages and 2000 operating messages) are available as
machine
4 • SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of:
additional system features.
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems ■ Function
- Configuring software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) • Efficient configuring with short acquaintance time resulting
for configuring PC-based systems as well as SIMATIC from:
Operator Panels - Standard Windows mechanisms
• For Windows 98 SE/ME and - Plausibility checks
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional - Integral online help with direct help
• Current version: - Cross-project copying
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP2 - Replacing project parts
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP2 - and more
• Process visualization via Windows-compatible user-interface
■ Benefits with predefined display objects, such as:
- Numeric display
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): - Comprehensive HMI symbol library
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 - Text display, bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse
environment provides conformity in communications, in data and zoom function and read line
management and in configuration and programming - Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library
- Signal-dependent text and graphics lists
• Openness:
- Switches, buttons, selection boxes for texts and graphics as
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as
example of process operation
OLE-Automation and OPC (OLE for Process Control)
- Editing fields for process values (signals)
• Flexibility: - Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics
Individual function expansions can be implemented with Visual objects
Basic scripts
• Alarms and messages
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC
- System messages, event messages and fault messages
(Open Data Base Connectivity) database
- Bit signaling method, Alarm S (SIMATIC S7)
• Convenient process visualization:
• Message and process value archiving
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics
- Various archive types
libraries, trend displays, messaging system, logging system,
- Online evaluation of process value archives through trend
recipe management through to comprehensive controller
curve graphics
drivers
- External evaluation through standard Microsoft tools
• Language selection: - Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by management
• Logging with log editor for time and event-controlled project
of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching of up
documentation with user-definable layout
to 5 languages on the device
• Recipes
- Compiling data records using a configurable graphics object
or distributed within the project through process diagrams
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
- Import/export of data records
- Access protection using password
• Flexibility through Visual Basic Script and OLE automation
• Library for predefined or user-defined diagram elements

4/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Function (cont.)
• Online connection through Teleservice
System requirements for ProTool/Pro ProTool
(analog/ISDN, ProTool/Pro RT) Runtime configuring
• OPC (client/server) software software
• Integration of ProTool/Pro configuration in STEP 7 Operating system
- Common use of STEP 7 data, such as tag names, symbol • Minimum Windows 98 SE, Windows ME
lists, communications parameters and signaling system (ME not for ASIA version)
- Management and handling of ProTool/Pro projects using • Recommended Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a,
SIMATIC Manager within STEP 7 projects Windows 2000 SP3,
- Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list: Windows XP Professional, for
references are retained in STEP 7 even when the PLC is multilingual configuration
replaced and are automatically resynchronized Windows 2000 SP3 MUI,
Windows XP Professional MUI
- Support of the SIMATIC PC station
• Complete simulation of the ProTool/Pro configuration Processor
(Windows CE-based systems); • Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz
a complete configuration can be simulated quickly and • Recommended >= Pentium III, 500 MHz
efficiently on the configuration computer: The complete HMI Graphics
target system is presented on the configuration computer and • Minimum VGA SVGA
the device's softkeys and function keys can be simply opera-
ted by mouse. Simulation of the PLC hardware, and animation • Recommended SVGA SVGA
with accelerated with accelerated
of the tags, can be handled by the SIMATIC S7-PLCSIM engi- hardware hardware
neering tool in addition to the ProTool simulator.
Resolution
• Interfacing ProTool/Pro Configuration with STEP 7 Lite
• Minimum 640 x 480 800 x 600
• Integrating ProTool/Pro Configuration in the SIMOTION SCOUT • Recommended 800 x 600
engineering tool
• Importing/exporting all project texts (static texts, text lists,
messages, information texts, etc.) for a simple translation of
RAM 1)
• Minimum 64 MB
4
HMI projects using standard text editors • Recommended >= 128 MB
• Converting OP27/37, TP27/37 projects for Windows CE-based Hard disk (free memory) 2) >= 100 MB >= 300 MB for
devices; ProTool + 40 MB
for each addi-
for easy conversion, see the instructions "Configuration tional language
support for new users"
Diskette drive 3) 3.5"/1.44 MB -
• Project download:
to SIMATIC Operator Panels and to PC systems based on CD-ROM For software installation
ProTool/Pro Runtime (depending on available device interface)
- Serial 1) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the
- MPI, PROFIBUS DP graphics used
- Ethernet, USB 2) Without taking archives into account.
- Analog/ISDN (Teleservice, modem link) In addition to ProTool, Windows also makes demands on the spare
hard disk space; e.g. spare memory space must be allowed for the
Service tool ProSave V6.0 + SP2 swap file. The following formula is recommended:
Size of swap file = 3 x size of RAM.
• Service tool under Windows for panels and multi panels For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation
• Interfacing through serial, MPI, Ethernet or USB interface 3) For authorization of the runtime software
• Integrated in ProTool/Pro or as stand-alone tool Options
• Language changeover with new languages incl. Asian
ideographic languages SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management
With the SIMATIC WinBD machine data management system,
Used for: the operator panel becomes the central human–machine
• Backup/restore interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out
directly at the machine.
Additionally, with the Windows CE-based devices:
The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
• Installation of options
of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the
• License transfer availability of production facilities and production units.
• Operating system update Note:
Can be used with following operator panels: For further details, see
“SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software”
• Line-display units: TD17, OP7, OP17, C7-633, C7-634
• Graphics devices: OP27, TP27, OP37, TP37 SIMATIC ProAgent
• Windows CE-based devices: TP070, TP 170A, TP 170B, • Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP 270, TP 270, C7-635 TP, machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
C7-635 OP, MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components
• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
Note:
For further details, see
“SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software”

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/11

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Integration Protocol PC interfaces

SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
The following can be configured using SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration (CS): S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1512 9)10)
CP 1612 9)10)
• Text panels S7-300 with CP 343-1 CP 1613 11)
- TD17 Text Display S7-400 with CP 443-1
- OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operator Panels
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
• Panel of the 170 series
- TP 170A and TP 170B Touch Panels WinAC RTX
- OP 170B Operator Panels SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
- 170 Mobile Panels
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) Internal system interface
• Panels of the 270 series
- OP27 Operator Panel WinAC RTX
- TP27 Touch Panel SIMATIC 505 NITP
- OP 270 Operator Panels
SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 COM1/COM2
- TP 270 Touch Panels
• Multi Panels of the 270 and 370 series SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370 SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434 CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
• HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 control systems CP 5611 2)
- C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633, -634, -635
12)
SIMOTION
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 and other PC-based systems
13)
(Touch/Keys) SINUMERIK
Non-Siemens PLCs
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime supports linking to:
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 14) COM1/COM2
Protocol PC interfaces
4 SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
LG GLOFA GM
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
S5-90U COM1/COM2
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) COM1/COM2
S5-95U
Modicon (Modbus) COM1/COM2
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103)
OMRON (Link/Multilink) 15) COM1/COM2
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943,
944, 945) Telemecanique (Uni-Telway) RS 485 interface board 7)

S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) OPC (client + server)

S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 CP 1512 9)

CP 1612 9)
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP 1)
S5-95U/L2-DP master CP 5511 2) 1) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive station (DP slave); the function block
CP 5512 2) required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, CP 5611 2) ProTool/Pro
944, 945) 2) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) 3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating
systems: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP;
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948) Order No. 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
SIMATIC S7 via PPI 4) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
S7-200 CP 5511 2) 5) ProTool/Pro RT is an active station; communication with S7 functions
CP 5512 2) 6) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive station (DP slave); the application ladder
CP 5611 2) required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of
CP 5613 2) ProTool/Pro
CP 5614 2) 7) See online Help of ProTool
PC/PPI adapter 3)
8) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
SIMATIC S7 via MPI no configuration download; operating systems: Windows
98/ME/2000/XP;
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4) CP 5511 2) Order No. 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
CP 5512 2)
S7-300 CP 5611 2) 9) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
S7-400 CP 5613 2) 10) Additionally required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean/Windows V6.1 for Industrial
CP 5614 2) Ethernet (6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0)
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) PC/MPI adapter 8) 11) Additionally required: S7-1613/Windows V6.1
WinAC RTX Teleservice V5.1 (6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0)
5) 12) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP
13) “SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA"”option required;
4)
S7-215 CP 5511 2) For further information, see Catalog NC 60
CP 5512 2) 14) DH485 link only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating system
S7-300 CPUs with integral CP 5611 2)
PROFIBUS interface CP 5613 2) 15) OMRON link only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating systems
S7-300 with CP 342-5 CP 5614 2) Note:
For further information, see
S7-400 CPUs with integral
“Operator control and monitoring units/system coupling”
PROFIBUS interface
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX

4/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Integration (cont.)

Higher-level
visualization system
WinCC

OPC-Client

Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP

On-site visualization
OPC-Server OPC-Server
ProTool/ ProTool/
Pro Pro

OPC-Client
OPC-Server
PROFIBUS 4

G_ST80_DE_00003
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/13

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Technical data
Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime Type SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
The specifications are maximum Password protection
values • Password levels 10 (0 ... 9)
Operating system MS Windows 98 SE/ME • Number of passwords 50
(ME not for ASIA version),
MS Windows NT 4.0/2000/ Visual Basic scripts 50
XP Professional • Number of lines 100
Messages 4000 Online languages, max. 5
• Message text (number of charac- 70 Communication
ters)
SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/
• Message buffer size 1024 PROFIBUS DP interface
• Pending message events 500 • Number of connectable ProTool/Pro permits up to 8
Archives (number) 100 partners, max. connections, depending on the
scope of configuration
• Archivable data Process values (max. 100), (communication)
messages
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface
• Max. number of entries per archive 500,000
(incl. sequential archive) • Number of connectable 1 for ProTool/Pro
partners, max.
• Archive types Short-term archives, sequential
archives (max. 40 per archive) SIMATIC S5 loop-through No
arrangement
• Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated
Variable) and interfacing to SIMATIC S5
ODBC database (database not PROFIBUS DP interface,
included in scope of supply) • Number of connectable 1 for ProTool/Pro
partners, max.
4 Recipes
• Entries per recipe
1000
2000 3) 1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total
• Data records 5000 2) 2) Depends on the storage medium used
Diagrams 300 3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
• Fields per diagram 400
• Variables per diagram 400
• Static text 30,000
• Graphics objects 2000
• Complex objects per picture 40
(e.g. bars)
• Trend curves 800
• Graphics lists 1) 500
• Text lists 1) 500
• Number of entries in symbol lists 3,500
Variables 2048 3)

4/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro } 6AV6 582-2BX06-0CX0 Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
Configuration V6.0 + SP2
incl. ProAgent V6.0 + SP2 3) SIMATIC ProTool/Pro } 6AV6 582-2BX06-0CV0
Configuration V6.0 + SP2 ASIA
Language variants: G/E/F/I/S;
on CD-ROM, comprising: Language variants:
English/Chinese traditional and
• ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) simplified/Korean/Taiwanese
V6.0 + SP2 comprising:
• Simulation software for Mobile • ProTool/Pro Configuration
Panel 170, TP 170A/B, (CS) V6.0 + SP2 ASIA
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270,
MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and • Simulation software for Mobile
ProTool/Pro Runtime Panel 170, TP 170A/B,
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270,
• Native drivers MP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 and
• Electronic documentation ProTool/Pro Runtime
(.pdf/.chm) in German, English, • Electronic documentation
French, Spanish, Italian (.pdf/.chm) in: English, Chinese
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime (traditional and simplified),
V6.0 + SP2 for PC systems Korean and Japanese
incl. ProAgent V6.0 + SP2 3) SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
On CD-ROM with license V6.0 + SP2 ASIA for PC systems
(single license) for on CD-ROM with license
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 584-1AB06-0CX0 (single license) for
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 584-1AC06-0CX0 • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 584-1AB06-0CV0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 584-1AC06-0CV0
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512)
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048)
}
}
6AV6 584-1AD06-0CX0
6AV6 584-1AF06-0CX0 • 512 PowerTags (RT 512) } 6AV6 584-1AD06-0CV0 4
Upgrade • 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) } 6AV6 584-1AF06-0CV0

• ProTool/Pro to } 6AV6 582-2BX06-0CX4 Communication via Industrial Ethernet

ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 1) CP 1613 } 6GK1 161-3AA00
• ProTool/Pro RT to } 6AV6 584-3AX06-0CX4 PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
ProTool/Pro RT V6.0 + SP2 a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(communications software must
Powerpacks be ordered separately)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT S7-1613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
PowerTags from
Software for S7 communication,
• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BC00-0AX0 S5-compatible communication
• 128 to 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BD00-0AX0 (SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC,
• 128 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1BF00-0AX0 PG/OP communication
(S5/505 Layer 4 communication
• 256 to 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1CD00-0AX0 with TCP/IP),
• 256 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1CF00-0AX0 for Windows NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
• 512 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 570-1DF00-0AX0 CP 1612 } 6GK1 161-2AA00
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite nach } 6AV6 571-2AC06-0CX0 PCI card (32-bit) for connecting
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
• SIMATIC ProTool nach } 6AV6 571-2BC06-0CX0
separately)
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2
CP 1512 } 6GK1 151-2AA00
Software update service
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
• Software Update Service 6AV6 582-3AX00-0AX2
connecting a PG/Notebook to
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro 2)
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately)
} ex warehouse
SOFTNET-S7/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 704-1CW61-3AA0
1) Upgrade for Configuration Station (CS) as well as Runtime (RT) Station
Software for S5-compatible
2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price, the customer is auto- communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
matically provided with all upgrades and service packs per installed and S7 communication for
ProTool/Pro package. The contract is automatically extended by a Windows NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
further year unless canceled 12 weeks prior to expiry (max. 64 connections)
3) The runtime licenses for ProAgent/PC must be purchased separately
for each target system SOFTNET-S7-Lean V6.1 6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0
Software for S5-compatible com-
munication (SEND/RECEIVE) and
S7 communication for Windows
2000 / XP (max. 8 connections)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/15

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Ordering Data (cont.)

Order No. Order No.
Communication via PROFIBUS Documentation (must be ordered separately)
CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00 ProTool/Pro Runtime
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting user manual
a PC to PROFIBUS • German } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AA0
(communications software must
be ordered separately) • English } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AB0
CP 5614 } 6GK1 561-4AA00 • French } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AC0
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting • Italian } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AD0
a PC to PROFIBUS
(communications software must • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1CA06-0AE0
be ordered separately) ProTool User Manual for
S7-5613/Windows NT 4.0, } 6GK1 713-5CB61-3AA0 configuring Windows-based
2000 Pro/Server systems
Software for S7 communication • German } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
incl. PG/OP communication, FDL,
• English } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
S7 OPC server, for Windows
NT4.0 / 2000 / XP • French } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
CP 5511 } 6GK1 551-1AA00 • Italian } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
PCMCIA card (16-bit) for con- • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
necting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS
or MPI (communication software ProTool User Manual for
included in ProTool/Pro) configuring line-oriented
displays
CP 5512 } 6GK1 551-2AA00
4 PCMCIA card (CARDBUS 32 bit)
for connecting a PG/Notebook
• German
• English
}
}
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communication software • French } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0
included in ProTool/Pro) • Italian } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0
CP 5611 } 6GK1 561-1AA00 • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS ProTool User Manual for
(communication software configuring graphic displays
included in ProTool/Pro) • German } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0
CP 5611 MPI } 6GK1 561-1AM00 • English } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0
Comprising PCI card CP 5611 • French } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0
(32-bit) and MPI cable, 5 m
• Italian } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
PC/PPI adapter } 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin; • Spanish } 6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
male with RS 232/PPI converter, Communications manual for
max. 19.2 Kbit/s Windows-based systems
PC/MPI adapter } 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 • German } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
RS 232, 9-pin;
• English } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
male with RS 232/MPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s • French } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro
(V6.0 + SP2 upwards), ProAgent,
WinCC flexible and for options

} ex warehouse

4/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ More information
Asian language variant of ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 Contact
For the Asian market, ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 is also available in • Simplified Chinese
simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean, Japanese as Siemens Ltd. China
well as English language versions. For this, a Chinese (simplified A&D Group
or traditional), Korean or Japanese Windows 98 SE or Windows 7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu
NT 4.0/2000/XP is required. ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 ASIA offers Chaoyang District
a local-language configuration user-interface. P.O. Box 8543
Beijing 100102, P.R.China
For TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP27/37,
TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370 as well as ProTool/Pro • Traditional Chinese
Runtime for the PC, texts can be configured with Chinese Siemens Ltd. Taiwan
(simplified/ traditional) or Korean characters. For these systems, A&D Group
the online Help is also available in simplified and traditional Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2
Chinese, in Korean and in English. Taipei
Taiwan, R.O.C.
In addition, texts with Japanese characters can be configured P.O. Box 26-755 Taipei
for TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B, Mobile Panel, TP/OP 270, • Korean
MP 270B, MP 370 as well as ProTool/Pro Runtime for PC texts. Siemens Ltd. Seoul
For these systems, the online Help is also available in Japanese. A&D Group
For OP27/37 and TP27/37, Japanese characters are not 726 Asia Building 10th floor
supported. Yeoksam-dong,
Configuration of these devices under the Japanese Kangnam-Gu
configuration user-interface is only possible using Latin Seoul 138-080 P.O. Box 3001
characters. Korea
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 , OP25, OP35 and C7 • Japanese
devices) can be configured under a Chinese, Korean, Japanese
or English configuration interface using Latin characters.
Siemens K.K.
AS Sect. A&D Dept.
4
Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F
The operating system packages required can be obtained from 25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome,
the relevant Siemens sales partners. For indirect export to China, Shinagawa-ku,
Taiwan, Korea or Japan, a special configuration of Windows Tokyo 141-0022,
2000 or XP can be implemented to simplify the configuration Japan
process.
For further information, contact the following e-mail address: For further information, visit our website at
simatichmi.asiasupport@khe.siemens.de
The configuration software ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP2
ASIA as well as the runtime software ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 +
SP2 ASIA are stand-alone products (CD-ROM) that contain the
language variants English and simplified and traditional
Chinese, Korean and Japanese. http://www.siemens.com/protoolpro
The runtime licenses are not language-dependent; the English
data handling program (AuthorsW) also runs under the Chinese,
Korean and Japanese Windows versions listed earlier.
The documentation in Chinese, Japanese and Korean can be
obtained from the relevant national Siemens company in China,
Korea, Taiwan or Japan.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/17

 HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options

■ Overview

SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor

Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP

SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation

PROCESS BUS
4

SIMATIC S7 Third-party PLCs

G_ST80_XX_00004
SIMATIC S7

• SIMATIC® WinBDE is the machine data management software

for acquisition, evaluation and analysis of machine data ■ Benefits
• The operator unit is then transformed into the central • Increases transparency:
acquisition and operating terminal for machine data, either - Supports fast counter-measures in the event of a fault
directly on site (Workstation) or spanning several plants - Increases machine runtimes
(Supervisor) - Provides proof of availability for production equipment and
manufacturing units
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 • Used for individual machines through to complete production
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 plants
• Exports operational data for more detailed evaluations
New features of V7.2:
• Use as option also for WinCC V6
• Evaluation facility also for data from SIMATIC S5 and other
■ More information
PLCs supported by ProTool/Pro or WinCC Note:
• With the WinBDE terminal server licenses, up to 10 users can For further details on SIMATIC WinBDE,
simultaneously access the WinBDE evaluations see “SCADA system SIMATIC WinCC / WinCC options”
• States set manually in WinBDE can be written into the PLC for
further evaluation using WinCC or ProTool/Pro
• Combination of various runtime GUIs into one common GUI
• Use of SIMATIC WinBDE with XP Professional

4/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES

■ Overview ■ Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced
are innovative engineering tools for configuration of SIMATIC
HMI devices, the operating component of SIMATIC C7 devices,
the SIMOTION/SINUMERIK Panel PCs, and the PC-based
visualization system WinCC flexible Runtime.
Various target systems can be configured depending on the
selected product:
• WinCC flexible Micro
- Micro Panel: TP 170micro
• WinCC flexible Compact
- Micro Panel: TP 170micro
- Panels of the 70 series: OP 77B
- Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B,
Mobile Panel 170
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Keys), C7-636 (Keys)
• WinCC flexible Standard
- Micro Panel: TP 170micro
- Panels of the 70 series: OP 77B
- Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B,
Mobile Panel 170
- Panels of the 270 series: TP 270, OP 270
- Multi Panels of the 270 series MP 270B
• Uniform range of engineering tools for configuration of - Multi Panels of the 370 series MP 370
SIMATIC HMI devices, the operating component of SIMATIC - C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Keys), C7-636 (Keys)
C7 devices, the SIMOTION/SINUMERIK panel PCs, and the
PC-based visualization software WinCC flexible Runtime
• WinCC flexible Advanced
- Micro Panel: TP 170micro
4
• For Windows 2000/XP Professional - Panels of the 70 series: OP 77B
• Current version: - Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B,
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced Mobile Panel 170
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Standard - Panels of the 270 series: TP 270, OP 270
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Compact - Multi Panels of the 270 series MP 270B
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Micro - Multi Panels of the 370 series MP 370
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Keys), C7-636 (Keys)
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the - Standard PC
1st quarter 2004. - SIMATIC Panel PC: Panel PC 670, Panel PC 870, Panel PC
IL70
■ Benefits - SIMOTION Panel PC: P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T, PCR,
PCR-Touch
• Uniformity of configuration software reduces training, - SINUMERIK Panel PC: OP010, OP012, OP015, TP012,
maintenance and updating requirements, and guarantees TP015, OP015A
future compatibility
• Minimization of engineering overhead and reduction in life
cycle costs through Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
■ Design
• Minimization of configuration overhead through repeated use The engineering tools of the SIMATIC WinCC flexible range are
of scalable, dynamic objects based on one another. The available editors largely depend on
the respectively configured target systems and their functions.
• Intelligent tools for simple and efficient configuration: A more comprehensive engineering tool such as WinCC flexible
- Wizard for defining the basic structure of an HMI project Standard also offers the facilities of the smaller engineering
- Table-based editors simplify the generation and processing tools, e.g. WinCC flexible Compact or Micro.
of objects of the same type, e.g. for variables, texts or
messages Upgrading of a smaller engineering tool to a larger one is
- Graphic configuration simplifies complex tasks such as the possible using a Powerpack. An exception is WinCC flexible
definition of trajectories or the generation of fundamental Micro.
operator prompting
The scope of functions of the WinCC flexible engineering tools
• Comprehensive support of multi-language configurations for already includes project support for the Runtime options
global use available for SIMATIC Panels or WinCC flexible Runtime,
- Selectable views for multi-language input of configuration independent of the RT licenses purchased. Separate licensing
data is required for the target system in order to use the configured
- System-specific and user-specific dictionaries Runtime options.
- Export/import of language-dependent texts
• Investment protection through
- Importing of configuration from the configuration tools of the
ProTool range
- Importing of static displays and variables from WinCC V6.0

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/19

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES

■ Function
Integration into automation systems Tabular editors
• Integration into SIMATIC STEP 7 (V5.3 upwards) • Fast and convenient generation and modification of
- Management of HMI projects within STEP 7 configuration objects of the same type, e.g. variables, texts or
- Common use of communications settings and process point messages, in tabular editors
definitions, i.e. symbols and messages • Intelligent default settings dependent on previously configured
- Display of HMI configuration objects in the SIMATIC Manager data, e.g. automatic incrementing of addresses when
of STEP 7 generating successive variables
• Integration in SIMOTION SCOUT (V3.1 upwards) • Modification of properties by simple access to the properties
- Management of HMI projects within SCOUT dialog without superfluous operations (“Always on Top”)
- Common use of communications settings and process point
definitions • Simultaneous modification of common object properties
- Integration of the WinCC flexible editors into the SCOUT Object-oriented data management with convenient search and
Workbench modification facilities
• Integration into Component based Automation (CbA) with • Cross-reference list with direct access to all objects, e.g. for
SIMATIC iMap (Version 2.0 upwards) modifying or selecting
- Management of CbA components with sequence and HMI
parts in SIMATIC iMap • Searching for objects throughout the project
- Connection of CbA components with/without HMI parts in • Central rewiring of variables
SIMATIC iMap • Search/replace texts
- Generation of HMI basic data from the SIMATIC iMap for
WinCC flexible Advanced, i.e. tag list and connected HMI • Selective project documentation on printer or in file
components (.pdf, .xls, .rtf, .txt, .html)
- Support of configuration of modular machines on basis of Libraries for predefined or self-generated configuration objects
PROFInet • Large number of scaleable, dynamic display objects included
4 Configuration interface
• Innovative engineering tools based on state-of-the-art SW
in scope of delivery
• Graphics of scalable size for industrial applications included in
technology, Microsoft.NET WMF format in the scope of delivery
• Clear, fast access to editors and project data using workbench • Preview function for library objects
application • Storage of all configuration objects in the library, e.g. blocks as
• Adaptive user interface of engineering tools dependent on well as complete displays or variables;
configured target system customer-specific or project-specific generation of faceplates
• User-definable settings for user interface, e.g. layout, toolbars, from simple display objects. Modifications to these faceplates
object default settings can be carried out centrally in the block definition.

Project handling Language support

• Device-independent configuration data can be used on • Multi-language project generation (max. 32 languages) in the
different target systems without conversion; editors through switchable views
the interface is adapted in the process to the functional • Automatic translation on basis of system-specific and
possibilities of the currently configured device. user-specific dictionaries in a central text library
• Cross-device use of common configuration data • Central management of language-dependent texts and
(e.g. text library) in multi-device projects. graphics in libraries
• Wizard-supported definition of basic structure of HMI projects • Editing, exporting and importing of texts for translation
(e.g. display division, operator prompting) • Language-dependent graphics
• Minimized turnaround times through automatic compilation in Visual Basic script support
background and differential download
• IntelliSense function for fast programming of access
Display editor with comprehensive possibilities for fast and operations to runtime objects
efficient configuring of displays
• Simple generation of control sequences in script code;
• Generation of linked display objects using drag & drop, e.g. script debugging in simulator and WinCC flexible Runtime
of variables for generation of input/output boxes with process
interface, or of buttons with display selection function Graphic configuration of operator prompting
• Templates for definition of global display objects and functions • Simple derivation of operator prompting from hierarchical input
(comparable with slide master of MS-PowerPoint) tree
• Convenient editor for generation of faceplates with defined
external interface comprising display objects
• Graphic configuring of trajectories
• Level system with max. 32 levels
• Tools for alignment, rotation and mirroring functions

4/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES

■ Function (cont.)
Test and startup support
System requirements for WinCC flexible ES
• Simulation of the HMI projects from the engineering PC
• Branch to cause of fault starting from compiler messages Operating system Windows 2000 SP3, Windows XP
• Expanded ProSave service tool for all input systems supported Professional SP1
by WinCC flexible or ProTool For multi-language
configurations:
Task planner for definition of all global tasks Windows 2000 SP3 MUI,
• Configuration of global system functions or time-triggered Windows XP Professional
events SP1 MUI

ChangeControl (option) Processor

• Minimum Pentium III, 800 MHz
• Management of project versions with rollback and comparison
functions • Recommended >= Pentium IV, 2.0 GHz
• Logging of changes in configuration, e.g. for regulated Resolution
industries • Minimum 1024 x 768
Definition of runtime data in the engineering tools • Recommended >= 1280 x 1024

• Users and passwords RAM

• Minimum 256 MB
• Recipe data sets
With integral operation with
Migration of existing HMI projects SIMATIC STEP 7 or SIMOTION
• Complete data importing with projects for ProTool/Pro RT and SCOUT: 512 MB
operator panels of the 170, 270 and 370 series • Recommended >= 512 MB
• Conversion of configuration data with OP/TP27 and OP/TP37; Hard disk (free memory) 1) >= 1 GB
analog conversion within ProTool V6.0
• Conversion of OP7 configuration data
Diskette drive 2) 3.5"/1.44 MB 4
1) In addition to WinCC flexible, Windows also makes demands on the
• Conversion of WinCC V6.0 projects (only static display spare hard disk space;
components and variables in version 2004) e.g. spare memory space must be allowed for the swap file. The
Compatibility following formula is recommended: Size of swap file = 3 x size of RAM.
For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation
• Integral upward compatibility: further processing of WinCC 2) For authorization of the engineering software
flexible configuration data with future versions without loss of
data
• Integral downward compatibility: generation of configuration Options
data for older versions of the WinCC flexible engineering tools
(can be used with versions > 2004) SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ChangeControl
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl enables consistent saving of
configuration data. Delivered customer projects, approved
reference states or development states are managed in a
database. Changes to project data can be integrated without
problem into the version management using new versions.
A rollback is possible at any time.
The history of changes can be exactly proven for applications
requiring interruption-free proof for the complete life cycle of a
product. Comparisons between configuration data permit
recognition of differences between project versions.
Note:
For further details, see “WinCC flexible ES options”

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/21

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
WinCC flexible 2004 } 6AV6 613-0AA01-0AA0 Software update service
Advanced 3)
Software update service
Single license, on CD-ROM SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2) 3)
incl. authorization, includes:
• WinCC flexible Advanced 6AV6 613-0AA00-0AL0
• Engineering software for
configuration of WinCC flexible • WinCC flexible Standard 6AV6 612-0AA00-0AL0
Runtime and of the Micro Panel • WinCC flexible Compact 6AV6 611-0AA00-0AL0
TP 170micro and the
70/170/270/370 series panels Documentation (must be ordered separately)
• SW for WinCC flexible /Change- User Manual
Control engineering option 1) WinCC flexible Compact/Stand
• Simulation software for WinCC ard/Advanced
flexible Runtime, Micro Panels • German } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
TP 170micro and the
70/170/270/370 series panels • English } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• Native drivers • French } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Electronic documentation (.pdf) • Italian } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
WinCC flexible 2004 } 6AV6 612-0AA01-0AA0 User Manual
Standard 3) WinCC flexible Micro
Single license, on CD-ROM incl. • German } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
authorization, includes:
• English } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• Engineering software for
4 configuration of the Micro Panel
TP 170micro and the
70/170/270/370 series panels
• French
• Italian
}
}
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0

• Simulation software for the Micro • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0

Panel TP 170micro and the User Manual
70/170/270/370 series panels WinCC flexible communication
• Native drivers • German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• Electronic documentation (.pdf) • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish • French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
WinCC flexible 2004 } 6AV6 611-0AA01-0AA0 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
Compact 3)
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes: Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
• Engineering software for 5 languages (English, French,
configuration of the Micro Panel German, Italian and Spanish);
TP 170micro and the 70/170 comprising: product manuals,
series panels communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
• Simulation software for the Micro
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
Panel TP 170micro and the
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
70/170 series panels
options
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf) } ex warehouse
in English, German, French,
1) The licenses for WinCC flexible /ChangeControl must be purchased
Italian, Spanish
separately for each engineering station
WinCC flexible 2004 } 6AV6 610-0AA01-0AA0 2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price per installed WinCC
Micro 3) flexible engineering system or option, the customer is automatically
Single license, on CD-ROM with- provided with all upgrades and service packs.
out authorization, includes: The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless
canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry
• Engineering software for config- 3) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
uration of the Micro Panel 1st quarter 2004
TP 170micro
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German, French, ■ More information
Italian, Spanish
For further information, visit our website at
Powerpacks
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Powerpacks 3)
Single license, only authorization
• WinCC flexible Standard to } 6AV6 613-2CD01-0AD0
WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
• WinCC flexible Compact to } 6AV6 613-2BD01-0AD0
WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced
• WinCC flexible Compact to } 6AV6 612-2BC01-0AD0
WinCC flexible 2004 Standard

4/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Consistent saving of configuration data
- Delivered versions, approved reference states or
development states are managed in a database.
- Changes to project data can be integrated without problem
into the version management using new versions. A rollback
is possible at any time.
- Comparisons between configuration data permit recognition
of differences between project versions.
• Tracking of modifications in configuration
- The history of changes can be proven for applications
requiring interruption-free proof for the complete life cycle of
a product.

■ Application
• In machine/special machine construction for project manage-
ment, e.g. delivered customer versions and their modifications
• For saving of intermediate states during complex new
developments or expansions, with rollback facility
• During work for specific orders as basis for calculating costs
for modifications
• In regulated sectors as proof of state of plants or machines and
• Option for versioning of configuration data and for tracking of any modifications made to them
modifications to configuration (e.g. as proof in regulated
sectors)
• For the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced engineering tool
■ Function 4
• Integral GUI for management of project versions
• One license is necessary for each configuration station (version tree with main line and secondary lines for modified
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the project versions)
1st quarter 2004. • Comparison function for determination of differences between
two project versions, i.e. between the current version and a
saved version
• Modification log can be activated/deactivated and shows who
carried out modifications, and when/which.
Modification reasons can be entered as comments

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC flexible / } 6AV6 613-6AA01-0AB0
ChangeControl 2004 for
WinCC flexible Advanced 1)
Single license, only authorization

} ex warehouse
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/23

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Overview ■ Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is the high-performance visu-
alization software for simple visualization tasks at the machine
level. It can be used as a single-user solution for all automation
applications in production automation, process automation and
building services automation.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime can be used together with the
following operator panels:
• SIMATIC Panel PCs
- Panel PC 670
- Panel PC 870
- Panel PC IL 70
• SIMOTION Panel PCs
- P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T
- PCR, PCR-Touch
• SINUMERIK Panel PCs
- OP010, OP012, OP015
- TP012, TP015, OP015A
• Standard PCs with resolutions (W x H in pixels) of:
- 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024, 1600 x 1200

■ Design
• PC-based visualization software for single-user systems
direct at the machine SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is available as a software
4 • For Windows 2000/XP Professional
package with 128, 512 and 2048 PowerTags. The term Pow-
erTags is applied only to process variables that have a process
• Current version: connection to the PLC. In addition, variables without process
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Runtime with 128, 512 or integration, constant limit values of variables and messages
2048 PowerTags (up to 4000 messages) are also available as additional system
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the features.
1st quarter 2004. The scope of WinCC flexible Runtime functions includes the
central HMI components for visualization and signaling, and can
■ Benefits be expanded appropriate to requirements and costs using
option packages.
• Optimized price/performance ratio through individually
scalable system functionality SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software.
• Functions for all visualization tasks:
input functions, graphics and curves, message system,
logging system, archiving (option), recipe management
(option), process fault diagnostics (option)
• Flexible runtime functionality using Visual Basic scripts
• Innovative servicing concept with remote operation,
diagnostics, administration using intranet/Internet and e-mail
communication increase the availability (option)
• Support of simple, distributed automation solutions on basis
of TCP/IP networks at machine level (option)

4/24 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Function
Visualization using user interface corresponding to Win- Open communication between HMI systems and with
dows standards, higher-level systems 1)
comprising programmable graphic objects and project-specific • OPC server
faceplates:
• Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems on
• Numeric and alphanumeric input/output boxes basis of Ethernet networks or via intranet/Internet
• Static text and graphic displays as well as vector graphics • Reading and writing of variables;
• Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels provide data
• Bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse and zoom (variables) for other SIMATIC HMI systems or office applica-
function and read line tions
• Signal-dependent text and graphics lists • A SIMATIC HMI system can be used for remote operator
control and monitoring of another system;
• Buttons and switches for process operations start of client/server configurations for distributed operator
• Editing fields for process values (signals) stations or for solutions with master station or control room
• Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics Sm@rtService for remote operation, diagnostics and
objects administration via intranet and Internet 1)
• Project-specific faceplates generated from the basic system • Output and access to process displays on remote PC or panel
objects
• Sending of e-mails on demand or event-controlled
• Graphic displays for various standard formats, e.g. bitmaps,
.jpg, .wmf • System diagnostics visualized on device-specific HTML sites

Alarms and messages 1) Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime; Runtime licenses
• Bit messages and analog messages as well as the event- must be purchased separately
controlled Alarm-S signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
• Freely-definable message classes for definition of
acknowledgment response and display of message events
Expansion of functions compared to
ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
4
Message and process value archiving 1) • Expansion of graphics system by faceplate function and
language-dependent graphics
• Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
• Expansion of message system by analog message procedure
• Online evaluation of process value archives through trend and freely-definable message classes
curve graphics
• Improved access protection according to requirements of
• Evaluation of message archives using e.g. standard Microsoft regulated sectors
tools
• Access using scripts to Runtime display objects, from xP270
Recipes 1) onwards and PC
• Generation of data sets for machine or production data • Expanded communications facilities for operation, servicing
• Display and input of data sets using a configurable graphics and diagnostics
object or, distributed within the project, through process - Multi-protocol support
diagrams - Remote operation, diagnostics and administration
- Event-controlled sending of e-mails
• Transmission of data records from or to the PLC - Device-specific HTML sites
• Import/export of CSV files - HTTP communication with further SIMATIC Operator Panels
Documentation of process data, events and recipes Modifications compared to ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
• Time-dependent or event-dependent output of reports • At a reduced basic price, archiving, messages and OPC
• Freely configurable layout servers are available as optional functions
Flexible expansion of system function using
Visual Basic script
Language support for multi-language projects
• Up to 16 online languages (including Asian and Cyrillic)
• Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Language switchover during runtime
User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of regulated sectors
• Authentication by means of user ID and password
• Privileges specific to user groups
Onboard link to many different PLCs
• Simultaneous connection using several protocols: OPC client
and SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol are additive, i.e. can be used
together with any PLC link
• Communication using native drivers and standard OPC
channel

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/25

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Function (cont.)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /OPC server
System requirements for WinCC flexible Runtime
• Incorporation of automation components from different
vendors into an automation concept
Operating system Windows 2000 SP3, Windows XP
Professional SP1
• Communication for data exchange between HMI systems
and/or high-level control system
for multi-language configurations:
Windows 2000 SP3 MUI, • Communication with applications from different vendors, e.g.
Windows XP Professional SP1 MES, ERP or applications in the office sector
MUI
Processor
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
• Minimum Pentium II, 233 MHz
• Recommended >= Pentium III, 500 MHz • Remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plants via
Internet/intranet
Graphics
• Event-controlled sending of e-mails
• Minimum VGA
• System diagnostics visualized on device-specific HTML sites
• Recommended SVGA with accelerated hardware
Resolution
• Minimum 640 x 480 SIMATIC WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
• Recommended 1024 x 768 to 1600 x 1200 • Flexible solution for location-independent access to process
RAM 1) data
• Minimum 128 MB • Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems
• Recommended >= 256 MB Note:
For further details, see
Hard disk (free memory) 2) >= 100 MB
“SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options”
4 Diskette drive 3)
CD-ROM
3.5"/1.44 MB
For software installation SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ProAgent
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and
1) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the
graphics used
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
2) Without taking archives into account. • Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
In addition to WinCC flexible, Windows also makes demands on the components
spare hard disk space; e.g. spare memory space must be allowed for • No further configuration for diagnostics functionality
the swap file. The following formula is recommended: Size of swap file
= 3 x size of RAM • Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
3) For authorization of the runtime software Note:
For further details, see
“SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software”
Options
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /Archives SIMATIC WinBDE
• Message and process value archiving • With the SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management system,
- Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases the operator panel becomes the central human–machine inter-
- Online evaluation of process value archives through trend face, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out
curve graphics directly at the machine.
- Evaluation of message archives using e.g. standard • The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
Microsoft tools of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the
availability of production facilities and production units.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /Recipes
Note:
• Generation and management of data sets for machine or For further details, see
production data “SCADA system SIMATIC WinCC/WinCC options”
- Display and input of data sets using a configurable graphics
object or, distributed within the project, through process
diagrams
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
- Import/export of CSV files

4/26 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol PC interfaces Protocol PC interfaces
SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY) SIMOTION 12)
S5-90U COM1/COM2 SINUMERIK 13)
S5-95U Non-Siemens PLCs
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103)
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 14) COM1/COM2
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944,
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX) COM1/COM2
945)
LG GLOFA GM COM1/COM2
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4) COM1/COM2
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
Modicon (Modbus) COM1/COM2
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP 1)
OMRON (Link/Multilink) COM1/COM2
S5-95U/L2-DP master CP 5511 2) Telemecanique (Uni-Telway) RS 485 interface board 7)
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944, CP 5512 2)
945) CP 5611 2) OPC (client + server) 14) 16)
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B) Data access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) / CP 1512 9)
V1.0 (XML) CP 1612 9)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
HTTP communication for CP 1512 9)
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
exchange of data between CP 1612 9)
S7-200 CP 5511 2) SIMATIC HMI
CP 5512 2) (client + server) 15) 16)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2) 1) WinCC flexible RT is a passive station (DP slave); the function block
CP 5614 2) required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of WinCC
PC/PPI adapter 3) flexible
2) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
4
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4) CP 5511 2) systems: Windows 2000/XP;
S7-300 CP 5512 2) Order No. 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
CP 5611 2)
S7-400 CP 5613 2) 4) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) CP 5614 2) 5) WinCC flexible RT is an active station; communication with S7
WinAC RTX PC/MPI adapter 8) functions
PC adapter USB 8) 6) WinCC flexible RT is a passive station (DP slave). the application
Teleservice V5.1 ladder required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5) WinCC flexible
7) See online Help of WinCC flexible
S7-215 4) CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2) 8) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
S7-300 CPUs with integral no configuration download; operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
PROFIBUS interface CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2) Order No. 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 (COM) or 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
S7-300 with CP 342-5 CP 5614 2) (USB)
S7-400 CPUs with integral 9) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
PROFIBUS interface 10) Additionally required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean/Windows V6.1 for Industrial
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467 Ethernet (6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0)
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) 11) Additionally required: S7-1613/Windows V6.1
(6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0)
WinAC RTX
12) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP) 13) “SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA” option required; For further infor-
S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1512 9)10) mation, see Catalog NC 60
S7-300 with CP 343-1 CP 1612 9)10) 14) OPC client included in scope of delivery, required for OPC server op-
CP 1613 11) tion “WinCC flexible /OPC server for WinCC flexible Runtime”
S7-400 with CP 443-1
15) TP/OP/MP 270B upwards; options “WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) WinCC flexible Runtime” and “WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess for
WinAC RTX SIMATIC Panel” required
16) OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e. can be used
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
together with any of the PLC links referred to above
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) internal system interface
WinAC RTX Application note
SIMATIC 505 NITP Parallel to any PLC link, WinCC flexible Runtime permits use of
SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422 COM1/COM2 the OPC client channel; this permits e.g. connection to an SNMP
SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP OPC server for visualization of the data present there.
The SNMP OPC server permits supervision of any network
SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434 CP 5511 2) components (e.g. switch) which support the SNMP protocol.
CP 5512 2) Further information can be found in Catalog IK PI.
CP 5611 2)
Note:
For further information, see
“Operator control and monitoring units/system coupling”

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/27

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Integration (cont.)

Higher level
visualization system
WinCC

OPC-Client

Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP

On-site visualization
OPC-Server OPC-Server

OPC-Client
4 PROFIBUS
3rd Party
OPC-Server

G_ST80_EN_00077
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs

SIMATIC S7-400

SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime

4/28 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Technical data ■ Ordering Data

Type WinCC flexible Runtime Order No.

The specifications are maximum SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004

values Runtime
For PC systems; incl. SW
Operating system MS Windows 2000 / of options for PC systems 1) 2)
XP Professional
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
Diagrams 500 authorization, for:
• Fields per diagram 400 • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 613-1BA01-0AA0
• Variables per diagram 400
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512) } 6AV6 613-1DA01-0AA0
• Static text 30000
• Graphics objects 2000 • 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048) } 6AV6 613-1FA01-0AA0
• Complex objects per picture 40 Powerpacks
(e.g. bars)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004
• Trend curves 800 Runtime 2)
• Graphics lists 1) 500 Single license, only authorization
• Text lists 1) 500 for PowerTags from
• Number of entries in symbol lists 3500 • 128 to 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-4BD01-0AD0
Variables 2048 3) • 128 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-4BF01-0AD0
Messages 4000 • 512 to 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-4DF01-0AD0
• Message text (number of charac- 80
ters) Upgrade
• Number of process values per 8 • ProTool/Pro RT 128 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-3BB01-0AA0
message to WinCC flexible 2004 RT
• Message buffer size 1024 128 PowerTags
• Pending message events
Archive 4)
500
100
• ProTool/Pro RT 256 PowerTags }
to WinCC flexible 2004 RT
6AV6 613-3CD01-0AA0 4
512 PowerTags
• Archivable data Process values
(max. 100), messages • ProTool/Pro RT 512 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-3DD01-0AA0
• Max. number of entries per archive 500000 to WinCC flexible 2004 RT
(incl. sequential archive) 512 PowerTags
• Archive types Short-term archives, sequential • ProTool/Pro RT 2048 PowerTags } 6AV6 613-3FF01-0AA0
archives (max. 400 per archive) to WinCC flexible 2004 RT
• Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated 2048 PowerTags
Variable) and interfacing to
ODBC database (database not Documentation (must be ordered separately)
included in scope of supply) User Manual
WinCC flexible Runtime
Recipes 4) 1000
• German } 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AA0
• Entries per recipe 2000 3)
• Records per recipe 5000 2) • English } 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AB0
Password protection • French } 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AC0
• User privileges 32 • Italian } 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AD0
• No. of user groups 10
• Spanish } 6AV6 691-1BA01-0AE0
Visual Basic scripts 200
User Manual
Online languages, max. 16 WinCC flexible communication
Communication • German } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/ • English } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
PROFIBUS DP interface
• French } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
• Number of connectable partners, WinCC flexible Runtime permits
max. up to 8 connections, depending • Italian } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
on the scope of configuration
(communication) • Spanish } 6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
• Number of connectable partners, 1 for WinCC flexible Runtime 5 languages (English, French,
max. German, Italian and Spanish);
SIMATIC S5 Comprising: product manuals,
PROFIBUS DP interface communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
• Number of connectable partners, 1 for WinCC flexible Runtime panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
max. ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
Multi-protocol operation Yes; OPC client and SIMATIC HMI options
HTTP protocol are additive, i.e.
can be used together with any
PLC link

1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total } ex warehouse

2) Depends on the storage medium used 1) The Runtime licenses for the WinCC flexible Runtime options must be
3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags purchased separately for each target system
4) Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime 2) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/29

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Communication via Industrial Ethernet Communication via PROFIBUS
CP 1613 } 6GK1 161-3AA00 CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet a PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
(communications software must tions software must be ordered
be ordered separately) separately)
S7-1613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0 CP 5614 } 6GK1 561-4AA00
Software for S7 communication, PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
S5-compatible communication a PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
(SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC, tions software must be ordered
PG/OP communication (S5/505 separately)
Layer 4 communication with
TCP/IP), for Windows NT4.0 / S7-5613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 713-5CB61-3AA0
2000 / XP Software for S7 communication
incl. PG/OP communication, FDL,
CP 1612 } 6GK1 161-2AA00 S7 OPC server, for Windows
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered CP 5511 } 6GK1 551-1AA00
separately) PCMCIA card (16-bit) for con-
necting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or
CP 1512 } 6GK1 151-2AA00 MPI (communications software
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for included in WinCC flexible)
connecting a PG/Notebook to
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 CP 5512 } 6GK1 551-2AA00
must be ordered separately) PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
4 SOFTNET-S7-Lean V6.1 6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0
connecting a PG/Notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communica-
Software for S5-compatible com- tions software included in WinCC
munication (SEND/RECEIVE) and flexible)
S7 communication for Windows
2000 / XP (max. 8 connections) CP 5611 } 6GK1 561-1AA00
PCI card (32-bit) for connection to
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communi-
cations software included in
WinCC flexible)
CP 5611 MPI } 6GK1 561-1AM00
Comprising CP 5611 (32-bit) and
MPI cable, 5 m
PC/PPI adapter } 6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin;
male with RS 232/PPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
PC/MPI adapter } 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin;
male with RS 232/MPI converter
PC adapter USB } 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
For Windows 2000/XP

} ex warehouse

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible

4/30 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Archives

■ Overview ■ Function
• Time-controlled, manual or process-controlled relocation of
process values and messages to the long-term archive
• Relocated data read in during runtime, and selective analysis
using WinCC flexible Runtime
- Presentation and evaluation of archived process values using
a configurable trend display. Reading the values is supported
by a read line.
- Presentation and evaluation of archived messages using a
configurable message display.
- Convenient navigation in the archives
• External evaluation of the archives through standard Microsoft
tools
• Different types of archive are supported: sequence archives
and short-term archives
• Archiving of process values and messages on external
archiving media supported by Windows
- CSV files
- ODBC databases (e.g. MS-Access)
• Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible use
of the archives

• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for the long-term

archiving of process values and messages
■ Technical data
Type WinCC flexible /Archives
• Process value and message archiving is used to record and
process the data from an industrial plant/machine. Evaluation The specifications are maximum 4
of the archived process data provides information on the values
operating state of the plant/machine Execution platform SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
• One license is necessary for each operator station Operating system MS Windows 2000 Professional /
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the XP Professional
1st quarter 2004. Archive 100
• Archivable data Process values
■ Benefits (max. 100), messages
• Cyclic trigger for archiving pro- 1 sec.
• Message and process value archives permit foresighted cess values (variables)
diagnostics which prevents downtimes • Max. number of entries per archive 500,000 1)
• Early detection of danger or fault states (incl. sequential archive)
• Increase in product quality and productivity thanks to regular • Archive types • Short-term archives
evaluation of process value and message archives • Sequential archives
(max. 400 per archive)

■ Application • Data storage format CSV (Comma Separated

Variable) and interfacing to
• Further use of archives for evaluation and long-term archiving ODBC database (database not
included in scope of supply)
• Record of repeated fault states
• Optimization of maintenance cycles 1) Depends on the storage medium used
• Ensured quality standards
• Control of quality as well as production capacity utilization ■ Ordering Data
• Documentation of process sequence Order No.
WinCC flexible /Archives for } 6AV6 618-7ED01-0AB0
WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Single license, only authorization
WinCC flexible / } 6AV6 618-7GD01-0AB0
Archives+Recipes for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Single license per option,
only authorization

} ex warehouse
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/31

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Recipes

■ Overview ■ Function
• Input of data sets (e.g. operating parameters for a machine,
production data for a plastics processing machine) in WinCC
flexible Runtime, their storage, and passing on to the PLC
• Display and input of data sets using a configurable graphics
object, or distributed among several process displays within
the project
• Data set elements are coupled to the process using direct
linking of the variables
• Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
• Powerful interfaces permit synchronized exchange of data with
the PLC
• Saving of data sets on local media or on remote data servers
via networks
• Import/export of data sets as CSV files
• Logging of data sets, e.g. as batch report/shift report
• Convenient and flexible management of data sets using
powerful standard functions
WinCC flexible recipes and the associated data sets are conve-
niently created using a separate editor in the WinCC flexible
Advanced engineering tool, and assigned default data. A con-
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for management of figurable table object is used to display the data during runtime.
data sets in recipes which contain associated machine or Furthermore, the individual data set elements can also be

4 production data
• The data from a data set can be transferred e.g. from the
directly output for several process displays on the basis of
standard input/output boxes. The data can therefore be clearly
presented for the operator in technological layers.
operator panel to the PLC in order to convert the production to
a different product version
• One license is necessary for each operator station ■ Technical data
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the Type WinCC flexible /Recipes
1st quarter 2004. The specifications are maximum
values
■ Benefits Execution platform SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
• Generation and management of machine parameters and Operating system MS Windows 2000 Professional /
production data on the basis of data sets, and exchange with XP Professional
the automation equipment, e.g. with the machine Recipes 1000
• Clear tabular representation of data elements with support of a • Entries per recipe 2000 1)
configurable graphic object, or representation in technical • Records per recipe 5000 2)
relationships for several process graphics • Useful data length in bytes per 8000 KB 2)
• Simple operator prompting using standard functions data set
• Export/import of data sets for further processing with other
1) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
tools (e.g. MS Excel)
2) Depends on the storage medium used

■ Application ■ Ordering Data

• Assignment of plant/machine parameters in the production Order No.
industry
WinCC flexible /Recipes for } 6AV6 618-7FD01-0AB0
• Batch-oriented production, e.g. in the food or plastics industry WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Single license, only authorization
WinCC flexible / } 6AV6 618-7GD01-0AB0
Archives+Recipes for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Single license per option,
only authorization

} ex warehouse
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

4/32 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC • Flexible solution for location-independent access to HMI
Panels for communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems and process data
systems. • Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
- OP 270, TP 270 control system, for example, to access the process data. The
- MP 270B, MP 370 sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far as
- WinCC flexible Runtime the communications requirements are concerned. The require-
• Communication between HMI systems on basis of Ethernet ments are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
networks or via intranet/Internet: SIMATIC Panels.
- Reading and writing of variables; • Simple, fast configuration of communications relationships
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels provide data using the WinCC flexible engineering software
(variables) for other SIMATIC HMI systems or office applica-
tions
- A SIMATIC HMI system can be used for remote operator ■ Application
control and monitoring of another system; • Use of HMI systems at machine level as data servers for
start of client/server configurations for distributed operator higher-level automation components such as control systems
stations or for solutions with master station or control room or office systems. For example, process values from various
• Local operation, visualization and data processing are possi- machines can be output in a master display.
ble to the same extent as plant-wide calling of information or • Control and monitoring of spatially distributed machines with
central archiving of process data. Uniform flows of information several operator stations by just one operator
guarantee an overview of the status of all processes.
• Operator control and monitoring of HMI systems at machine
• One license is necessary for each operator station level from a central station (e.g. the master station of a
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the production line, or from a control room)
1st quarter 2004.
4
Master Control Station
HTTP Data Client

SIMATIC HMI HTTP Protocol

Industrial Ethernet

Server 1 Server 2 Server 3 Server 4

HTTP Data HTTP Data HTTP Data HTTP Data

Server/Client Server/Client Server/Client Server/Client
PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00070

Communication between HMI systems using Industrial Ethernet:

use of HMI systems at machine level as data servers for higher-level automation components

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/33

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess

Sm@rtServer Sm@rtClients

Master Station Operator Station 1 Operator Station x Operator Station n

...

Industrial Ethernet

G_ST80_DE_00071
4
Application of Sm@rtClient concept: coordinated operation of several operator stations

Master Control Station

Sm@rtClient display

Industrial Ethernet

Server 1 Server 2 Server 3 Server 4

Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer Sm@rtServer

PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00072

Application of Sm@rtClient display: operator control and monitoring of HMI systems used at machine level from a central station

4/34 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess

■ Function ■ Technical data

Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems or Type WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
between the units of a machine or plant is carried out via The specifications are maximum
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet on the basis of values
Sm@rtAccess
Execution platform
Possible communication relationships: • SIMATIC Panels OP 270, TP 270
• Reading and writing the variables of a SIMATIC HMI system on • SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
the basis of an HTTP protocol • SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
- Reading and writing the variables of different HMI systems
- Simple configuring of variables in the HMI client configuration Operating system
using browsers in the WinCC flexible engineering tool • For Panels/Multi Panels Windows CE V3.0
- Reading and writing the variables of an HMI system using • For WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Professional /
standard applications such as MS Excel. Communication is XP Professional
made possible by embedding a script in the application, on Sm@rtAccess
the basis of the SOAP protocol (Simple Object Access SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol
Protocol) superimposed by HTTP Number of connections of a client
• Remote control of an operator station; • For Panels/Multi Panels 8
the HMI application and communication with the PLC are via • For WinCC flexible Runtime 16
the master station. In the case of spatially distributed
machines/plants (which require a larger number of operator Sm@rtAccess
panels), so-called Sm@rtClients can be activated from here Sm@rtClient concept
which are then assigned access to the master station and thus Number of Sm@rtClients which
to the processed. Access procedures guarantee that only one can simultaneously connect to a
operator system can actively access the process at a time. Sm@rtServer
- A configurable graphic object (Sm@rtClient display) • OP 270/TP 270/MP 270B as On request
embedded in process displays represents the screen of the
associated HMI system (Sm@rtServers)
Sm@rtServer
• MP 370 as Sm@rtServer On request 4
- Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible • For WinCC flexible Runtime On request
operation of the display Number of Sm@rtClient displays
Password protection can be optionally activated for access to per graphic
variables or for remote operation of an HMI system. • For Panels/Multi Panels 1
• For WinCC flexible Runtime 2

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess } 6AV6 618-7AB01-0AB0
for SIMATIC Panel 1)
Single license, only authorization
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess } 6AV6 618-7AD01-0AB0
for WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Single license, only authorization

} ex warehouse
1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/35

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService

■ Overview ■ Function
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI
panels for remote maintenance and servicing of ma- systems via Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet
chines/plants via the Internet/intranet
Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 or higher is sufficient for
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: access to an HMI system.
- OP 270, TP 270
- MP 270B, MP 370 Integral Web server for provision of standard HTML pages
- WinCC flexible Runtime The following functions can be access from the home page:
• One license is necessary for each operator station • Remote operation of HMI system via intranet/Internet using the
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the Internet Explorer
1st quarter 2004. • Starting and stopping of HMI runtime for maintenance
purposes
■ Benefits • Remote access to recipe data sets, passwords and information
specific to the HMI system
• Fast elimination of faults and downtimes, thus increase in
• Access to the files of the HMI system using the file explorer
productivity through global access to machines/plants by the
servicing and maintenance personnel • Downloading of configuration data via intranet/Internet
• Avoidance of costly visits by personnel • Supplementing by own HTML sites
Sending of e-mails to the maintenance personnel via SMTP
■ Application server (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
• Events which trigger sending of an e-mail:
• Remote maintenance and servicing of machines and plants via
- Message of a particular message class
Internet/intranet
- Selectable standard functions: change in value of a variable,
• Calling of system information, control of target systems, and activation of a function key, scripts etc.
updating of data sets via Internet/intranet
4 • Automatic sending of e-mails to experts for fast elimination of
• Possible contents of an e-mail
- Subject
faults - Message text with process variables
- Date/time
• The optional use of e-mail/SMS routers permits access to
standard networks (external service provider required)
Standard functions permit convenient use of the maintenance
and servicing functionality. WinCC permits simple, fast
configuration of maintenance and servicing functions.
Password protection for access to the HMI system can be
activated as an option. Different passwords can be configured
for the various functions.

4/36 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService

■ Function (cont.)
Engineering Station Engineering Station
PC/PG PC/PG

ISDN/DSL
Modem/
Router Industrial
Ethernet
TCP/IP

ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
ISDN/DSL
TCP/IP Modem

ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router

Industrial Ethernet PROFIBUS 4

G_ST80_DE_00074
G_ST80_DE_00073

Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet

Engineering Station Case 2: SMTP-Server ISDN/DSL

PC/PG Operator control and Modem/Router
Internet
monitoring using the Service
Internet/Intranet with access Provider
to the complete device;
accesss to soft keys
and function keys

Case 1:
Operator control and monitoring
using the Miicrosoft Internet Explorer

WWW, MES,
Office area
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00076

G_ST80_DE_00075

Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via Sending of e-mails to the maintenance personnel via SMTP server
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/37

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService

■ Technical data ■ Ordering Data

Type WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService Order No.

Execution platform WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService } 6AV6 618-7BB01-0AB0

for SIMATIC Panels 1)
• SIMATIC Panels OP 270, TP 270
Single license, only authorization
• SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService } 6AV6 618-7BD01-0AB0
for WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
Operating system Single license, only authorization
• for Panels/Multi Panels Windows CE V3.0
• for WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Professional / } ex warehouse
XP Professional 1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
Sm@rtService 1st quarter 2004
Remote access using Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 or
higher
HTML pages
• for Panels/Multi Panels HTML V1.1 (does not support
ActiveX, Java, ASP)
• for WinCC flexible Runtime HTML V1.1
Sending of e-mails • via SMTP server
• Subject, message texts with
250 characters per e-mail;
date/time of message,
message No.

4/38 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /OPC server

■ Overview

Higher-level
visualization system
WinCC

OPC-Client

Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP

On-site visualization
OPC-Server OPC-Server OPC-Server

OPC-Client
PROFIBUS
3rd Party
4
OPC-Server

G_ST80_DE_00078
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400

• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as multi

panels for communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, ■ Benefits
or applications in the office sector) from different vendors • Incorporation of automation components from different
• Available for the following SIMATIC HMI systems: vendors into an automation concept
- MP 270B, MP 370 (use of OPC based on XML) • Saving of development costs through communication between
- WinCC flexible Runtime (use of OPC based on DCOM) automation systems based on a homogeneous, uniform
• One license is necessary for each operator station protocol
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the • Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
1st quarter 2004. WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
control system, for example, to access the process data. The
sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far as
the communications requirements are concerned. The require-
ments are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
SIMATIC Panels.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/39

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /OPC server

■ Application ■ Technical data

OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open, uniform Type WinCC flexible /OPC-Server
and multi-vendor software interface. OPC is based on the The specifications are maximum
Windows technology of COM (Component Object Model), values
DCOM (Distributed COM) or on XML.
Execution platform
Windows-based systems such as SIMATIC Panel PC or SIMATIC • SIMATIC Multi Panels MP 270B, MP 370
Multi Panels are used for tasks at the machine and process • SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
levels, and can communicate with all OPC-compatible applica-
tions via Ethernet using TCP/IP and OPC. WinCC flexible Operating system
Runtime or the SIMATIC Multi Panel (OPC server) provide data • For multi panels Windows CE V3.0
for one or more OPC clients. As a result, local visualization and • For WinCC flexible Runtime MS Windows 2000 Professional /
data processing are possible to the same extent as plant-wide XP Professional
calling of information or archiving of process data. Uniform flows
OPC server
of information guarantee an overview of the status of all
processes. • XML server for multi panels Supports the OPC XML data
access specification V0.9 1)
Communication with OPC-compatible applications from different • DCOM server for WinCC flexible Supports the OPC data access
vendors (e.g. MES, ERP, or applications in the office sector) is Runtime specifications V1.0a and V2.0
possible. • Number of connections which 8
an OPC server can accept
OPC Foundation
For further information,visit our website at 1) Data access via XML has a scope of functions based on OPC data
access. A software adapter installed on the OPC client PC is required
so that DCOM-based OPC clients can access the OPC-XML server
without adaptation. The software adapter is included in the scope
of delivery of the option “WinCC flexible /OPC server for SIMATIC
Multi Panels”.
4
http://www.opcfoundation.org ■ Ordering Data
Order No.
■ Function WinCC flexible /OPC-Server for } 6AV6 618-7CC01-0AB0
• Use of a visualization system as a data server (OPC server) for SIMATIC Multi Panels 1)
higher-level automation components such as control systems Single license, only authorization
or office systems WinCC flexible /OPC server for } 6AV6 618-7CD01-0AB0
- OPC-XML server for multi panels WinCC flexible Runtime 1)
- OPC server (DCOM) for WinCC flexible Runtime Single license, only authorization
• The WinCC flexible engineering system can conveniently
select a desired OPC item from the variables function of the } ex warehouse
OPC server using an OPC browser (component of the OPC 1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
server). To do this, the OPC server must be started, and 1st quarter 2004
accessible for the engineering system.

4/40 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /ProAgent

■ Overview
SIMATIC WinCC flexible and WinCC flexible /ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard-PC

S7-PDIAG

S7-GRAPH

• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and

machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI ■ Ordering Data
Order No.
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components WinCC flexible /ProAgent
• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality Software option package for
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage process diagnostics on basis of
S7-PDIAG V5.1 or later,
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the S7-GRAPH V5.2 or later and
1st quarter 2004. S7-HiGraph V5.2 or later;
functional expansion for SIMATIC
WinCC flexible; Electronic
Note: documentation in German,
For further details, see English, French, Spanish, Italian
“SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software” • WinCC flexible /ProAgent for } 6AV6618-7DB01-0AB0
SIMATIC Panels
Runtime license (single license),
executes on: TP/OP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent for } 6AV6618-7DD01-0AB0
WinCC flexible Runtime
Runtime license (single license)
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and for
options

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/41

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Overview New features of V6.0:

• Historian concept in the basic system with significantly en-
hanced archiving performance, integrated long-term archiving
and optional evaluation functions; based on the Microsoft
SQL Server 2000
• Customized expansion capability of the WinCC Graphics
Designer by means of Visual Basic for Application (VBA)
• Easy, open and rugged Runtime Scripting with Visual Basic
Scripting (VBScript)
• Expanded, uniform scalability by increasing the number of
servers (12) and clients (32) with expansion of the functionality
at the same time, and also through the possibility for use of a
central archive server
• Extended Web functionality with WinCC clients as Web servers
with access to all lower-level WinCC servers
• Further functional adaptation to the WebNavigator client on a
WinCC client
• Enhancement of the reporting and logging system thanks to
higher flexibility, greater openness and simple operation
• Executable under Windows XP (single-user station and client)
• New options:
- WinCC/Dat@Monitor (display and analysis of current process
states and historical data on office PCs)
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for - WinCC/ConnectivityPack (OPC Alarms&Events / Historical
visualizing and operating processes, production flows, Data Access, database access via WinCC OLE-DB)
4 machines and systems in all sectors - with the simple
single-user station through to distributed multi-user systems
- WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge (connection of external
databases)
with redundant servers and multi-site solutions with Web - FDA options: WinCC/Audit and SIMATIC logon
clients. WinCC is the information hub for corporation-wide - WinCC/Client Access License (required for systems on which
vertical integration. there is no WinCC license/installation. Licensing the access
• The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) to WinCC data via the optional WinCC interfaces
includes functions meeting industrial requirements for WinCC/ConnectivityPack and WinCC/Industrial DataBridge)
signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages
and measured values, logging of all process and configuration
data, user administration and visualization. ■ Benefits
• The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of • Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
different applications. Building on the open programming increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D) reduces the lifecycle costs
and WinCC add-ons have been developed • All HMI functions are onboard (user administration, operating
(by Siemens-internal and external partners). possibilities, graphical system, messaging system, archiving,
• Current versions: reporting and logging system, diagnostics)
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP1: • Integration platform in the corporation thanks to the Historian
Executes under Windows 2000 / XP functionality integrated into WinCC based on the Microsoft
- SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP1: SQL Server and tools and clients for evaluation
Executes under Windows NT 4.0 / 2000 • System-wide, scalable client/server structures with operator
stations on the Web, distributed servers and data integrity due
to redundancy
• Easily integrated thanks to standardized interfaces such as
OPC (OLE for Process Control), WinCC-OLE-DB, VBA,
VBScript, C-API (ODK)
• For universal use thanks to solutions for all sectors
(e.g. conforming to FDA 21 CFR Part 11) and multiple
languages for worldwide use
• Modular expansion with options and add-ons as well as
individual function expansions with VB Script, Visual Basic for
Applications, C-API (ODK) and integration of ActiveX elements

4/42 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Application WinCC editors Task/configurable runtime

functionality
SIMATIC WinCC is designed for visualizing and operating
WinCC Explorer Central project management for
processes, production flows, machines and plants. With its fast access to all project data
powerful process interfaces (to the SIMATIC range in particular) and central settings
and secure data archiving, WinCC provides fault-tolerant
solutions for instrumentation and control. WinCC Graphics Designer Graphics system for user-defin-
able visualization and operation
The non-sector-specific basic system can be implemented through pixel-graphic objects
universally in all automation applications. Sector-specific WinCC Alarm Logging Messaging system for acquiring
solutions can be implemented, for example, using WinCC and archiving events with opera-
options (e.g. FDA options for the pharmaceuticals industry) tor control and display possibili-
and sector-specific add-ons (e.g. for water processing). ties based on DIN 19235; freely
selectable alarm classes, alarm
display and logging
■ Design WinCC Tag Logging Process archiving for measured
SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a value acquisition, compression
and storage, e.g. for trend and
runtime package with 128, 256, 1024 and 64K PowerTags tabular representation and
(for WinCC V6 additionally: 8K PowerTags). Only data points further processing
which have a connection to PLCs or other data sources via a
WinCC channel are referred to as PowerTags. Up to 32 signals WinCC Report Designer Report and logging system for
time- and event-controlled
can be derived from one data point. Furthermore, internal
documentation of messages,
variables without a coupling are available as additional system operations and current process
performance. WinCC V6 additionally contains 512 archive data in the form of user reports or
variables. The archive variables can be upgraded using Archive project documentation in user-
Powerpacks. definable layout
Licenses for a multi-user configuration WinCC User Administrator Tool for convenient administration

The system software must be installed on the server with the

WinCC Global Script
of users and access rights
Processing functions with
4
required number of PowerTags as well as the WinCC/Server unlimited functionality through
option. In the basic configuration, an RT128 license is adequate usage of VBScript and ANSI-C
for the clients. An RC128 license is, however, required for
configuration on the clients. Ports
Task/configurable runtime
■ Function functionality

The powerful configuration functions of SIMATIC WinCC contrib- Communications channels For the communication to lower-
level controls (SIMATIC logs,
ute to reducing the engineering and training costs and result in PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS,
greater personnel flexibility and operating reliability. If you are DDE and OPC server included
familiar with Microsoft Windows, you will have no problems with in delivery)
WinCC Explorer, the central control point of WinCC.
Standard interfaces For the open integration of other
In conjunction with other SIMATIC components, the system also Windows applications through
offers additional functions, such as process diagnostics and WinCC, WinCC-OLE-DB, ActiveX,
maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools interact when OLE, DDE, OPC etc.)
configuring the functions. Programming interfaces For individual access to data
and functions of WinCC and for
SIMATIC WinCC offers a complete base functionality for process the integration into user programs
visualization and operation. For this purpose, WinCC offers a with VBA, VB Script, C-API
range of editors and interfaces whose functionality allow (ODK), C-Script (ANSI-C)
individual configuration for the relevant application.

Compatibility
WinCC version Windows NT4.0 Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP Professional Internet Explorer
SP6a SP2; Server SP2; SP3; Server SP3; SP1
Advanced Server SP2 Advanced Server SP3
V5.1 SP1 • • • – – IE V5.5;
IE V6.0, IE V6.0 SP1
V6.0 SP1 – • • • • IE V6.0 SP1

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/43

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration
Integration in corporation-wide solutions Mixed operation with different PLCs
(IT and business integration)
With their multiprotocol stack, the CP 1613® and CP 5613®
WinCC builds consistently on Microsoft technologies which communications processors support the simultaneous use of
ensures the widest possible openness and integration two protocols with a single bus cable, for example, where
capability. ActiveX controls permit technology-specific and several different PLC types are used. Two interface boards of the
sector-specific expansions. Cross-vendor communication is same type can be used with WinCC only in conjunction with
also easy. The reason is: WinCC is OPC-compliant, and can SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol
therefore be implemented as an OPC client and server and Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) or PROFIBUS DP (4 x CP 5613;
supports, in addition to access to current process values, up to 12 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to a CP 1613 for
standards like OPC HDA (Historical Data Access) and OPC Industrial Ethernet® CP 1613 or PROFIBUS CP 5613, a CP 5511
Alarm & Events. Also important: Visual Basic for Applications or CP 5611 can each be used for communicating with
(VBA) for customized expansions of the WinCC Graphics SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
Designer and Visual Basic Scripting (VBS) in the form of an
easy-to-learn, open runtime language. If preferred, professional Client/server communication
application development engineers can also use ANSI-C. And The TCP/IP protocol is used to handle communications between
access to the API programming interfaces is easy using the clients and server. It is recommended that a separate PC LAN is
Open Development Kit ODK. constructed. For small projects with a relatively low message
WinCC V6 has integrated, for the first time, a powerful, flexible volume, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be implemented,
Historian functionality based on the Microsoft SQL Server 2000 for both the process communication (WinCC server ↔ PLC) and
into the basic system. The user therefore has all the options the PC–PC communication (WinCC client ↔ WinCC server).
open: from high-performance archiving of current process data Communication redundancy
and long-term archiving with high-level data compression
through to a central information hub in the shape of a corpora- WinCC does not itself support redundant bus interfaces. The
tion-wide Historian server. Flexibly implementable clients and S7-REDCONNECT software package is required for redundant
connection of PCs to SIMATIC S7 via 2 x Industrial Ethernet. This
4 tools for evaluation, open interfaces and special options (Con-
nectivity Pack, Industrial DataBridge, Client Access Licenses) connects the SIMATIC S7 to applications on the PC, e.g.
SIMATIC WinCC. Complete communications redundancy can
form the basis of an effective IT and business integration.
also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI).
Integration in automation solutions
(valid from WinCC V6.0 upwards) Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP

WinCC is an open process visualization system and offers the According to the PROFIBUS standard, DP slaves are always
opportunity for connecting a wide range of different PLCs. permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second WinCC
station (DP master) cannot access the same PLCs (DP slave).
Approved communication software This means that redundant operation of two WinCC stations is
not possible when using the PROFIBUS DP interface.
Only the specified (or higher) versions of communications
software may be used. The applicable SIMATIC NET updates Interfacing to non-Siemens PLCs:
are available to upgrade older versions and releases and are
supplied with the WinCC base package or upgrade. OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for interfacing
to non-Siemens PLCs.
Number of PLCs that can be connected
For the latest information about OPC servers from a wide
The following numbers of PLCs can be connected through range of different manufacturers, see:
Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum frame length of 512 www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
bytes:
WinCC supports the standards:
• Data Access 1.1
Type of interface Number of stations
• Data Access 2.0
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 + Up to 60
TCP/IP • OPC HDA V1.0 (connectivity pack)
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Up to 60 • OPC A&E V1.02 (connectivity pack)
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Up to 64
For further information, visit our website at
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 + Up to 60
TCP/IP

Via PROFIBUS, the CP 5611 can be used to connect up to 8

PLCs and the CP 5613 can be used to connect up to 44 PLCs.
Industrial Ethernet is recommended with 10 PLCs or more.
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity

4/44 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)
Interface overview (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
Protocol Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Channel DLL for S5 TF communication
SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511 Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via AS511 protocol to programmer port
SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via RK512 protocol
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL Channel DLL for S5-FDL
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 Serial Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with 505 via NITP/TBP protocol to SIMATIC
535/545/555/565/575
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication
Cross-vendor
Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communication, WinCC can acquire data from DDE server applications
OPC client 1) Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications
OPC server
PROFIBUS FMS
Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC provides process data for OPC clients
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
4
PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
1) Application note:
parallel use of the OPC client channel permits e.g. connection to a SNMP OPC server for
visualization of the data present there. The SNMP OPC server permits supervision of any network components
(e.g. switch) which support the SNMP protocol. Further information can be found in Catalog IK PI

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/45

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC Order No.
S5 S5 S5 S7 505 505
Ethernet Ethernet TCP/IP Protocol Ethernet TCP/IP 1)
(TF) Layer 4 Suite Layer 4
WinCC – Kanal DLL
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF • Included in the basic
Channel DLL for S5 TF package
communication
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4
• • Included in the basic
package
communication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions
• Included in the basic
package
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4
• Included in the basic
package
communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1) • Included in the basic
Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP package
communication
Communication components for expanding the OS/OP
CP 1612 • • • 6GK1 161-2AA00
PCI card for connecting the PG/PC
4 to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately)
CP 1512 • • • 6GK1 151-2AA00
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
connecting the PG/PC to Industrial
Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 must be
ordered separately)
SOFTNET-S7 • • 6GK1 704-1CW61-3AA0
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)
• For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
SOFTNET-S7 Lean • • 6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)
• For Windows 2000/XP
CP 1613 • • • • • • 6GK1 161-3AA00
PCI card for connecting the PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (communications
software must be ordered separately)
S7-1613
Communications software for
• • • • 6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0

S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4

communication with TCP/IP
• For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
TF-1613 • • • • 6GK1 716-1TB61-3AA0
Communications software for
TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
• For Windows 2000

• System coupling is possible

1) Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; separate communications software is not necessary

For further information, visit our website at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/en/14627901

4/46 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)
Communications components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Order No.
PROFIBUS FDL Protocol Suite
WinCC channel DLL
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL • Included in basic
Channel DLL for S5-FDL package
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite • Included in basic
Channel DLL for S7 functions package
PROFIBUS DP • Included in basic
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP package
PROFIBUS FMS • Included in basic
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS package
Communication components for expanding the OS/OP
CP 5611
PC card for connecting a PG/PC to
• 6GK1 561-1AA00

PROFIBUS or MPI (communications

software included in the WinCC basic
package)
CP 5511 • 6GK1 551-1AA00
PCMCIA card (16-bit) for connecting
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (com-
munications software included in the
WinCC basic package)
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) for
• 6GK1 551-2AA00 4
connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or
MPI (communications software
included in the WinCC basic
package)
PC/MPI adapter • 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin, male with RS 232/MPI
converter
up to 19.2 kbit/s
CP 5613 • • • • 6GK1 561-3AA00
PCI card for connecting the PC to
PROFIBUS (communications soft-
ware must be ordered separately)
S7-5613 • • 6GK1 713-5CB61-3AA0
Communications software for
S7 functions + FDL
• For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
DP-5613 • • 6GK1 713-5DB61-3AA0
Communications software for
DP master + FDL
• For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
FMS-5613 • • 6GK1 713-5FB61-3AA0
Communications software for
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL
• For Windows NT4.0/2000/XP

• System coupling is possible

For further information, visit our website at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/en/14628484

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/47

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)
Communication examples

Standard-PC
with WinCC SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)
WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 5613
6GK1 561-3AA00
- S7 5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5CB61-3AA0

PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

- IM 467 (DP/M, S7)

6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0 - CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)
6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Extended
(DP/M, S7, S/R) - CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
4 6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0 (SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual Manual
Manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)

G_ST80_XX_00010
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication

Standard-PC
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)
with WinCC WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 1613
6GK1 161-3AA00
- S7 1613
(communications software)
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0 - CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0 - CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet - NCM S7 manual
(SIMATIC NET CD bzw. Industrial Ethernet
Internet Download) (SIMATIC NET CD or
Manual Manual Internet Download)
G_ST80_XX_00011

WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication

4/48 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)
Standard PC
with WinCC SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k - CP 5613
6GK1 561-3AA00
+ FMS channel DLL
- FMS-5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5FB61-3AA0

PROFIBUS FMS

SIMATIC S5-
115/135/155U

SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400

- CP 343-5 - CP 443-5 Basic
(FMS, S7, S/R) (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0

4
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 543-1AA01

G_ST80_XX_00012
- COM 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0

WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS

without + TCP/IP up to 4 clients

operator controls: WinCC interface module WinCC with operator
WInCC Server/Standard PC
with WinCC WinCC 32 clients (e.g. CP 1612) controls
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k + 3 Web clients
or
+ server option
50 Web clients
+ TCP/IP interface module Client Client
+ 1 client
(e.g. CP 1612)

Server TERMINALBUS TCP/IP

PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)

SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S7-300

This allows you to set up the following application examples

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7-functions
G_ST80_DE_00013

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS

WinCC multi-user system with operator-accessible server (for WinCC V6)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/49

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Integration (cont.)

Higher-level
visualization system - OPC server functionality
WinCC (included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required

OPC-Client

Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP

- OPC server On-site visualization - OPC server

functionality OPC-Server OPC-Server functionality
(included in ProTool/ (included in
ProTool/Pro Pro WinCC
Runtime basic package)
basic package) - TCP-IP interface
board
required

4 - integrated
PROFIBUS OPC-Client
OPC-Server - OPC server
PROFIBUS functionality
interface (included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with

G_ST80_DE_00015
SIMATIC S7-300 Third-party PLCs third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400

OPC coupling

4/50 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Technical data
Type SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP1 SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP1
Operating system Windows NT4.0/ Windows XP Professional/
Windows 2000 Windows 2000
WebClient, additionally: WebClient/Dat@Monitor Client, additionally:
Windows 98, Windows NT4.0/
Windows ME, Windows XP Home,
Windows 2000 terminal services Windows 2000 terminal services
Hardware requirements for PC
1)
Processor
• Minimum Pentium II, 400 MHz Single-user system/server:
Pentium III, 800 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2 GHz
Client:
Pentium III, 300 MHz
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: Pentium III, 300 MHz
• Recommended Pentium III, 400 MHz Single-user system/server: Pentium IV, 1400 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2,5 GHz
Client: Pentium III, 800 MHz
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: Pentium III, 800 MHz
RAM (main memory)
• Minimum >= 128/256 MB (single-user station/server), Single-user system/server: 512 MB
>= 128 MB (client) 2)
Central archive server: 1 GB
4
Client: 256 MB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: 128 MB
• Recommended >= 256 MB (single-user station/server), Single-user system/server: 1 GB
>= 256 MB (client) 2)
Central archive server: >= 1 GB
Client: 512 MB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: 256 MB
Graphics card
• Minimum SVGA (4 MB), 800 x 600 SVGA (16 MB), 800 x 600
• Recommended XGA (8 MB), 1024 x 768 SXGA (32 MB), 1280 x 1024
Hard disk
• Minimum > 3 GB Single-user system/server: 20 GB
Client: 5 GB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: 5 GB
• Recommended > 3 GB Single-user system/server: 80 GB
Client: 20 GB
WebClient/Dat@Monitor client: 10 GB
• Hard disk
(free disk space for installation)
- Minimum 650 MB Server: 1 GB
Client: 700 MB
- Recommended >= 650 MB Server: > 10 GB
Client: > 1.5 GB
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/diskette drive For software installation For software installation

1) An AMD system of comparable performance can also be used

2) At least 32 MB more when using online configuration

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/51

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Technical data (cont.)

Type SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP1 SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP1
Functionality/quantity framework
Messages (number) 50.000 50.000
• Message text (number of 10 x 256 10 x 256
characters)
• Message archive > 500,000 messages 1) > 500,000 messages 1)
• Process values per message 10 10
• Continuous loading, 2/s Central archive server: 100/s
max. messages Server/single-user station: 10/s
• Message surge, max. 2000 in 10 min. Central archive server: 15,000/10 sec. every 5 min
Server/single-user station: 2,000/10 sec. every 5 min
Archive
• Archive data points Max. 30,000 per server Max. 80,000 per server 2)
• Archive types Polling and sequential archives Short-term archive with and without long-term
archiving
• Data storage format Sybase SQL 7 or DBase III 3) Microsoft SQL Server 2000
• Measured values per second, Server/single-user station: 360/s (500/s dBase III) Central archive server: 10,000/s
max.
Server/single-user station: 5,000/s
User archives
• Archive (recipes) 500 Determined by system 1)
• Data records per user archive 65,536 4) 65,536 4)
4 • No. of fields per user archive
Graphics system
500 4) 500 4)

• No. of diagrams Determined by system 1) Determined by system 1)

• No. of objects per picture Determined by system 1) Determined by system 1)
• No. of operator-controllable Determined by system 1) Determined by system 1)
fields per picture
Process variables 64 K 5) 64 K 5)
Trend curves
• Curve windows per display 8 25
• Curves per curve window 15 80
User administration
• User groups 28 128
• No. of users 128 128
• Authorization groups 999 999
Runtime languages > 9 per project > 9 per project
Configuration languages 5 European (Ger., Eng., Fr., Ita., Sp.), 5 European (Ger., Eng., Fr., Ita., Sp.),
4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi. / Kor. / Jpn) 4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi. / Kor. / Jpn)
Protocols
• Signal sequence protocols 1 per server/single-user station 1 per server/single-user station
(simultaneous)
• Message archive reports 1 3
(simultaneous)
• Application reports Determined by system 1) Determined by system 1)
• Report lines per body 66 66
• Variables per report 300 6) 300 6)
Multi-user system
• Server 6 12
• Clients for server with operator 3 4
terminal
• Clients for server without operator 16 32 clients + 3 WebClients or
terminal 50 WebClients + 1 client

1) Dependent on available memory

2) Dependent on the number of licensed archive variables
3) Dbase III only with TagLogging short-term archives
4) The product of number of fields and number of data records must not
exceed 320,000
5) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTag
6) The number of variables per report depend on the performance of the
process communication

4/52 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 SP1 SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP1
Runtime packages on Runtime packages on CD-ROM
CD-ROM Language variants: G/E/F/I/S;
Language variants: G/E/F/I/S; with license for:
with license for: • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC06-0BX0
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC05-1BX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD06-0BX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD05-1BX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE06-0BX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE05-1BX0
• 8 K PowerTags (RT 8k) } 6AV6 381-1BH06-0BX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF05-1BX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF06-0BX0
Complete packages on
CD-ROM Incl. 512 archive variables each
Language variants: G/E/F/I/S; Complete packages on
with license for: CD-ROM
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM05-1BX0 Language variants: G/E/F/I/S;
with license for:
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN05-1BX0
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM06-0BX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP05-1BX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1BX0 • 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN06-0BX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 ASIA • 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP06-0BX0
Runtime packages on CD-ROM • 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K) } 6AV6 381-1BS06-0BX0
Language/script variants: • 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ06-0BX0
English/Chinese traditional and
simplified/Korean/Japanese;
with license for:
Incl. 512 archive variables each
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP1 ASIA
4
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC05-1AV0 Runtime packages on CD-ROM
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD05-1AV0 Language variants: English/
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE05-1AV0 Chinese traditional and simplified/
Korean/Taiwanese;
• 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF05-1AV0 with license for:
Complete packages on • 128 PowerTags (RT 128) } 6AV6 381-1BC06-0BV0
CD-ROM • 256 PowerTags (RT 256) } 6AV6 381-1BD06-0BV0
Language/script variants:
English/Chinese traditional and • 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BE06-0BV0
simplified/Korean/Japanese; • 8 K PowerTags (RT 8k) } 6AV6 381-1BH06-0BV0
with license for:
• 64 K PowerTags (RT Max) } 6AV6 381-1BF06-0BV0
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM05-1AV0
Incl. 512 archive variables each
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN05-1AV0
Complete packages on
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP05-1AV0 CD-ROM
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AV0 Language variants: English/
SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 Powerpacks Chinese traditional and simplified/
Korean/Taiwanese;
For upgrading from: with license for:
Runtime packages • 128 PowerTags (RC 128) } 6AV6 381-1BM06-0BV0
• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD05-0AX0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256) } 6AV6 381-1BN06-0BV0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE05-0AX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024) } 6AV6 381-1BP06-0BV0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF05-0AX0
• 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K) } 6AV6 381-1BS06-0BV0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG05-0AX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max) } 6AV6 381-1BQ06-0BV0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH05-0AX0
Incl. 512 archive variables each
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ05-0AX0
Complete packages
• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD15-0AX0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE15-0AX0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF15-0AX0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG15-0AX0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH15-0AX0
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ15-0AX0

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/53

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade / Comprehensive Support 1)
For upgrading from: WinCC V5 Upgrade
Runtime packages For upgrading of RT and RC
• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD06-0AX0 software packages and stations
to the newest version
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE06-0AX0
• V4.x to V5.1 SP1 } 6AV6 381-1AA05-1BX4
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BK06-0AX0
• V5.x to V5.1 SP1 } 6AV6 381-1AA05-1BX3
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF06-0AX0
• V4.x /V5.x ASIA to V5.1 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AA05-1AV3
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BG06-0AX0
WinCC V6 Upgrade
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BL06-0AX0 For upgrading the RT version
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH06-0AX0 • from V5.x to V6.0 SP1 } 6AV6 381-1AA06-0BX4
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BM06-0AX0 • from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP1 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AA06-0BV4
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ06-0AX0 For upgrading the RC version
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BN06-0AX0 • from V5.x to V6.0 SP1 } 6AV6 381-1AB06-0BX4
Complete packages • from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP1 ASIA 6AV6 381-1AB06-0BV4
• 128 to 256 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BD16-0AX0 WinCC Comprehensive
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BE16-0AX0 Support 2)
Contains current
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BK16-0AX0 updates/upgrades for WinCC
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BF16-0AX0 basic software and options and
the WinCC Knowledge Base CD
4 • 256 to 1024 PowerTags
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags
}
}
6AV6 371-1BG16-0AX0
6AV6 371-1BL16-0AX0
• 1 license 6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
• 3 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BH16-0AX0
• 10 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BM16-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC documentation (to be ordered separately)
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BJ16-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC V5 basic
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags } 6AV6 371-1BN16-0AX0 documentation in a slipcase
SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 Archive Powerpacks Containing WinCC manual and
software protection description
For upgrading the archiving from
• German } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AA0
• 512 to 1500 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AX0
• English } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AB0
• 512 to 5000 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BX0
• French } 6AV6 392-1XA05-0AC0
• 512 to 30000 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0EX0
SIMATIC WinCC V5 Configura-
• 1500 to 5000 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AB0 tion & Communication Manual
• 1500 to 30000 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AE0 Comprising: configuration manual
+ CD with examples, communica-
• 5000 to 30000 archive variables 6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BE0
tion manual, Getting Started
} ex warehouse • German } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1CA05-0AC0
SIMATIC WinCC V6
basic documentation
Containing WinCC manual and
software protection description
• German } 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 392-1XA06-0AE0

1) According to the license conditions, 1 Upgrade or 1 Comprehensive

Support package must be ordered for each WinCC station
2) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The contract is
automatically extended by a further year unless canceled 3 months
prior to expiry

4/54 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ SIMATIC WinCC communication

Order No. Order No.
Communication via Industrial Ethernet Communication via PROFIBUS
CP 1612 } 6GK1 161-2AA00 CP 5611 } 6GK1 561-1AA00
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting PCI card (32-bit) for connection to
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet a PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communi-
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered cations software included in the
separately) WinCC basic package)
CP 1512 } 6GK1 151-2AA00 CP 5611 MPI } 6GK1 561-1AM00
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit) Comprising CP 5611 (32-bit) and
for connecting a PG/Notebook to MPI cable, 5 m
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately) CP 5511 } 6GK1 551-1AA00
PCMCIA card (16-bit) for con-
SOFTNET-S7/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 704-1CW61-3AA0 necting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or
Software for S5-compatible MPI (communications software
communication (SEND/RECEIVE) included in the WinCC basic
and S7 communication for package)
Windows NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
(max. 64 connections) CP 5512 } 6GK1 551-2AA00
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32-bit)
SOFTNET-S7 Lean 6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0 for connecting a PG/Notebook to
Software for S5-compatible PROFIBUS or MPI (communica-
communication (SEND/RECEIVE) tions software included in the
and S7 communication for WinCC basic package)
Windows 2000 / XP
(max. 8 connections) PC/MPI adapter } 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
} 6GK1 161-3AA00 RS 232/MPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
4
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(communications software must CP 5613 } 6GK1 561-3AA00
be ordered separately) PCI card (32 bits) for connecting
a PC to PROFIBUS (communica-
S7-1613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0 tions software must be ordered
Software for S7 communication, separately)
S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC, S7-5613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 713-5CB61-3AA0
PG/OP communication (S5/505 Software for S7 communication
Layer 4 communication with incl. PG/OP communication,
TCP/IP), for Windows NT4.0 / FDL, S7 OPC server,
2000 / XP for Windows NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
TF-1613/Windows V6.1 6GK1 716-1TB61-3AA0 DP-5613/Windows V6.1 } 6GK1 713-5DB61-3AA0
Software for TF protocol, S5-com- Software for DP protocol
patible communication incl. OPC, incl. PG/OP communication,
PG/OP communication (S5/505 FDL, DP OPC server,
Layer 4 communication with for Windows NT 4.0 / 2000 / XP
TCP/IP), for Windows 2000
FMS-5613/Windows V6.1 6GK1 713-5FB61-3AA0
Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC 6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0 Software for FMS protocol
Ethernet Layer 4 incl. PG/OP communication,
(only for WinCC V5.1) FDL, FMS OPC server,
Additional software packages for Windows NT 4.0 / 2000 / XP
required for S5-PMC Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC 6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0
• PMC/LS-B message functions 6ES5 848-7WL01 PROFIBUS
• PMC/LS-B Status, standard 6ES5 848-7UL01 (only for WinCC V5.1)
displays from V4.3 upwards Additional software packages
required for S5-PMC
• Parameterization software 6ES5 886-4WF11
PMC Pro from V2.2 upwards, • PMC/LS-B message functions 6ES5 848-7WL01
German • PMC/LS-B Status, standard 6ES5 848-7UL01
• Parameterization software 6ES5 886-4WF21 displays from V4.3 upwards
PMC Pro from V2.2 upwards, • Parameterization software 6ES5 886-4WF11
English PMC Pro from V2.2 upwards,
German
• Parameterization software 6ES5 886-4WF21
PMC Pro from V2.2 upwards,
English

} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/55

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC

■ More information
WinCC language versions
For the Asian market, SIMATIC WinCC V5 is also available in
simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese.
These WinCC versions meet the needs of machine manufactur-
ers, plant constructors and exporters who supply the regions of
China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.
WinCC ASIA contains all the familiar WinCC functions as well as
a configuration interface in the relevant national language and in
English. The online Help is available in simplified and traditional
Chinese, in Korean, Japanese and in English. The Chinese,
Korean, Japanese or multilingual version of Windows is required
to run these versions.
WinCC ASIA is supplied on a stand-alone CD-ROM that contains
all the above-mentioned language variants. The corresponding
documentation can be obtained from the regional companies in
China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.
Runtime licenses are language-independent. The English data
handling program (AuthorsW) can also run under the Chinese,
Korean and Japanese versions of Windows.

For further information, visit our website at

4
http://www.siemens.com/wincc

4/56 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC options and add-ons

■ Overview
Options for IT and business integration
• WinCC/Dat@Monitor (only for WinCC V6.0)
- For displaying and analyzing current process states and
C historical data on office PCs using standard tools
WinCd-on • WinCC/Connectivity Pack (only for WinCC V6.0)
Ad
C C - Access to WinCC archive using OPC HDA, OPC A&E and
WinCtion WinCtion
Op Op WinCC OLE-DB
C
WinCis-SW • WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
Bas C, RT - Configurable interfacing to databases and IT systems
R
• WinCC/Client access license (only for WinCC V6.0)
C
WinCd-on - Access from (office) computers to WinCC archive data
Ad
C • SIMATIC IT PDA (only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0,
WinCtion comparable functionality is already included in the basic
Op
system)
- Fast, file-based archiving
• SIMATIC IT PPA
C
WinCd-on - Compression and evaluation of archived values from different
Ad sources (WinCC, other databases, etc.) using MS SQL Server
• SIMATIC WinBDE
G_ST80_DE_00086

- Machine data acquisition and evaluation

Options for process I&C
• WinCC/Basic Process Control (only for WinCC V5.1; included

• The universally usable WinCC basic software provides the

in the basic system for WinCC V6.0)
- With functional expansion for instrumentation and control 4
basis for modular expansion. These function expansions can applications
be obtained in the form of WinCC options and WinCC add-ons. Options for SCADA expansions
• WinCC options are produced under the responsibility of the • WinCC/User Archives
WinCC development department and are supplied by Siemens - For managing records in user archives
Automation & Drives. They are supported by the technical
• WinCC/Storage (only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, a com-
consulting services and the central hotline.
parable functionality is already included in the basic system)
• WinCC add-ons are developed and sold by other Siemens - For long-term acquisition of process data, messages and
service centers (for example the WinCC Competence Center) eports
and external providers (such as WinCC professionals, system
houses). Support for WinCC add-ons is provided by the Options for sector-specific expansions (FDA compatible)
respective product suppliers who are also the contacts for • WinCC/Advanced User Administrator (for WinCC V5.1)
integrating the product in an automation and IT solution. - Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
(according to CFR 21 Part 11)
WinCC options
• SIMATIC Logon (for WinCC V6.0)
Options for flexible system configurations - Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
• WinCC/Server according to CFR 21 Part 11)
- For setting up a high-performance client/server system • WinCC/Audit (for WinCC V6.0)
• WinCC/Web Navigator - Creation of Audit Trails during engineering and runtime
- For operator control and monitoring of systems via the Options for individual system expansions
Internet, the company-internal intranet or LAN
• WinCC/IndustrialX®
Options for enhancing availability - For production of customized WinCC ActiveX objects in a VB
• WinCC/Redundancy development environment
- For enhancing the availability of the system through • WinCC/ODK
redundancy - For using the open programming interfaces
• WinCC/ProAgent® Open Development Kit)
- For reliable process diagnostics Options for comprehensive support
• WinCC/Messenger (only for WinCC V5.1) • WinCC/Comprehensive Support
- For the automatic or user-controlled transmission of - Comprehensive support package; contains current
messages with text, speech and graphical information by updates/upgrades for WinCC basic software and options,
e-mail directly from WinCC WinCC Knowledge Base CD
• WinCC/Guardian (only for WinCC V5.1)
- For embedding live camera images into WinCC displays,
video monitoring and storing video sequences in a database

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/57

 HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC options and add-ons

■ Overview (cont.) ■ More information

WinCC add-ons For further information, visit our website at

WinCC add-ons can be used for solving numerous tasks, such

as maintenance management (MES software), energy manage-
ment, import filters, communication with third-party PLCs or
automatic transmission of radio signals in the event of particular
alarms during in production.
WinCC add-ons® are available in various forms: WinCC options
• DLL communication channel to WinCC http://www.siemens.com/wincc/options
• ActiveX control WinCC Add-ons
• Graphics object http://www.siemens.com/wincc/addons
• Stand-alone software package
Add-on categories
• SCADA expansions
• Configuration tools
Siemens Automation Solution Provider
• Software for MES and ERP integration The partner program of A&D sets standards with regard to the
special expertise of the participating firms and the worldwide
• Industrial solutions network of partners. Thanks to careful selection and continuous
• Technological solutions training of our Solution Providers, you will always find competent
• Communications channels contacts in your area who are always up to date with the latest
- For connecting to Siemens PLCs technology.
- For connecting to third-party PLCs For further information, visit our website at
4 - For connecting to field bus systems
- Other solutions
Competence Centers
Within the SIMATIC WinCC environment, authorized WinCC
Competence Centers offer
• Consulting http://www.siemens.com/solution-provider
• Engineering
• Development
• System integration
WinCC Professionals
• Configuration
• Customer-/project-specific training WinCC Professionals are external system integrators who have
established themselves in the field of process visualization and
as well as WinCC add-on products. thanks to numerous projects implemented with WinCC have built
Our experience in the fields of automation and industry and up a corresponding pool of expertise. They often also market
knowledge of the WinCC system ensure efficient and their software solutions as add-ons for WinCC.
professional solutions. For further information, visit our website at
WinCC Competence Centers
• Mannheim, key area process management
- Cross-sector solutions and products for production,
nvironmental, maintenance and diagnostics applications
- Connectivity tools, system integration, connection to SAP R/3
- Support with FDA validation and WinCC ODK http://www.siemens.com/professionals
- Support of advanced users when using ODK and VBA
• Stuttgart, key area production engineering
- Solutions for maintenance management
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
• Erlangen, key area process automation
- MES Connectivity
- Plant information, maintenance, batch and quality
management
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
- Customized database links
• Barcelona, key areas production automation and logistics
- Solutions for integrating WinCC into MES and ERP
- Development of WinCC add-ons
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/competencecenter

4/58 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server

■ Overview

WinCC WinCC WinCC

Client Client Client

TERMINALBUS TCP/IP

PROCESS BUS

G_ST80_DE_00005
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC that enables a powerful
client/server system to be established ■ Benefits
• Several coordinated operator stations can be operated • Plant-wide scalability from the single-user system to the
client/server solution
4
together with networked PLCs.
• Client/server solution: • Significantly higher quantity framework, relieving the individual
- The server supplies up to 32 connected clients with process servers and better performance due to distributing the
and archive data, messages, pictures and reports complete application or tasks over several servers
- Depending on the size of the plant, up to 12 servers and • Low-cost configuration on the client is possible
32 clients can be implemented (the minimum RC license is sufficient)
• Requirement: Network connection (TCP/IP) between the server
and the connected clients.
■ Application
• Each server requires one server license
In a complex plant, WinCC can also be configured as a
New features of V6: distributed system according to requirements:
• The server can now supply up to 32 clients • functional distribution
• In a plant configuration, up to 12 WinCC servers can be (e.g. message servers, archive servers, etc.) or
configured (also as redundant server pairs) • distribution according to the physical plant structure
• Identical functionality of standard and multi-clients (e.g. body-in-white, paintshop, etc.)
• WinCC clients can also be used as WinCC Web Navigator
servers (see also the WinCC/Web Navigator option and ■ Function
WinCC/Dat@Monitor WebEdition)
Each client can access several servers simultaneously.
Note concerning V5.1 Clients can also be used for configuration on the server.
For WinCC V5.1, up to 16 clients on 6 servers are possible. The configuration of WinCC clients as central Web servers –
WinCC clients cannot be configured as Web servers, but require if required, as a distributed system – with a view of all server
a WinCC server (or single-user system). projects in the plant is also possible.
For the clients, you need only the smallest runtime license,
RT128. If you also want to use the client for configuring your
system, you will need the smallest full license, RC128. This
makes it possible to configure low-cost operating and
configuration stations in a network. The configuration can be
performed online without any detrimental affect on the functions
of the server and operating stations.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/59

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC/Server
• For WinCC V5.1 } 6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0 } 6AV6 371-1CA06-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
WinCC Options V5 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Options V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
4 } ex warehouse

4/60 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator

■ Overview

WinCC
Dat@ monitor
WinCC
WinCC Web client

WinCC
ern
nntt e r nee

tt
ii
INTERNET

WinCC
SCADA clients WinCC WinCC WinCC
SCADA client Web client Dat@ monitor
+ Web server
WinCC WinCC WinCC
WinCC WinCC

WinCC

LAN LAN
4
WinCC WinCC WinCC
SCADA server

PROCESS BUS

G_ST80_DE_00021
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for operation and monitoring of New features of V6:
plants via the Internet or the company-internal intranet or LAN • Installation of the Web server – in distributed systems – also on
• Configuration comprises: a WinCC client;
- One Web server with SIMATIC WinCC software as a - Access to up to 12 subordinate WinCC stations
single-user, client or server version and (servers or single-user systems are possible
- A Web client that supports operation and monitoring of a - Web clients offer a common view of the data of different
running WinCC project via an Internet browser with ActiveX WinCC servers
support. The WinCC basic system is not required to be on - When WinCC/Redundancy is used, the Web clients switch
the computer over via the lower-level WinCC server
• Licensing: (precondition : WinCC client is functioning as a Web server)
- To use the Web server, however, you need a license. - By separating the Web functionality from the WinCC data
- Licenses are available for access by 3, 10, 25 or 50 clients servers, the complete system is more reliable and more
on the Web server. flexible with regard to system loading.
- Special licenses are available for diagnostic purposes • Integrated user management with WinCC V6:
On the Web client, the configured WinCC operator
authorizations are taken into account.
• Access to user archives
• VB scripts are supported as well as the objects and RT
functions included in WinCC V6
• When it is used as an integration platform, easy-to-use services
and tools are offered for distributing customized objects (con-
trols, files) to the Web clients. These components can then be
integrated into a navigation system that spans various Web
servers.
Note concerning V5.1
In combination with WinCC V5.1, the Web Navigator server must
be installed on a WinCC single-user system or server.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/61

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator

■ Benefits ■ Design
• Operator control and monitoring over large distances on Web Navigator licenses
different platforms (PC, on-site panel, mobile PDA)
The Web Navigator client software can be installed as many
• Large configurations with up to 50 operator stations times as necessary without the need for a license.
• Fast updating thanks to event-driven communication • Server-based licensing;
• Optimally dimensioned clients for HMI, evaluation, a corresponding license is required to use the Web navigator
service & diagnostics server. Licenses are available for simultaneous access of 3, 10,
• Loading configuration data for the Web usually without 25 or 50 clients to the Web server.
modification • Diagnostic client licensing;
• Low maintenance costs due to central software administration for cost-optimized access from one or just a few Web Navigator
clients to many Web servers (e.g. for diagnostic purposes).
• High security standards and availability This client license guarantees access to the web server at any
- Increased security due to separating WinCC server and Web time. Functionally, there is no difference between this and the
server (Web server in a reliable environment) regular Web Navigator clients and mixed operation is possible.
- Support of prevalent security mechanisms (router, firewall,
proxy server) Web Navigator clients can
- Access rights and user administration • access several different Web servers or
• via a subordinate server, access several higher-level WinCC
■ Application stations simultaneously
Apart from the typical application of the Web Navigator in the The only requirement on the server side is a Web Navigator
WAN field (Wide Area Network), the Web Navigator can also be Diagnostics server license or a standard Web Navigator license.
used for extremely cost-effective solutions. This particularly ThinClient solutions
includes applications that have a widely distributed structure
(water/sewage, oil and gas), or in which there is only sporadic The Web Navigator can also be used with the Windows 2000
4 accessing of process information (buildings management).
The Web Navigator also supports vertical integration, i.e. a
terminal services. This allows the connection of, for example
Windows CE-based visualization stations, such as SIMATIC MP
370 with the ThinClient MP option or MOBIC T8, to WinCC.
networked IT landscape with company-wide data flow between
the planning and operational levels of a company. The only tool In addition to the web client, the Windows terminal services must
that is required for direct access to up-to-date process be installed. The operating system must be at least the Windows
information is a standard browser. 2000 server operating system. Up to 25 thin clients can be
connected to a terminal server.
The Web server can have its own direct process connection.
Alternatively coupling is possible by means of OPC or a Web Typical applications:
server subordinate to a WinCC client. This not only increases • Mobile devices
reliability, but also reduces the data traffic within the system.
• Hand-held devices
In addition to the standard Web navigator license, a so-called • Rugged local visualization devices
diagnostics client exists which basically has the same functions
but which is particularly suitable for the following applications: Mixed configuration
• Remote diagnostics/operation by several unmanned WinCC Web navigator and Dat@Monitor clients can be mixed in a
stations system.
• Central control rooms with multiple Web server support through
a single user interface
■ Function
• Power users who require guaranteed access to the server at
any time, regardless of how many users are already logged on A Web Navigator server can be created and configured easily
using the Web Configurator (Wizard). WinCC process images
that have to be visualized via the Internet are created in the usual
manner with the WinCC Graphics Designer. Under normal
circumstances, it is possible to start from the project locally
without any modifications. The Web Publishing Wizard optimizes
the images for transfer and display on the Internet. For present-
ing the WinCC process images on the Web client, only one
standard browser is necessary (MS Internet Explorer from V6.0
upwards).
The operator on the Web client is integrated into the central
WinCC user administration and is only able to observe or oper-
ate in accordance with the configured access rights. The Web
Navigator supports the commonly used security mechanisms
that are used for applications on the Internet such as routers,
firewalls and proxy servers.

4/62 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
WinCC/Web Navigator WinCC/Web Navigator
diagnostics client
V1.2 SP1; for WinCC V5.1 SP1
• For WinCC V5.1 SP1 } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EX7
• Base pack (3 client licenses) } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AX7
• For WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1EV0
• 10 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BX7
• for WinCC V6.0 SP1 } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0EX0
• 25 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CX7
WinCC/Web Navigator
• 50 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DX7 diagnostics server
V6.0; for WinCC V6.0 SP1 2) • for WinCC V5.1 SP1 } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FX7
• Base pack (3 client licenses) } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0AX0 • For WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1FV0
• 10 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0BX0 • for WinCC V6.0 SP1 } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0FX0
• 25 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0CX0 WinCC/Web Navigator upgrade
• 50 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0DX0 V1.x to V6.0
WinCC/Web Navigator • For 3 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0AX4
China/Taiwan
• For 10 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0BX4
V1.2; for WinCC V5.1 1)
• For 25 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0CX4
• Base pack (3 client licenses) } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1AV0
• For 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH06-0DX4
• 10 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1BV0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• 25 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1CV0
Manual
• 50 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DH05-1DV0 WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2
WinCC/Web Navigator
Powerpacks
• German } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AA0 4
• English } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AB0
V1.2 SP1; for WinCC V5.1 SP1
• French } 6AV6 392-1DC01-1AC0
• From 3 to 10 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AC0 } ex warehouse
• From 3 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0AD0 1) Requirement: WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
2) V6.0 and later in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish
• From 10 to 25 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients } 6AV6 371-1DH05-0CD0
V6.0; for WinCC V6.0 SP1
• From 3 to 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0AC0
• From 3 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0AD0
• From 10 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DH06-0CD0

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/63

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator

■ More information
System requirements – Web server System requirements – Web client
For WinCC/Web Navigator V6 For WinCC/Web Navigator V6
• Operating system: • Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000/XP (also XP Home) or
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP2 or SP3, with up to 3 Web operation with the Windows 2000 terminal services
clients • Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
Windows 2000 Server with SP2 or SP3, for up to 50 Web
clients For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP1
- Windows XP Professional with or without SP1, for up to 3 Web • Windows 98/ME/NT 4.0, Windows 2000 or
clients Windows XP Professional/Home
• Internet Information Server (IIS) • Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher
The IIS is included on the Windows 2000/XP CD and is installed
automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000 • Web Navigator Client/Diagnostics Client Installation;
Professional, the IIS must be installed separately. This installation contains the OCX objects for displaying the
WinCC displays/objects in Internet Explorer
• Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
• SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 WinCC Web Navigator V1.2 China/Taiwan
(Requirement: SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/
• SIMATIC WinCC optional Web Navigator server installation Japan)
For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP1 This version contains the following functional differences as
• Operating system: compared with the standard version of WinCC/Web Navigator
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP2 or SP3, with up to 3 Web V1.2:
clients • The server and the client execute on Windows 2000 MUI
Windows 2000 Server with SP2 or SP3, for up to 50 Web (Multi-lingual User Interface) and with the respective local
clients language versions of simplified and traditional Chinese
4 - Windows NT 4.0 Workstation with SP6a, with up to 3 Web
clients; Windows NT 4.0 Server with SP6a with up to 50 Web • The client executes on Windows ME simplified Chinese and
traditional Chinese
clients; the Windows NT 4.0 OptionPack is required in both
cases (included in scope of delivery) • Operation with the Microsoft terminal services
• Internet Information Server (IIS) • Access from a Chinese Web Navigator client to a non-Chinese
The IIS is included on the Windows 2000 CD and is installed server and vice-versa is not permitted in this version
automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000
Professional, the IIS must be installed separately. For Windows
NT 4.0, it can be installed with the supplied OptionPack.
• Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher
• SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP1
• SIMATIC WinCC/Web Navigator server installation

4/64 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Redundancy

■ Overview
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC that makes it possible to operate
two coupled WinCC single-user systems, process data servers
WinCC WinCC or historian servers in parallel for the purposes of monitoring
each other
• If one of the two server computers or one of the two WinCC
Client Client stations fails, the second takes over control of the complete
system. When the failed server or station resumes operation,
the contents of all message and process value archives are
TERMINAL BUS copied back to the restored partner
WinCC WinCC
• The communication channels for controlling SIMATIC S7 can
also be redundantly configured using WinCC/Redundancy
• A WinCC/Redundancy package is required for each redundant
pair of servers
Server Server

PROCESS BUS ■ Benefits

• Increased system availability with continuous data integrity
• Automatic changeover of client in the event of failure of a server
G_ST80_XX_00082

or failure of the communication to a server

• Continuous operator control and visualization thanks to
automatic client changeover to the intact server
• Automatic updating of all archives in the background after
rectification of the fault

WinCC WinCC
■ Function
4
Two WinCC stations or process data servers are normally
Client Client operated in parallel. Each station has its own process connec-
tion and data archive. WinCC/Redundancy ensures automatic
archive matching for system and user archive data.
TERMINAL BUS If one of the two server computers or WinCC stations fails, the
WinCC WinCC
second takes over archiving the messages and process data so
that continuous data integrity is guaranteed. In client/server
operation, the clients are automatically switched from the failed
server to the redundant partner ensuring continuous visualiza-
Server Server
tion and operation of the plant from any operator station.
When the failed partner is restored, all process values, mes-
PROCESS BUS sages and data from the archives during the failure time period
are automatically updated to match those of the partner. This is
performed in the background without affecting the running plant.
G_ST80_XX_00083

On completion, two equally effective servers or stations are

available again.
The communication to the SIMATIC S7 PLC can also have a
redundant design, so that two communications modules are
inserted and two communications paths are used
(S7-REDCONNECT software package). By using the H-series
SIMATIC S7 fail-safe controllers, you can also increase
WinCC WinCC
availability at control level if required.

Client Client

TERMINAL BUS
WinCC WinCC

Server Server

PROCESS BUS
G_ST80_XX_00084

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/65

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Redundancy

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC/Redundancy
• For WinCC V5.1: } 6AV6 371-1CF05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0 } 6AV6 371-1CF06-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
WinCC Options V5 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Options V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
4 } ex warehouse

4/66 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/ProAgent

■ Overview
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard-PC

S7-PDIAG

S7-GRAPH

• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and

machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI ■ Ordering Data
Order No.
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
components
Software option package for
• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality process diagnostics on basis of
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage S7-GRAPH V5 or later and
S7-PDIAG V5 or later, expansion
of functions for SIMATIC
WinCC;electronic documentation
Note:
in German, English, French; func-
For further details, see
tions and standard screens for
“SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software”
implementation on an FI45, PC
(resolution 1024 x 768 pixels) and
Panel PC 670/870 15" (resolution
1024 x 768 pixels) in German,
English, French, runtime license
(single license);
for WinCC version:
• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0
• V6.0 (ProAgent V6.0) } 6AV6 371-1DG06-0AX0
Upgrade
• to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
V5.6
• to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent 6AV6 371-1DG06-0AX4
V6.0
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro,
ProAgent, WinCC flexible and
for options
} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/67

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Messenger

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Fast diagnostics due to the automatic sending of fault
messages
• Interactive fault rectification by e-mail through multimedia
information exchange between operating and service
personnel
• Minimum requirements for diagnostics computer: an e-mail
connection is sufficient
• Good service availability by redirecting e-mails to SMS
messages and pager services

■ Function
The Messenger functionality is implemented with ActiveX
controls. These can be easily integrated into the process
displays of SIMATIC WinCC and can be freely connected with
the WinCC process signals. In accordance with the situation,
for example, as the result of an alarm status, e-mails can be sent
during process operation that can contain text and to which
language and graphical information can be added (such as
comments for clarification purposes or freely drawn lines for
highlighting purposes). If required, these e-mails can be
converted to SMS messages and pagers.
• WinCC/Messenger supports both operator-controlled and
automatic transmission of messages from WinCC with impor- ■ Ordering Data
4 tant information on the process. These messages can be
received by any computer with e-mail access Order No.
• WinCC/Messenger comprises: WinCC/Messenger V2.0 + SP1 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0DX0
- a multimedia e-mail system Option only for WinCC V5.1
- a freely distributable, license-free Messenger Viewer for
receiving and viewing e-mail messages on any computer
• Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Each operator station must be licensed for sending e-mail;
receiving e-mails does not require a license

4/68 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Guardian

■ Overview

WinCC/Web Navigator Client WinCC Station

WinCC Guardian WinCC Station

Network Edition

• WinCC/Guardian enables process diagrams and responses to specific events (for exam-
- Integration of live camera images in WinCC pictures ple motion or color inversions) defined. When a defined event
- Video monitoring occurs, WinCC is notified and can generate messages or trigger
- Storage of video sequences in a database actions. Processes can also be recorded automatically in a
• WinCC/Guardian is available in the following variants: database. The archived video sequences can then be retrieved
- Guardian Single User Edition for analysis at any time.
Video data management system with built-in monitoring To use a local camera, you need only a video card that is com-
functions. Integration of this functionality in WinCC pictures is patible with Video for Windows; to stream videos to other sta-
achieved using the supplied ActiveX controls tions, we currently recommend the following two video cards1):
- Guardian Network Edition
Also supports video data streaming to up to 15 further Osprey 100;
stations in the network. The video images can be viewed on www.osprey.com
the destination client (i.e. a WinCC station or a Web Navigator Winnov Videum AV;
client) with a freely distributable, license-free camera viewer www.winnov.com
• Option only for WinCC V5.1
As streaming transmits both video and audio signals, we
• Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual recommend using the Winnov Videum AV card as a sound card
licenses is already built into the video board.

■ Benefits 1) Video cards are not included in the delivery

• Always in the picture worldwide thanks to event-driven

embedding of live camera pictures ■ Ordering Data
• Video-supported automation of process operations Order No.
• Cost savings due to the integration of separate monitoring WinCC/Guardian V2.0 + SP1
screens in the WinCC process visualization Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Subsequent process diagnostics and process evaluation due • Single User Edition 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0EX0
to the storage of video sequences in the database • Network Edition 6AV6 371-1EJ05-0FX0

■ Function
In addition to live images from multiple cameras, which are either
installed locally or on other computers, WinCC/Guardian fea-
tures an event-controlled video monitoring functionality with an
integrated database. Video images can be viewed within

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/69

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Dat@Monitor

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Display and evaluation of current process states and historical
data on office PCs with standard tools such as the Microsoft
Internet Explorer or Excel.
• No additional configuring work thanks to direct use of displays
from the WinCC project
• Evaluation via preconfigured templates for special analyses of
the corporate processes (e.g. reports, statistics)
• Historical data can be assembled online as required.

■ Function
• All tools are completely Internet-capable and therefore allow
access via any type of connection (LAN, GSM, radio, modem,
Internet, ...)
• All generally used security mechanisms such as login/
password, firewalls, encryption, etc. are supported
• The user can mix the available tools as required. The license
only applies to simultaneous access to a Web server
• For indication purposes, displays from the WinCC project can
be used or special overview displays can be used. Animations,
scripts, navigation and access rights all remain valid
• WinCC/Dat@Monitor is used to display and evaluate current • The WinCC/Dat@Monitor only functions as a display;
process states and historical data on Office PCs with standard intervention in the operation of the process on site is not
4 tools such as the Microsoft Internet Explorer or Microsoft Excel.
In this case, it is supplied by a Web server with current and
possible
• Evaluation possibilities:
historical process data. Prepared Excel templates for special analyses of the corporate
• The Dat@Monitor Web Edition is a suite of tools with Internet processes can be used (e.g. reports, statistics) or on the other
capability: hand, historical or current data can be assembled individually
- Dat@Symphony - Tool for monitoring and navigating only via online. This is also possible for data that has already been
WinCC displays by means of Internet Explorer (view only) exported
- Dat@View - Internet Explorer-based display tool (tables and • Higher-level navigation provides the different tools of the Web
curves) for WinCC archives as well as for swapped data server suite with a common framework and allows further
- Dat@Workbook - Logging tool that integrates WinCC archive components to be integrated
and online values into MS Excel and also supports online
analysis
• Option only for WinCC V6.0 ■ Ordering Data
Order No.
• Dat@Monitor Web Edition does not require manual client
installation, but instead it loads the necessary components WinCC/Dat@Monitor
from the Web server. No additional administration is required. WebEdition
• Licenses for simultaneous access of 3, 10, 25 or 50 • 3 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DN06-0AX0
Dat@Monitor-Clients. Dat@Monitor and Web Navigator • 10 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DN06-0BX0
licenses can be mixed as required in an application. • 25 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DN06-0CX0
• 50 client licenses } 6AV6 371-1DN06-0DX0
WinCC/Dat@Monitor
WebEdition Powerpack
• From 3 to 10 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0AC0
• From 3 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0AD0
• From 10 to 25 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients 6AV6 371-1DN06-0CD0

} ex warehouse

4/70 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL)

■ Overview ■ Ordering Data

• In the case of a system on which a WinCC (WinCC basic Order No.
system or WinCC option) is not installed, the WinCC data can WinCC/Client Access License } 6AV6 371-1ES06-0AX0
be accessed via the interfaces of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack For client access to historical
or WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options. WinCC data
• One WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) per processor can WinCC/Client access license } 6AV6 371-1ES06-0CX0
be used to access WinCC data for any number of systems per processor
(multi-processor systems) without WinCC (WinCC basic For access to the historical
system or WinCC option) via the interfaces of the WinCC/ WinCC data; any number of
Connectivity Pack or WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options. clients per processor
A CAL must be purchased for each processor of the WinCC
system. } ex warehouse
• Option only for WinCC V6.0

■ Function
WinCC V6 offers with the integrated MS SQL Server an excellent
basis for integrated data management and flexible integration
possibilities in modern IT structures. The data available in
WinCC can be accessed provided that an appropriate license,
the WinCC client access license, exists on all accessing
computers. Users can then process WinCC data with separate
tools and make them available to other users and applications.
Each computer that uses the WinCC data must be equipped
with a WinCC/CAL. If the "per processor license" is used, the
WinCC system can be accessed by any number of computers.
4

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/71

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Connectivity Pack

■ Overview

VB VB Script
MES Featuring
Microsoft
Visual Basic
for Applications

Online messages Online data access Database access

forward/acknowledge to historical data through third-party application

A&E HDA WinCC OLE-DB

WinCC/Connectivity Pack

SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Microsoft
4 SQL Server 2000

Automation Network

G_ST80_DE_00066
Cross-vendor communication in the field of automation has
always been extremely important for WinCC. It has been even ■ Function
more important to release preprocessed production data for As an OPC HDA server, WinCC provides other applications with
higher-level automation systems (e.g. MES = Management historical data from the WinCC archive system. By entering the
Execution System, ERP = Enterprise Resource Planning or start time and end time, the OPC HDA client (e.g. a reporting
Office packages = MS Excel, MS Access etc.). WinCC has an tool) can define the time interval for the requested data. Further-
integrated OPC Data Access Server that provides access to all more, the OPC HDA server allows various different equipment
the online values in the system and provides open interfaces for functions to be formed on the server (e.g. standard deviation,
access to historical WinCC data variance, mean values, integrals, etc.) and therefore helps off-
• The new features of WinCC V6 include OPC HDA 1.0 (Histori- load the network because only preprocessed data is transferred.
cal Data Access), OPC A&E 1.02 (Alarm & Events), as well as
By means of the OPC A&E server, WinCC messages complete
a WinCC OLE-DB interface that provides distant computers
with all accompanying process values are transferred to any
without a WinCC installation with access to the WinCC archive
subscribers at the production or corporate management level.
data and alarm data
Filter mechanisms and subscriptions ensure that only selected,
• The function of the two new OPC servers (HDA and A&E), as modified data are transferred. Acknowledgment is of course
well as the WinCC OLE-DB provider is guaranteed by the also possible at this level.
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
WinCC OLE-DB enables the standardized and easy access to
• Access via the interfaces of the Connectivity Pack to WinCC the archive data of WinCC (MS SQL Server 2000). In the same
archive data and alarm data from a computer on which a manner as the OPC HDA and OPC A&E interfaces, access via
WinCC basic system or a WinCC option is not installed the WinCC OLE-DB provider supplies all the WinCC archive data
requires a WinCC/Client Access License at the client side. with the accompanying process values as well as messages
(See also WinCC/Client Access License) and user texts.
• One license is required for each WinCC system to be accessed
• Option only for WinCC V6.0 ■ Ordering Data
Order No.
■ Benefits WinCC/Connectivity Pack } 6AV6 371-1DR06-0AX0
• Access to historical WinCC data and alarm data from any
computers.
} ex warehouse
• The ability to analyze and evaluate process data with
specialized tools or applications created by the customer
(e.g. with VisualBasic)

4/72 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge

■ Overview

Microsoft Microsoft
Office 2000 SQL Server 2000
Online data file Online reading of data

OLE-DB

SIMATIC NET SIMATIC NET

OPC Server ProTool/Pro

9i
WinCC/
Online data transfer DA Industrial OLE-DB Data export
DataBridge
SIMATIC
WinCC
4
DA

G_ST80_DE_00067
SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Microsoft
SQL Server 2000

• The option WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge uses standard inter-

faces to connect the automation world with the IT world and to ■ Benefits
protect the flow of information in both directions. Typical • Connecting the automation level with the IT world
examples for interfaces of this type are OPC in the field of • Integration of systems from different manufacturers via a wide
automation and SQL databases in the IT world range of standard interfaces (incl. OPC, OLE-DB, office
• Typically, WinCC with its OPC DA server interface is the data formats)
source and an external database is the data destination • Easy and therefore low-cost configuration with standard
• WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge can be used as a stand-alone software (without programming)
application with its standard interfaces such as OPC DA and • High-performance data transfer between several systems
OLE-DB, e.g. also together with ProTool/Pro, WinCC V5.1, simultaneously
SIMATIC NET and SIMATIC WinAC.
• Option only for WinCC V6.0
• WinCC Client Access Licenses are required at the client side
■ Design
for access via the WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge option to The software comprises a configuration and a runtime environ-
WinCC from a computer on which a WinCC basic system or a ment. The various different data interfaces are integrated via
WinCC option is not installed (see also the WinCC/Client software modules. In each case one module is required as a
Access License option) data source and one module is required as a data destination.
The different modules can be combined as required.
The connections between the data source and data destination
are created in the configuration environment. In the runtime
environment, the IndustrialDataBridge establishes the
configured connection autonomously and transfers the data of
the linked variables.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/73

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge

■ Function Interfaces:
As data source:
• OPC Data Access 1.0 and 2.0 (e.g. SIMATIC WinCC, SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC and SIMATIC NET as OPC server)
• Databases via SQL/OLE DB/ODBC (MS Access, MS SQL 2000
and Oracle)
• Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
• WinAC ODK
As data destination:
• OPC Data Access 1.0 and 2.0 (e.g. SIMATIC WinCC, SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC and SIMATIC NET as OPC server)
• Databases via SQL/OLE DB/ODBC (MS Access, MS SQL 2000
and Oracle)
• Microsoft Excel (97/2000)
• Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
• WinAC ODK

Note:
access to the WinCC database is released separately

IndustrialDataBridge establishes a connection between the

source interface and the destination interface and transfers the
data dependent on a change in value, after a configurable time
has elapsed or once a specific event has occurred.
■ Ordering Data
4 • Via IndustrialDataBridge, data are transferred between
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
Order No.

automation systems of different manufacturers, e.g. via OPC.

By connecting OPC servers via the IndustrialDataBridge, Option for WinCC V6.0
communication between different devices, data sources and For data transfer with databases
data destinations is possible. The international interface stan- and OPC servers; language
dard OPC will continue to create an open system in the future variants: German/English
that with IndustrialDataBridge even today offers the functional- • With 128 tags } 6AV6 371-1DX06-0AX0
ity of OPC Data Exchange. • With 512 tags } 6AV6 371-1DX06-0BX0
• Storage of process data in Office formats, such as Excel or
• With 2048 tags } 6AV6 371-1DX06-0CX0
Access. For archiving large quantities of data, databases can
also be integrated. • With 10000 tags } 6AV6 371-1DX06-0DX0
• IndustrialDataBridge also has a Send/Receive interface that WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
can be used for transferring data to SIMATIC S5 or S7 stations Powerpack
or other Send/Receive-capable devices. • From 128 to 512 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0AB0
• SCADA systems and control systems from a wide range of • From 128 to 2048 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0AC0
different manufacturers can be connected via the OPC inter-
• From 128 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0AD0
face using IndustrialDataBridge. Communication via RFC1006
or Send/Receive is also supported. • From 512 to 2048 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0BC0
• SQL databases are available as data destinations for produc- • From 512 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0BD0
tion data acquisition. The data can be transferred from the data • From 2048 to 10000 tags 6AV6 371-1DX06-0CD0
source either event driven with the OPC module or directly from
the PLC using the Send/Receive module. } ex warehouse
• Cyclic data archiving can be implemented via the data sources
OPC Data Access, WinAC ODK or Send/Receive and the data
destination of SQL databases. At the database end, various
different transmission mechanisms are available.

4/74 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA

■ Overview
SIMATIC IT PDA (Plant Data Archive) SIMATIC IT PPA (Plant Performance Analyzer)
• The SIMATIC IT PDA option is a file-based archive which can • High-performance Microsoft SQL server database that
process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per processes up to 1,500 archive variables and supports analysis
second. and evaluation by means of a convenient tool
• Only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, this functionality is (SIMATIC IT HDD)
included in the basic system • The prerequisite is that the option SIMATIC IT PDA has already
been installed (for WinCC V5.1). For WinCC V6.0, the analyzing
and evaluating possibilities are more important because the
database is already included in the WinCC basic system
• Enables expansion to a company wide data compression and
serves as a direct connection to IT Frameworks

TERMINALBUS

WinCC

SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD

G_ST80_DE_00017
SIMATIC IT PDA and SIMATIC WinCC on a WinCC single user system

TERMINALBUS

WinCC WinCC

OPC
Server

SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD
G_ST80_DE_00016

SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA with WinCC single user system

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/75

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA

■ Overview (cont.)
HDDx HDDx HDDx
WinCC WinCC WinCC

Client Client Client

TERMINALBUS

WinCC
WinCC WinCC
OPC
Server
Server

SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD

G_ST80_DE_00018
4 SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA with a distributed server system with multi clients

■ Benefits With the evaluation and analysis function you can edit the
measured values from the WinCC archive (for example
SIMATIC IT PPA / PPA averaging and totaling) and save them in the Microsoft SQL
server database. In addition to data from the WinCC archive,
• Long-term data archiving in the standard database MS SQL you can also analyze and save data from other databases there.
server format. The prerequisite under WinCC V5.1 is the
SIMATIC IT PDA option The data interface to WinCC is provided by OPC. SIMATIC IT
PPA can be used on a dedicated PC beside a WinCC single-
• Data compression and compressed storage of measured user system, a client–server system and in a distributed server
values system with clients.
• Data compression using WinCC Archive and archived data SIMATIC IT HDD (Historical Data Display) is an application for
from other sources, e.g. external databases viewing and visually analyzing archived measured values. This
• Integrated evaluation rules for the relevance of measured enables both the data from the PDA archive (under WinCC V5.1)
values as well as the data from any OLE DB sources to be displayed.
• Display of the archive data is possible in curves and tables via On the SIMATIC IT PPA server, the HDD runs as a FAT client
a standardized ActiveX control in a WinCC process image application, which can also be used for configuring the archiving
and compression functions. On the WinCC client, the HDD runs
• Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration, also online as a lean client application and in WinCC Runtime as ActiveX
• Linking of WinCC process data archive to the IT framework Control.

■ Function ■ Ordering Data

Order No.
SIMATIC IT PPA
SIMATIC IT PDA
• Measured values can be read either periodically or
event-controlled • V4.4; incl. 1 fat client 6BQ3 073-2NA10-0AA0

• Data buffers are defined according either to a time span or to • Expansion by 5 PDA 6BQ3 073-2NA20-0AA0
events (all data between two events) lean clients

• The data in the PDA or WinCC archive can be directly SIMATIC IT PPA
accessed via a browser For WinCC V5.1
• Up to 1,500 archive variables • V4.4; incl. 1 fat client 6BQ3 073-2NA30-0AA0
• Implemented evaluation rules • Expansion by 5 PPA 6BQ3 073-2NA40-0AA0
lean clients
• Implemented compression functions
(mean value, integral, sum, etc.)
• OPC HDA "Quality flag management"
• Databases with ODBC interfaces can be integrated
• HDDx (Historical Data Display), an ActiveX control for viewing
trend curves and tables
• Creation of KPI (Key Performance Indicators) using VBScript

4/76 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC WinBDE

■ Overview

SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor

Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP

SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation

PROCESS BUS
4

SIMATIC S7 Third-party PLCs

G_ST80_XX_00004
SIMATIC S7

• SIMATIC® WinBDE is the machine data management software

for acquisition, evaluation and analysis of machine data ■ Benefits
• The WinCC operator station is then transformed into the central • Increases transparency:
acquisition and operating terminal for machine data, either - Supports fast counter-measures in the event of a fault
directly on site (Workstation) or spanning several plants - Increases machine runtimes
(Supervisor) - Provides proof of availability for production equipment and
manufacturing units
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 • Used for individual machines through to complete production
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 plants
• Exports operational data for more detailed evaluations
New features with V7.2:
• Use as option also for WinCC V6
• Evaluation facility also for data from SIMATIC S5 and other
PLCs supported by ProTool/Pro or WinCC
• With the WinBDE terminal server licenses, up to 10 users can
simultaneously access the WinBDE evaluations
• States set manually in WinBDE can be written into the PLC for
further evaluation using WinCC or ProTool/
• Combination of various runtime GUIs into one common GUI
• Use of SIMATIC WinBDE with XP Professional

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/77

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC WinBDE

■ Design Requirements
SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation:
SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation
• Minimum resources recommended for the HMI software used
• Direct acquisition and evaluation of machine data on
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 12" or 15" with keyboard; standard
SIMATIC Panel PC or standard PC
PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz)
• Scalability for connecting one to 32 machines/units
• Min. 128 MB RAM
SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor • Ethernet connection (for operation with WinBDE Supervisor)
• On SIMATIC Panel PC or standard PC • Runtime VGA, XGA recommended, customizing at least XGA
• Central evaluations and comparison of individual machines • Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
• Central customizing for the WinBDE application • ProTool/Pro V5.2 + SP3 or V6.0, WinCC V5.1 or V6.0; for WinCC
• License for connection of up to 128 machines/units through flexible on request 2)
lower-level WinBDE Workstation SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor:
SIMATIC WinBDE terminal server clients • SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870, 12" or 15" with keyboard;
• WinBDE Workstation and WinBDE Supervisor, with the standard PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz)
corresponding license, can execute under the terminal • 256 MB RAM
services of Windows 2000 server • Runtime VGA, XGA recommended, customizing at least XGA
• Up to 10 terminal server clients can then access the WinBDE • Ethernet connection
evaluations
• Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP

■ Function Terminal Server:

• Windows 2000 server with SP3 or higher, including installed
Data input terminal services
• Automatic recording using WinCC or ProTool/Pro
4 • Manual input of machine states through dialogs
• Min. 512 MB RAM
Licenses:
• Creation of part type master data through dialogs • CAL (Client Access License) 1)
Machine data evaluation • TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License) 1)
• Fault analysis and diagnostics with duration and frequency • WinBDE Workstation or Supervisor
• Status analysis with chronological trends • Associated WinBDE terminal service license
• Machine performance through objective determination of
availability 1) One license from Microsoft is required for each device that is operated
as a client on the terminal server
• Quantity evaluations using machine counters 2) See documentation for number of PowerTags required
• Calculation of KPI/OEE figures (availability, performance,
quality, OEE)
• Calculation of the mean time between failures (MTBF)
■ Ordering Data
Order No.
• Calculation of the mean time to repair (MTTR)
SIMATIC WinBDE V7.2
• Evaluations on the basis of work shifts, days, weeks, etc.
Complete packages
• Accurate logbook/report (runtime including configuration
• Export and printout of evaluation data software) on CD-ROM
Machine data management
Production data evaluation workstation
• Part-type-specific production quantity evaluation License for connection of:
• Machine-specific quantity evaluation • 1 machine / equipment unit } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0AX0
• Calculation of KPI/OEE figures (performance, quality, OEE) • 8 machines / equipment } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0CX0
units

■ Integration • 32 machines / equipment

units
} 6AV6 371-1EW06-0EX0

Workstation connection: Machine data management

• Up to 32 machines or units via ProTool/Pro or WinCC supervisor
(the max. possible number of ProTool/Pro connections must be License for connection of:
observed) • 64 machines / equipment } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0GX0
Supervisor connection: units
• Up to 32 machines or units via lower-level SIMATIC WinBDE • 128 machines / equipment } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0HX0
Workstations units
WinBDE Terminal server
licenses
• For Workstation } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0LX0
• For Supervisor } 6AV6 371-1EW06-0MX0

} ex warehouse

4/78 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Basic Process Control

■ Overview

• WinCC/Basic Process Control is an option which has additional Powerful functions are available for runtime operation:
objects and configuration tools for the easy implementation of • Scrolling through the picture hierarchy
typical instrumentation and control requirements
• Saving/recalling user-specific screen compositions
• Only for WinCC V5.1; in WinCC V6 the functionality is included
in the basic system (hardware options must be ordered • Selection of process pictures and measuring points by name 4
separately in both cases) • Online composition of trend curves
• The licenses for WinCC/Basic Process Control must be • Group displays for operator prompting in the picture hierarchy
installed on all operator stations and servers • Sign-of-life monitoring for process links to plant configuration
screen and automatic I&C system messages
■ Benefits • Control of external sensors
• Expansion of a WinCC station for I&C tasks with minimal • Time synchronization
engineering outlay (setting the PC clock with DCF77 or GPS; distribution over
PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet)

■ Function Basic Process Control functions cannot be represented with

WinCC/Web Navigator.
Basic Process Control contains the following additional configu-
ration options:
• Basic data
■ Ordering Data
for an efficient screen division in overview, workspace and key- Order No.
pad areas WinCC/Basic Process Control
• Split Screen Wizard • V5.2; for WinCC V5.1 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YA0
for setting the screen resolution and multichannel operation Hardware for I&C functions
• Picture Tree Manager DCF-77 receiver
for graphical configuration of a process picture hierarchy
for time synchronization
• Alarm Logging Wizard • DCF77 (Europe) 2XV9 450-1AR14
for simple parameterization of message windows with pages
for new, old and deleted messages, listings with operator input, • GPS (worldwide) 2XV9 450-1AR13
I&C system and history list and connection for an audible sig- Multi-VGA
nal device • 2 screens 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE0
• 3D bar graphs and group displays as additional smart objects • 4 screens 6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE1
Chipcard reader 6ES7 652-0XX01-1XC0
Chipcard for chipcard reader } 6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1
(pack of 10)

} ex warehouse
Note:
For further information on I&C options,
see Catalog ST PCS7

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/79

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/User Archives

■ Overview ■ Function
• Entry of parameter sets (e.g. operating parameters for a
machine) in WinCC, storage in the user archive and transfer to
the automation level
• Continuous acquisition of production parameters by the
automation system and their transfer to WinCC at the end of a
shift
• Acquisition of batch data
• Entry of production parameters
• Management of stock-keeping data
Using a special editor, WinCC user archives can be simply
created and filled with data. Special ActiveX controls (table
view and formula view) are used to display data from the user
archives at runtime.
Data records and fields from the user archives are linked to the
process with direct tag linking.
Import and export functions support the import and export of
data from and to external applications (for example MS Excel).
Freely selectable filter criteria support the clearly comprehensi-
ble display of records. The view can be switched between a
table view and a formula view.
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for managing records in user WinCC provides functions for the user-defined organization of
archives that contain related data data storage in the user archives, which influence the archive,
4 • WinCC and its automation partners (e.g. a SIMATIC S7 PLC)
write to these records and, if necessary, exchange them with
data records and fields. Archives can thus be created, opened,
closed or reset and records or field contents can be read, written
each other or overwritten.
• Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual Sequential archives can record batch data, shift production
licenses or product quality data and fulfill statutory documentation
requirements by recording on a continuous basis.
New features of V6:
The option WinCC/User Archives can now also be used within
the context of the WinCC/Web Navigator (see also the option
■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC/Web Navigator)
WinCC/User Archives

■ Benefits • for WinCC V5.1 }

}
6AV6 371-1CB05-0AX0
• for WinCC V6.0 6AV6 371-1CB06-0AX0
• Storage and management of any user data in records
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• Flexible display using ActiveX controls, either in table or
formula view WinCC Optionen V5 Manual
• Easy interfacing of record fields to the process via direct Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
variable interfacing WinCC/Redundancy
• Import/export functions for further processing with other tools }
• German 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
(e.g. MS Excel)
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Optionen V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish } 6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0

} ex warehouse

4/80 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Storage

■ Overview ■ Ordering Data

• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for the long-term archiving of Order No.
process data, messages and logs WinCC/Storage V5.2 } 6ES7 652-0XX05-2YC0
• Only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, a comparable Option for WinCC V5.1;
functionality (backup of archived data) is already included in
the basic system
• A WinCC/Storage license is only required for the single-user } ex warehouse
system or the server. Clients can access the data managed by
the storage function without possessing a license.

■ Benefits
• Manual or time-driven swapping of process values, messages
and reports to the long-term archiving
• Reading swapped data for subsequent analysis with WinCC
• Export in CSV format for further processing with external tools
(e.g. MS Excel)

■ Function
• Swapping of process values, messages and reports to external
archiving media supported by Windows
• Reading swapped data and selectively analyzing it with WinCC
tools (e.g. message or trend windows)
• Management of swapped data by log book
4

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/81

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
FDA Options

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Central, plant-wide user administration
• Greater security due to measures on both the administrator
and user sides
• Conforms to the requirements of the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) for the pharmaceutical and food
processing industry

■ Design
In a SIMATIC WinCC environment, the Advanced User
Administrator and SIMATIC Logon can be run in a variety of
structures, such as single-user stations or client-server
architectures. To further increase security, with AUA, the
database for user administration can be installed on a separate
file server.
SIMATIC Logon can be used to coordinate several WinCC
stations. Operation is possible both in a Windows workgroup
and in a domain. The high availability is guaranteed by using a
primary/secondary domain controller.

• SIMATIC Logon and WinCC/Advanced User Administrator are

software option packages with which all WinCC users in the
4 plant can be centrally managed.
- The central user management with SIMATIC Logon utilizes
the Windows mechanisms. The SIMATIC Logon Service must
be installed on all participating WinCC machines.
- The basic package of the Advanced User Administrator
supports operation of a user management system that is
connected to the database as well as runtime linking of a
local WinCC to it. A runtime license must be purchased for
each additional HMI station.
• WinCC/Audit RT is used to record all the relevant operations in
a long-term audit trail that cannot be falsified. WinCC/Audit RC
is used to configure audit trails and to generate audit trails in
the RT and CS.
For configuring audit trails in RT, the WinCC/Audit RC package
is required. This package also offers a function for logging all
the configuration changes implemented in WinCC with no pos-
sibility of falsification. It is required for each configuring station.
• The FDA options support conformity according to FDA CFR21
Part 11 and enable WinCC applications to be created that can
be validated (in combination with corresponding measures in
the configuration that are described in a White Paper)
• For WinCC V6.0: SIMATIC Logon and WinCC/Audit,
For WinCC V5.1: WinCC/Advanced User Administrator

4/82 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
FDA Options

■ Function ■ Ordering Data

Order No.
SIMATIC Logon and WinCC/Advanced User Administrator
WinCC/Advanced
The options feature numerous security mechanisms, both for User Administrator
administrators and users. Users receive a unique user ID, user Expanded user administration for
name and password. This information is stored encoded at a WinCC V5.1
central location (for AUA in a separate database, for SIMATIC
• Engineering license for 1 project 6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX0
Logon in Windows user management). Functions such as aging incl. 1 runtime license
of the password, automatic log-off after a predefined time and for an operator station,
blocking after several unsuccessful attempts to enter the electronic documentation (G/E)
password guarantee maximum operating security. on CD-ROM
In the case of SIMATIC Logon, the user administration is • Runtime license 6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX1
integrated into the security system and the user administration of for an operator station
MS Windows. SIMATIC Logon } 6ES7 658-7BX01-2YA0
To meet, in particular, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Central user management for
requirements for the pharmaceuticals and food processing WinCC V6.0; runtime license for
an operator station
industry, all user and administrator actions, such as logging in,
logging out, password changes, incorrect password inputs, and WinCC/Audit
creating and deleting users, are recorded with timestamp in a • WinCC/Audit RT – Creation of } 6AV6 371-1DV06-0AX0
secure database. A log file in ASCII format can be generated for audit trails in RT
analysis. • WinCC/Audit RC – Creation of } 6AV6 371-1DV16-0AX0
With the Advanced User Administrator and SIMATIC Logon, audit trails in RT and CS
administrators can set up new users online across the whole
system and for all applications and block existing users. } ex warehouse
Electronic signatures are supported as well.
WinCC/Audit 4
WinCC/Audit is used for easy configuration of audit trails through ■ More information
operator actions. Any user-interface elements can be incorpo- Information about FDA can be found in a White Paper:
rated in the audit as well as comment requests by the user. In Declaration of conformity of SIMATIC WinCC to FDA21 CFR
contrast to the conventional configuration of operator input Part 11.
messages, the settings necessary for the audit trail can be made
at a later time also after the WinCC project has been completed.
Configuration is performed as a mass operation over all operator For further information, visit our website at
controls and displays as a simple selection. WinCC/Audit RC
can also be used for tracing changes during configuration
("What changes were made to the project?") and offers functions
for version management, version comparison and document
management. The audit trail is stored in the WinCC database
and cannot be falsified (MS SQL Server). Both single-user and
client/server systems are supported. http://www.ad.siemens.com/hmi/html_76/products/software/
wincc/fda01.htm

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/83

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialX

■ Overview ■ Application
IndustrialX controls create standardized presentations and allow
flexible customization to the requirements of a wide range of
applications, e.g. applications in the chemical, glass or paper
manufacturing industries.

■ Function
• Configuration of intelligent, sector-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Data structures supply objects (templates)
• By active process data supply, customized ActiveX
components compliant to Web Navigator can be created
• Integration in WinCC through structure names

■ Ordering Data
Order No.
WinCC/IndustrialX
• V1.1 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX0

® WinCC/IndustrialX Upgrade
• WinCC/IndustrialX further simplifies the solution of a
• V1 to V1.1 6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX4
visualization task through the standardization of customized
objects

4 • A license must be installed on each development computer

(on development computer the current version of Visual Basic
is required)

■ Benefits
• Easy creation with configuration assistants (Wizards)
• Rapid familiarization due to the use of standards: ActiveX
technique, creation with the aid of Visual Basic
• Central creation and modification of object representations of
a similar type (typing) saves time and money
• Configuration of intelligent, sector-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Flexible implementation: in WinCC displays and in other
Windows applications (e.g. Internet Explorer, Excel)

4/84 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/ODK

■ Overview ■ Overview
WinCC/ODK (Open Development Kit) WinCC/Comprehensive Support
• WinCC option for using the open programming interfaces that • WinCC offers, in the form of Comprehensive Support, a
can be used to access the data and functions of WinCC Software Update Service (SUS) as a comprehensive support
configuration and the WinCC runtime system package.
• The interfaces are designed as "C application programming • The overall package includes:
interfaces" (C-APIs). - The latest updates/upgrades for WinCC incl. options
• Scope of supply: - A continuously updated WinCC Knowledge Base CD in
- CD-ROM with examples English and German with comprehensive information about
- Voucher for a one-day intensive seminar all areas of WinCC (Hotline know-how)
• The WinCC user receives a welcome package initially and over
■ Benefits a period of 12 months, replacements are delivered automati-
cally. The contract is automatically extended by a further year
• Individual system expansions via an open, standard unless canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry.
programming language • WinCC Comprehensive Support must be obtained for each
• Access to data and functions of the WinCC configuration and WinCC system (single-user, server, client). Several systems
runtime system can be equipped cheaply with WinCC Comprehensive
Support with the packages of 3 and 10 licenses supplied in
• Development of customer’s own applications and add-ons for
addition to the single-license package from WinCC V6 up-
the WinCC basic system
wards which are based on an appropriate quantity discount.

■ Function ■ Benefits
The API functions are configuration and runtime functions, and • Efficient support reduces configuration times and answers any
include: questions that arise quickly and cost-effectively
• MSRTCreateMsg: Creates a message • The automatic supply of current updates and Service Packs for
WinCC ensures that the latest WinCC version is always avail-
4
• DMGetValue: Gets the value of a variable
• PDLRTSetProp: Sets the object properties in a display able
• DBExport: Exports the database table
They can be used in the following places:
■ Ordering Data
Order No.
• within WinCC, for example in global scripts or as part of C
actions in the Graphics Designer, WinCC/Comprehensive
Support 1)
• in Windows applications in the programming language C
Automatic supply of the latest
(the current version of Microsoft Visual C++ is necessary as a updates/upgrades for WinCC
development environment for WinCC). basic software and options as
well as the Knowledge Base
■ Ordering Data CD valid for
• 1 license 6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
Order No.
• 3 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
WinCC/ODK
• 10 licenses 6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
• V5 SP1; for WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1CC05-0AX0
• V6; for WinCC V6.0 6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX0 1) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The contract is
automatically extended by a further year unless canceled 3 months
WinCC/ODK upgrade 6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX4 prior to expiry
to V6
WinCC/CDK
• For WinCC V5.1 6AV6 371-1EE05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0 On request

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/85

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Overview
• Process diagnostics software for quick, selective fault
diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC HMI
• A standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components:
Optimum interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and
SIMATIC HMI
• Standard user interface

SIMATIC Panels, PC based Systems

and ProAgent

S7-PDIAG

S7-HiGraph

S7-GRAPH

Process fault diagnostics with ProAgent for ProTool and WinCC flexible /ProAgent as well as the STEP 7 engineering tools

4/86 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Overview (cont.)
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard-PC

S7-PDIAG

S7-GRAPH

Process fault diagnostics with WinCC/ProAgent and the STEP 7 engineering tools

■ Benefits ■ Application
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA): Increases in productivity are being increasingly achieved by
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, saving costs. Maintenance is becoming of increasing impor-
reduces the lifecycle costs tance. Of prime importance is the elimination of faults as fast as
• ProAgent possible with as small a personnel overhead as possible. In the
- provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in ideal case, the operating personnel should also handle part of
locating and correcting faults, the maintenance tasks. Operating personnel are on site, are
- improves plant availability and acquainted with the sequences, and can intervene rapidly. This
- reduces downtimes. saves time and costs. This is where ProAgent supports the
• No further configuration for diagnostics functionality operating personnel with fast fault identification especially in the
automobile industry and machine tool construction sector.
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
When a process fault occurs, SIMATIC ProAgent provides
• No special user know-how required due to comprehensible information on the location and cause of the fault and provides
display of the error cause support with fault rectification.
ProAgent provides a solution which is tailored to SIMATIC
S7-300, S7-400 and WinAC. It can be used in combination with
the S7-PDIAG, S7-GRAPH and S7-HiGraph1) engineering tools
for STEP 7. The ProAgent option package contains standard
views that are updated during runtime with process-specific
data.

1) Process diagnostics with S7-HiGraph in combination

with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT
and WinCC flexible / ProAgent

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/87

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Function
• Context-sensitive activation of the diagnostics based on a Standardized user interface with standard views
process error message • Message view
• Output of the operands with symbolic code and comment • Unit overview diagram
• Changeover is possible between LAD, STL and the signal list • Diagnostics detail view
• Supportive troubleshooting by direct process access when • Motion view
using the motion view
• Sequencer operating view
• Output of the incorrect operand directly in the message,
complete with address, symbol and comment1) The displayed diagram contents refer to the previously selected
• Consistency check in RT: units or messages. This enables the calling up of a context-
icons are used to identify inconsistent diagnostics units. Fast sensitive diagnostics diagram, depending on the message or
error localization is possible during the start-up phase with selected technological unit.
regard to the configured data. Message view
• Direct, context-sensitive switching to the diagnostics view for All process messages are displayed in the message view. Using
each unit through the use of ProAgent functions a selected message, you can make a context-sensitive jump to
• Context-sensitive switching to STEP 7 (LAD/STL/CSF editor, other diagnostics views. The incorrect operand is also indicated
S7-GRAPH, HW-CONFIG (on system fault messages)), fully directly by the message, allowing the operating personnel to
automatic support 2) respond immediately to a fault without having to take further
• S7-GRAPH OCX for graphic representation of sequencers steps at the HMI device. ProTool supports this function on the
(overview representation)3) Windows CE-based devices TP 270/OP 270, MP 270B/MP 370
and on the PC-based system ProTool/Pro RT. The function is
available for WinCC/ProAgent from Version 6.0 upwards.
1) In combination with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT, WinCC flexible /ProAgent also supports this function.
WinCC/ProAgent V6.0 upwards and WinCC flexible /ProAgent

4 2) WinCC/ProAgent V5.5 upwards only

3) Only WinCC/ProAgent V5.6 upwards in combination with S7-GRAPH
V5.1 upwards (OCX is supplied with S7-GRAPH 5.1 upwards)

4/88 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Overview (cont.)

Unit overview diagram Motion view

The unit overview sets out all technological units and their The motion view is used for supportive troubleshooting.
subunits (plant/machine parts) in the form of a table. In this view, Each motion line contains a comment line, which describes the
users can, for example, identify the control mode or the status of movement (e.g. X-axis), two actions for executing the
the unit. The control mode can be changed over by the user. movement, feedback through actuation of a movement and
information about the end positions reached (up to 16).
4
Faulty units are marked with an attribute
The motion itself is controlled with the softkeys at the side of
the SIMATIC Panels and Multi Panels. Time-critical motion can be
controlled directly via the inputs of the PLC (depending on the
target hardware: 24 V direct keys, DP direct keys via PROFIBUS).

Diagnostics detail view Sequencer operating view

The diagnostic detail view shows the incorrect operand at the The sequencer operating view provides support for controlling
time at which the process fault occurred. Current status informa- sequencers. Like Status/Control in S7-GRAPH, it makes func-
tion can also optionally be displayed. The result of the diagnos- tions available such as initializing and acknowledging sequenc-
tics is displayed either in the ladder diagram (LAD), the state- ers, activating and deactivating single steps, and selecting
ment list (STL) or a clear signal list. The operands are output for control modes. The steps are output as a list together with the
each display format with symbols and comments from the S7 number and name of each step. Active and faulty steps are
symbol table. Only the operands responsible for causing the marked with attributes to provide the operating personnel with a
fault are displayed and marked with a highlighting attribute. You clear overview of the current status of the sequencer.
can also select a view in which the current status of all operands
in the PLC are retrieved.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/89

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Technical data
ProAgent for OP ProAgent/MP ProAgent/PC WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible /
ProAgent 1)
Interfaces
• Can be used in conjunction SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7: SIMATIC S7:
with the following S7-300/S7-400 S7-300/S7-400 S7-300/S7-400, S7-300/S7-400; S7-300/S7-400;
automation equipment: WinAC WinAC WinAC
• Interface types SIMATIC S7 Protocol SIMATIC S7 Protocol SIMATIC S7 Protocol SIMATIC S7 Protocol SIMATIC S7 Protocol
Suite: MPI, Suite: MPI, Suite: MPI, Suite: Suite:
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, MPI, PROFIBUS DP,
Industrial Ethernet, Industrial Ethernet, Industrial Ethernet,
TCP/IP (V6.0 SP2 TCP/IP TCP/IP
upwards)
Displays
Standard diagrams for: Standard views for
simple embedding
in the user displays,
example project for
PC-based systems
• Device/resolution in OP27/320 x 240/ TP 270/OP 270, 6" PC/1024 x 768 PC/1024 x 768
pixels/representation monochrome
OP27/320 x 240/ MP 270B, 10" PC/800 x 600
color keys/touch
OP37/640 x 480/ MP 370, keys/touch Panel PC 670/870 Panel PC 670/870
color 15”/1024 x 768, 15”/1024 x 768,
Keys/Touch Keys/Touch

4 TP27-6/320 x 240/
monochrome
Panel PC 670/870
12”/800 x 600,
Keys/Touch
TP27-6/320 x 240/ Panel PC 670,
color 10”/640 x 480
TP27-10/640 x 480/ Panel PC IL 70 Panel PC IL70 15"
color 12"/15" Touch Touch
TP37/640 x 480/ FI45/1024 x 768 FI45/1024 x 768
color
C7-626/320 x 240/
monochrome
No. of languages for 5 (G/E/F/I/S) 5 (G/E/F/I/S) 5 (G/E/F/I/S) 3 (D/E/F) 5 (G/E/F/I/S)
online language selection
Functions
Changing the HMI diagnostics No No No WinCC/ProAgent No
data storage in RT V6.0 upwards
Unit overview diagram Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Message view Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Sequencer operating view No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostics detail view Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Display Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes Yes/yes/yes
STL/LAD/signal list
• Display with operands with OP27, C7-626, Yes Yes Yes Yes
symbol and comment TP27-6: standard
setting for symbols
Criteria analysis At time of error / At time of error / At time of error / At time of error / At time of error /
current status current status current status current status / current status
archivable
Motion view
• No. of representable OP27, C7-626, 6 6 6 6
motions TP27-6: 4;
OP37, TP27-10,
TP37: 5
• Directions of motion 2 2 2 2 2
• No. of representable 8 16 16 16 16
end positions per movement
Documentation
In electronic form G/E/F/I/S; G/E/F/I/S; G/E/F/I/S; G/E/F; G/E/F/I/S;
in scope of supply in scope of supply in scope of supply in scope of supply in scope of supply

1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004

4/90 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Technical data (cont.)

ProAgent for OP ProAgent/MP ProAgent/PC WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible /
ProAgent 1)
Prerequisites
HMI software ProTool V6.0 ProTool V6.0 ProTool/Pro V6.0 WinCC V5.1 WinCC flexible V1.0
(ProAgent V5.6)/ + SP1
WinCC V6.0
(ProAgent V6.0)
Operating system, Windows 98SE/ME, Windows 98SE/ME, Windows 98SE/ME, WinCC/ProAgent Windows 2000 +
configuration Windows NT + SP6, Windows NT + SP6, Windows NT + SP6, V5.6: SP3,
Windows 2000 + Windows 2000 + Windows 2000 + Windows NT + Windows XP + SP1,
SP2, Windows XP SP2, Windows XP SP2, Windows XP SP6a, Windows
(ProTool V6.0 + SP2 (ProTool V6.0 + SP2 (ProTool V6.0 + SP2 2000 + SP2;
upwards) upwards) upwards) WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
Windows 2000 +
SP3, Windows XP
Operating system, Runtime operator Windows CE 3.0 Windows NT + SP6, WinCC/ProAgent WinCC flexible /
runtime panel Windows 2000 + V5.6: ProAgent for
SP2, Windows XP Windows NT + SIMATIC Panels:
(ProTool V6.0 + SP2 SP6a, Windows Windows CE 3.0
upwards) 2000 + SP2 WinCC flexible /
WinCC/ProAgent ProAgent for
V6.0: WinCC flexible Runt-
Windows 2000 + ime:
SP3, Windows XP Windows 2000 +
SP3
Windows XP + SP1
STEP 7 V5.0 upwards V5.0 upwards V5.0 upwards WinCC/ProAgent V5.2 upwards 4
V5.6:
V5.1 + SP2 upwards
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
V5.2 upwards
• S7-GRAPH V5.0 upwards V5.0 upwards V5.0 upwards V5.1 upwards V5.2 upwards
• S7-PDIAG V4.02 upwards V4.02 upwards V4.02 upwards WinCC/ProAgent V5.1 upwards
V5.6:
V5.0 upwards
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
V5.1 upwards
• S7-HiGraph No V5.0 upwards V5.0 upwards No V5.2 upwards
Type of delivery License verification Runtime license Runtime license CD-ROM/ Runtime license
(a license is required for each Runtime license
target hardware)

1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the 1st quarter 2004

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 4/91

 HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
SIMATIC ProAgent SIMATIC WinCC flexible /
ProAgent 3)
Software option package for
process diagnostics on basis Software option package
of S7-GRAPH, S7-PDIAG and for process diagnostics on basis
S7-HiGraph 1), can be loaded of S7-PDIAG V5.1 or later,
with SIMATIC ProTool configura- S7-GRAPH V5.2 or later
tion software V6.0 upwards 2); and S7-HiGraph V5.2 or later;
function expansion for ProTool, functional expansion for
electronic documentation in SIMATIC WinCC flexible;
German, English, French, Italian electronic documentation in
and Spanish German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian
• SIMATIC ProAgent for OP } 6AV3 681-1AB06-0AX0
Functions and standard screens • WinCC flexible /ProAgent for } 6AV6 618-7DB01-0AB0
for use on an OP27/OP37, SIMATIC Panels
TP27/TP37 or C7-626 in English, Runtime license (single license)
German, French, Italian and executes on TP/OP 270,
Spanish, runtime license MP 270B and MP 370
(single license) • WinCC flexible /ProAgent for } 6AV6 618-7DD01-0AB0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP } 6AV3 681-1CB06-0AX0 WinCC flexible Runtime
Functions and standard screens Runtime license (single license)
for use on an OP 270/TP 270 Documentation (must be ordered separately)
and MP 270/MP 370 Keys in
English, German, French, Italian Documentation CD } 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
and Spanish, runtime license 5 languages (English, French,
(single license) German, Italian and Spanish);

4 • SIMATIC ProAgent/PC
Functions and standard screens
} 6AV3 681-1BB06-0AX0 comprising: product manuals,
communications manuals and
configuration manuals for panels,
for use on a Panel PC 670/870
10“, 12“ and 15“ Keys, FI45, PC panel PCs, ProTool, ProTool/Pro
(resolution 640 x 480, 800 x 600 (V6.0 + SP2 or later), ProAgent,
and 1024 x 768 Pixel) in English, WinCC flexible and for options
German, French, Italian and
Spanish, runtime license } ex warehouse
(single license)
SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
Software option package for
process diagnostics on basis of
S7-GRAPH V5 or later and S7-
PDIAG V5 or later; functional
expansion for SIMATIC WinCC;
electronic documentation in
German, English, French; func-
tions and standard screens for
implementation on an FI45, PC
(resolution 1024 x 768 pixels) and
Panel PC 670/870 15“ (resolution
1024 x 768 pixels) in German,
English, French, runtime license
(single license)
WinCC version:
• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6) } 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0
• V6.0 (ProAgent V6.0) } 6AV6 371-1DG06-0AX0
Upgrade
• to V5.6 6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
• to V6.0 6AV6 371-1DG06-0AX4

1) Only in combination with ProAgent/MP and ProAgent/PC

2) Configuration software included on ProTool CD V6
3) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
1st quarter 2004

4/92 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Complete HMI systems

5/2 HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro

5/2 SIMATIC Panel PC
with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

5/5 HMI Packages with WinCC flexible

5/5 SIMATIC Panel PC
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible

5/8 HMI Packages with WinCC

5/8 SIMATIC Panel PC
with SIMATIC WinCC

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro Complete HMI systems

SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Easy to order
• Cost savings as compared with purchasing individual
components
• Hardware perfectly matched to the SIMATIC HMI software
• System-tested solution

■ Design
With the order configurator, you can select the Panel PC
hardware to meet your specific display and system capacity
requirements.
The customer has to install the desired ProTool/Pro Runtime
software and the communications hardware and software.
The ProTool/Pro Runtime software is supplied with the hardware.
Runtime licenses are required for ProTool/Pro Runtime.
You can select from the following:
• License for 128 PowerTags
• License for 256 PowerTags
• License for 512 PowerTags
• License for 2048 PowerTags
• SIMATIC Panel PC packages with ProTool/Pro are modern
human machine interfaces for simple visualization at the The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that
machine. have an external process connection to the PLC.
• This package can be supplied only when you order a Panel PC In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits
together with the ProTool/Pro Runtime software. of variables and messages are also available as additional
system features.

5/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration (cont.)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
Design: Drives:
• Centralized configuration 2 • 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• Distributed configuration 3 • 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
Front panels: • 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
• 10" TFT 21
• 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
• 12" TFT Touch 2 + CD-ROM
• 12" TFT 3 - Windows 2000 Professional 5 D
• 15" TFT Touch 4 multi-language
• 15" TFT 5 - Windows XP Professional 5 G
• 12" TFT Touch without front 6 multi-language
USB interface • 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7 + CD-ROM/DVD
USB interface - Windows 2000 Professional 6 D
multi-language
RAM:
- Windows XP Professional 6 G
• 128 MB 1
multi-language
• 256 MB 2
• RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
• 512 MB 3 (2.5") + CD-ROM1)
Processor - Windows 2000 Professional 7 D
• Celeron 1.2 GHz A multi-language
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz B - Windows XP Professional 7 G
multi-language
Country-specific design/ • RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
power supply: (2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD1)
• Computer and operator station A - Windows 2000 Professional 8 D
24 V DC multi-language
• Computer and operator station B - Windows XP Professional 8 G
110 V/230 V US multi-language
• Computer and operator station C
110 V/230 V Europe Distance between computer unit
and operator station/cable length:
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US,
operator station 24 V DC
3 D
• 0 m (centralized design)
•2m
2
3
0
1
5
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 3 E
Europe, operator station •5m 3 2
24 V DC • 10 m 3 3
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 F • 20 m 3 4
station 110 V/230 V US
Operating system:
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe • Windows NT 4.0, German 2 B
• Windows NT 4.0, English 2 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows 98 German E
• Windows 98 English F
• Windows XP Professional G
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 670
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 670

1) Available soon

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 5/3

 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration
SIMATIC Panel PC 870 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 6AG7 01 7 - 7 7 A00-0A 7 0
Design: Front panels:
• Centralized configuration 0 • 12" TFT Touch Display 0
• Distributed configuration 1 • 15" TFT Touch Display 1
Front panels: CPU/RAM:
• 12" TFT Touch 12 • Celeron 2.0 GHz/ 0A
• 12" TFT 3 128 MB SDRAM
• 15" TFT Touch 4 • Pentium IV 2.4 GHz/ 1B
• 15" TFT 5 256 MB SDRAM
• 12" TFT Touch without front 16 Operating system:
USB interface • Windows NT 4.0, German B
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7
• Windows NT 4.0, English C
USB interface
• Windows 2000 Professional D
RAM: multi-language
• 128 MB 1 • Windows XP Professional E
• 256 MB 2 multi-language
• 512 MB 3 SIMATIC ProTool/Pro package } 6AV6 584-4A 7 00-0AX0
Processor Runtime license enclosed
• Celeron 1.2 GHz C • 128 PowerTags B
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz D
• 256 PowerTags C
Country-specific design/ • 512 PowerTags D
power supply:
• Computer and operator station A • 2048 PowerTags F
24 V DC
• Computer and operator station B } ex warehouse
110 V/230 V US
• Computer and operator station
110 V/230 V Europe
C ■ More information
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 1 D For further information, visit our website at

5 operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V Euro- 1 E
pe, operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 F
station 110 V/230 V US
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe http://www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi

Drives:
• 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
• 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
Distance between computer unit
and operator station/cable length:
• 0 m (centralized design) 0 0
•2m 1 1
•5m 1 2
• 10 m 1 3
• 20 m 1 4
Operating system:
• Windows NT 4.0, German 0 B
• Windows NT 4.0, English 0 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional E
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 870
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 870

5/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Complete HMI systems
HMI packages with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible

■ Overview ■ Design
• SIMATIC Panel PC packages with WinCC flexible are modern With the order configurator, you can select the Panel PC
human machine interfaces for simple visualization at the hardware to meet your specific display and system capacity
machine level requirements.
• This package can be supplied only when you order a new The customer has to install the desired WinCC flexible Runtime
panel PC together with the WinCC flexible runtime software software and the communications hardware and software.
• The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the The WinCC flexible Runtime software is supplied with the hard-
1st quarter 2004. ware. Additionally, the package contains the Runtime options
WinCC flexible /Archives and WinCC flexible /Recipes.
■ Benefits Runtime licenses are required for WinCC flexible Runtime.
You can select from the following:
• Simple to order
• License for 128 PowerTags
• Cost savings compared to individual components
• License for 512 PowerTags
• Optimally matched hardware for the SIMATIC HMI software
• License for 2048 PowerTags
• System-tested solution
The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that
have an external process connection to the PLC.
In addition, variables without process integration, constant limits
of variables and messages are also available as additional
system features.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 5/5

 Complete HMI systems
HMI packages with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration (cont.)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
Design: Drives:
• Centralized configuration 2 • 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• Distributed configuration 3 • 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
Front panels: • 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
• 12" TFT Touch 2
• 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
• 12" TFT 3 + CD-ROM
• 15" TFT Touch 4 - Windows 2000 Professional 5 D
• 15" TFT 5 multi-language
• 12" TFT Touch without front 6 - Windows XP Professional 5 G
USB interface multi-language
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7 • 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
USB interface + CD-ROM/DVD
RAM: - Windows 2000 Professional 6 D
multi-language
• 128 MB 1
- Windows XP Professional 6 G
• 256 MB 2
multi-language
• 512 MB 3
• RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
Processor (2.5") + CD-ROM1)
• Celeron 1.2 GHz A - Windows 2000 Professional 7 D
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz B multi-language
- Windows XP Professional 7 G
Country-specific design/ multi-language
power supply:
• RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
• Computer and operator station A (2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD1)
24 V DC
- Windows 2000 Professional 8 D
• Computer and operator station B multi-language
110 V/230 V US
- Windows XP Professional 8 G
• Computer and operator station C multi-language
110 V/230 V Europe
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 3 D Distance between computer unit
and operator station/cable length:
5 operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 3 E • 0 m (centralized design)
•2m
2
3
0
1
Europe, operator station
24 V DC •5m 3 2
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 F • 10 m 3 3
station 110 V/230 V US
• 20 m 3 4
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe Operating system:
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional G
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 670
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 670

1) Available soon

5/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Complete HMI systems
HMI packages with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration
SIMATIC Panel PC 870 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 6AG7 01 7 - 7 7 A00-0A 7 0
Design: Front panels:
• Centralized configuration 0 • 12" TFT Touch Display 0
• Distributed configuration 1 • 15" TFT Touch Display 1
Front panels: CPU/RAM:
• 12" TFT Touch 12 • Celeron 2.0 GHz/ 0A
• 12" TFT 3 128 MB SDRAM
• 15" TFT Touch 4 • Pentium IV 2.4 GHz/ 1B
256 MB SDRAM
• 15" TFT 5
• 12" TFT Touch without front 16 Operating system:
USB interface • Windows 2000 Professional D
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7 multi-language
USB interface • Windows XP Professional E
multi-language
RAM:
• 128 MB 1 SIMATIC WinCC flexible } 6AV6 623-2A 7 00-0AA0
package1)
• 256 MB 2
Runtime license enclosed
• 512 MB 3
• 128 Power Tags B
Processor • 512 Power Tags D
• Celeron 1.2 GHz C • 2048 Power Tags F
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz D
Country-specific design/ } ex warehouse
power supply: 1) The start of delivery for WinCC flexible 2004 will be the
• Computer and operator station A 1st quarter 2004
24 V DC
• Computer and operator station
110 V/230 V US
B
■ More information
• Computer and operator station C For further information, visit our website at
110 V/230 V Europe
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 1 D
operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 1 E 5
Europe, operator station
24 V DC
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 F http://www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi
station 110 V/230 V US
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe
Drives:
• 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
• 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
Distance between computer unit
and operator station/cable length:
• 0 m (centralized design) 0 0
•2m 1 1
•5m 1 2
• 10 m 1 3
• 20 m 1 4
Operating system:
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional E
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 870
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 870

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 5/7

 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with WinCC
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC

■ Overview ■ Design
With the order configurator, you can select the Panel PC
hardware depending on your specific display and system
capacity requirements, whereby you need to take into account
only the minimum requirements that WinCC makes on the basic
hardware:
Minimum equipment
• Processors from 500 MHz Pentium III or 566 MHz Celeron
• 12" or 15" monitor (at least 600 x 800 pixel resolution)
• RAM > 128 MB
• At least 10 GB with CD-ROM
• Windows NT 4.0 English, German, Windows 2000 multilingual
or Windows XP Professional multilingual
For process communication, you can choose between the
on-board, CP 5611-compatible PROFIBUS interface or the
powerful CP 1613 module for Industrial Ethernet or CP 5613 for
PROFIBUS.
In the WinCC package configurator, you can select an additional
order item, which then contains the respective WinCC software
package and the communication module.
The two order items will then be supplied together, and
• The SIMATIC Panel PC packages with WinCC support the easy the customer must install the communication hardware and the
ordering of all components for a Panel PC-based HMI solution. WinCC software in that case.
• This package can be supplied only when you order a Panel PC Licenses are required for the runtime version of WinCC.
together with the WinCC software. You can select from the following:
• License for 128 PowerTags
■ Benefits • License for 512 PowerTags
• Easy to order • License for 1024 PowerTags
• Cost savings as compared with purchasing individual • License for 8 k PowerTags (for WinCC V6.0)
components
• License for 64 k PowerTags
• Hardware perfectly matched to the SIMATIC HMI software
The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that
5 • System-tested solution have an external process connection to the PLC. In addition,
variables without process integration, constant limit values of
variables and messages are also available as additional system
features.

5/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with WinCC
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration (cont.)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC 670 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
Design: Drives:
• Centralized configuration 2 • 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1
• Distributed configuration 3 • 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3
Front panels: • 60 GB hard disk + 4
CD-RW/DVD
• 12" TFT Touch 2
• 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
• 12" TFT 3 + CD-ROM
• 15" TFT Touch 4 - Windows 2000 Professional 5 D
• 15" TFT 5 multi-language
• 12" TFT Touch without front 6 - Windows XP Professional 5 G
USB interface multi-language
• 15" TFT Touch without front 7 • 2 x 30 GB hard disk (2.5")
USB interface + CD-ROM/DVD
RAM: - Windows 2000 Professional 6 D
multi-language
• 128 MB 1
- Windows XP Professional 6 G
• 256 MB 2
multi-language
• 512 MB 3
• RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
Processor (2.5") + CD-ROM1)
• Celeron 1.2 GHz A - Windows 2000 Professional 7 D
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz B multi-language
- Windows XP Professional 7 G
Country-specific design/ multi-language
power supply:
• RAID1 + 2 x 30 GB hard disk
• Computer and operator station A (2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD1)
24 V DC
- Windows 2000 Professional 8 D
• Computer and operator station B multi-language
110 V/230 V US
- Windows XP Professional 8 G
• Computer and operator station C multi-language
110 V/230 V Europe
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 3 D Distance between computer unit
and operator station/cable length:
operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 3 E • 0 m (centralized design)
•2m
2
3
0
1
5
Europe, operator station
24 V DC •5m 3 2
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 F • 10 m 3 3
station 110 V/230 V US
• 20 m 3 4
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 3 G
station 110 V/230 V Europe Operating system:
• Windows NT 4.0, German 2 B
• Windows NT 4.0, English 2 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional G
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 670
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 670

1) Available soon

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 5/9

 Complete HMI systems
HMI Packages with WinCC
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Panel PC configuration Panel PC configuration
SIMATIC Panel PC 870 6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0 SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 6AG7 01 7 - 7 7 A00-0A 7 0
Design: Front panels:
• Centralized configuration 0 • 12" TFT Touch Display 0
• Distributed configuration 1 • 15" TFT Touch Display 1
Front panels: CPU/RAM:
• 12" TFT Touch 12 • Celeron 2.0 GHz/ 0A
• 12" TFT 3 128 MB SDRAM
• 15" TFT Touch 4 • Pentium IV 2.4 GHz/ 1B
256 MB SDRAM
• 15" TFT 5
• 12" TFT Touch without front USB 16 Operating system:
interface • Windows NT 4.0, German B
• 15" TFT Touch without front USB 7 • Windows NT 4.0, English C
interface • Windows 2000 Professional D
RAM: multi-language
• 128 MB 1 • Windows XP Professional E
multi-language
• 256 MB 2
• 512 MB 3 SIMATIC WinCC package } 6AV6 382-1 7 7 00-0AX0

Processor - WinCC V5.1 Runtime

• Celeron 1.2 GHz C • 128 PowerTags C
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz D • 256 PowerTags D
• 1024 PowerTags E
Country-specific design/power
supply: • 64k PowerTags F
• Computer and operator station A Communications module
24 V DC • Without/via onboard interfaces A
• Computer and operator station B • Industrial Ethernet B
110 V/230 V US (with CP 1613)
• Computer and operator station C • PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C
110 V/230 V Europe
SIMATIC WinCC package } 6AV6 382-1 7 7 06-0AX0
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V US, 1 D

5 operator station 24 V DC
• Computer unit 110 V/230 V 1 E
WinCC V6.0 Runtime
• 128 PowerTags C
Europe, operator station • 256 PowerTags D
24 V DC
• 1024 PowerTags E
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 F
station 110 V/230 V US • 8k PowerTags H
• Computer unit 24 V DC, operator 1 G • 64k PowerTags F
station 110 V/230 V Europe Communications module
Drives: • Without/via onboard interfaces A
• 30 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 1 • Industrial Ethernet B
• 60 GB hard disk + CD-ROM 3 (with CP 1613)
• 60 GB hard disk + 4 • PROFIBUS (with CP 5613) C
CD-RW/DVD Communications software See section 4
Distance between computer unit for CP 1613/CP 5613
and operator station/cable length:
• 0 m (centralized design) 0 0 } ex warehouse
•2m 1 1
•5m 1 2 ■ More information
• 10 m 1 3 For further information, visit our website at
• 20 m 1 4
Operating system:
• Windows NT 4.0, German 0 B
• Windows NT 4.0, English 0 C
• Windows 2000 Professional D
multi-language http://www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi
• Windows XP Professional E
multi-language
Stocked versions of the See section 3
Panel PC 870
Accessories for the See section 3
Panel PC 870

5/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Customized Products

6/2 Introduction
6/3 Customized Design
6/8 OEM Products
6/10 Open Platform Program

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 Customized Products
Customized Products

Introduction

■ Overview
Customized design
• SIMATIC HMI products with a customized design are standard
devices with unchanged technical specifications but with
modifications to their design
- Seamless adaptation to plant design and special operating
philosophy of customer
- No reductions in ergonomics compared to the standard
products
- Fully compatible with the standard devices with respect to
functions and interfaces, configuration, housing and installa-
tion dimensions, logistics and servicing
• The flexible manufacture of the SIMATIC HMI Panels means
that even small ordering quantities can be efficiently produced
with the customized design on the basis of the standard prod-
ucts. The customized panels are subject to the same quality
demands as standard devices.
• The following modifications are possible separately or in
combination:
- Insertion of company name instead of Siemens logo, and
change in type identification
- Modification of key colors, key inscriptions, key symbols and
background color
- Modification of frame color
OEM products
• OEM solutions are appropriate for complex industrial auto-
mation tasks which cannot be handled using the standard
products
• Users from the automotive industry, the food and drink industry
and the plastics processing industry profit from the experience
gained from a large number of implemented OEM versions and
sector standards
• OEM products are available in all performance categories –
from OEM Push Button Panels, through Micro Panels, Panels
and Multi Panels to Panel PCs – with extensive modifications in
the hardware, fitted equipment and installed software.
• You can choose from the following modifications:
- Changes to keyboard layout: Number of keys, key size/
design and key arrangement
- Freely definable front dimensions and device mechanics
- Different processors
- Different memory media and memory sizes
- Display technologies, sizes and resolutions
- Options such as direct key modules
- Distributed configuration of the panel PCs: up to 500 m
6 - Housing for desktop or supporting arm mounting
(operator station concept)
- Additional modules or interfaces, including of course the
necessary device drivers
- Selectable Windows operating systems
- Pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software package
Open Platform Program
• The Open Platform Program offers a wide range of possibilities
for developing flexible software solutions efficiently and cost-
effectively.
• Based on the Windows CE products from the TP 170B
upwards, customized software solutions can be developed,
software products from other manufacturers can be used or
ProTool can be used to add functions and objects.
The flexibility and versatility of the PC environment is then
opened up to panels and multi panels.
• The Software Development Kits (SDKs) of the Open Platform
Program contain the required tools, documents, examples,
workshops and support.

6/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Customized Products

Customized Design

■ Overview (cont.) ■ Benefits

• Seamless adaptation to plant design and special operating
philosophy of customer
• No reductions in ergonomics compared to the standard
products
• The flexible manufacture of the SIMATIC HMI Panels means
that even small ordering quantities can be efficiently produced
with the customized design on the basis of the standard
products.
• Fully compatible with the standard devices with respect to:
- Functions and interfaces
- Configuration
- Housing and mounting dimensions
- Logistics and services
- Replaceable by standard devices

• SIMATIC HMI products in customized design are standard

units without any technical changes that have been modified in
terms of their design. Equipment in customized design are
finished in the manufacturing plant and are subject to the same
quality requirements as standard units.
• The following modifications are possible separately or in
combination:
Variant A:
Replacement of the Siemens logo with the company name and
alteration of the type designation
Variant B:
Change in keyboard colors, key labeling, key symbols and
background color
Variant C:
Change in frame color
• The customized design is developed by the HMI Design
Center.
The Design Center offers:
- Experience in the ergonomics of human–machine interfaces
- Expertise in graphics and design tools, color tables and
character sets
- Experience in the selection of the suitable fonts and the stan-
dardized symbols for machine operation
- Short response times 6

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 6/3

 Customized Products

Customized Design

■ Selection and Ordering Data

Device type Order No. of associated Design Order No. Minimum quantity Design Factory
standard device Version of design device 1) center 3) introduction 3)
per year per order Units 2) Order No.
TD17 6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0 A 6AV3 017-5AA00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
Text Display
B 6AV3 017-5AB00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
C 6AV3 017-5AC00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
OP3 6AV3 503-1DB10 A On request 100 On request 3 On request
Operator Panel
B On request 100 On request 3 On request
C On request On request On request 3 On request
OP7/PP 6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5AA00-XXXX 50 20 4) 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 607-5AB00-XXXX 50 20 4) 3 On request
C 6AV3 607-5AC00-XXXX 250 20 4) 3 On request
OP7/DP 4)
6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5BA00-XXXX 50 20 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 607-5BB00-XXXX 50 20 4) 3 On request
C 6AV3 607-5BC00-XXXX 250 20 4) 3 On request
OP7/DP12 6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 607-5CA00-XXXX 50 20 4) 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 607-5CB00-XXXX 50 20 3 On request
C 6AV3 607-5CC00-XXXX 250 20 3 On request
OP17/PP 6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5AA00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 617-5AB00-XXXX 25 20 4 On request
C 6AV3 617-5AC00-XXXX 100 20 4 On request
OP17/DP 6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX0 A 6AV3 617-5BA00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 617-5BB00-XXXX 25 20 4 On request
C 6AV3 617-5BC00-XXXX 100 20 4 On request
OP17/DP12 6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1 A 6AV3 617-5CA00-XXXX 25 20 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV3 617-5CB00-XXXX 25 20 4 On request
C 6AV3 617-5CC00-XXXX 100 20 4 On request
OP 77B 6AV6641-0CA01-0AX0 A On request 50 25 3 On request
Operator Panel 7)
B On request 50 25 4 On request
C 5) On request 50 25 4 On request
OP 170B 6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 542-5BB00-XXXX 50 25 3 On request
Operator Panel
B 6AV6 542-5BB10-XXXX 50 25 4 On request
C 5) 6AV6 542-5BB20-XXXX On request 25 4 On request
OP 270 6“ 6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FA00-XXXX 24 12 6) 3 6AV6 578-1FY10

6 Operator Panel
B
C
6AV6 542-5FA10-XXXX
6AV6 542-5FA20-XXXX
24
48
12 6)
12 6)
6
6
6AV6 578-1FY20
On request
6)
OP 270 10“ 6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FB00-XXXX 24 12 3 6AV6 578-1FY10
Operator Panel
B 6AV6 542-5FB10-XXXX 24 12 6) 6 6AV6 578-1FY20
C 6AV6 542-5FB20-XXXX 48 12 6) 6 On request
1) XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
2) Design center unit:
Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0
3) The costs for the design center and the factory introduction occur once at the beginning of the project
4) Only even numbers
5) Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA approval must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame
6) The ordering quantity must always be a multiple of 6 (e.g. 12, 18, 24 etc.)
7) Start of delivery: 1st quarter 2004

6/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Customized Products

Customized Design

■ Selection and Ordering Data

Device type Order No. of associated Design Order No. Minimum quantity Design Factory
standard device Version of design device 1) center 3) introduction 3)
per year per order Units 2) Order No.
TP 070 6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5AA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10
Touch Panel
C 4) 6AV6 545-5AC00-XXXX On request 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30
TP 170micro 6AV6640-0CA01-0AX0 A On request
Touch Panel 5)
C 4) On request
TP 170A 6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5BA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10
Touch Panel
C 4) 6AV6 545-5BC00-XXXX On request 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30
TP 170B mono 6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5CA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10
Touch Panel
C 4) 6AV6 545-5CC00-XXXX On request 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30
TP 170B color 6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0 A 6AV6 545-5DA00-XXXX 50 25 3 6AV3 678-1JY10
Touch Panel
C4) 6AV6 545-5DC00-XXXX On request 25 4 6AV3 678-1JY30
TP 270 6“ 6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FA00-XXXX 24 12 6) 3 6AV6 578-1FY10
Touch Panel
B 6AV6 545-5FA10-XXXX 24 12 6) 3 6AV6 578-1FY20
C 6AV6 545-5FA20-XXXX 48 12 6) 3 On request
TP 270 10“ 6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FB00-XXXX 24 12 6) 3 6AV6 578-1FY10
Touch Panel
B 6AV6 545-5FB10-XXXX 24 12 6) 3 6AV6 578-1FY20
6)
C 6AV6 545-5FB20-XXXX 48 12 3 6AV6 578-1FY30
MP 270B 6" 6AV6545-0AH10-0AX0 A On request 20 10 3 On request
Multi Panel,
Touch 5) B On request 20 10 3 On request
C 4) On request 50 10 3 On request
MP 270B 10“ 6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV6 578-1FY10
Multi Panel, Touch
B 6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 3 6AV6 578-1FY20
C 6AV6 545-5FC20-XXXX 50 10 3 6AV6 578-1FY30
MP 270B 10“ 6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 3 On request
Multi Panel, Keys
B 6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX 10 10 6 On request
C 6AV6 542-5FC20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request
MP 370 6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 545-5EA00-XXXX 20 10 3 6AV6 578-1HY10
Multi Panel, Touch
B 6AV6 545-5EA10-XXXX 20 10 3 6AV6 578-1HY20
C 6AV6 545-5EA20-XXXX 50 10 3 6AV6 578-1HY30
MP 370 6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0 A 6AV6 542-5EA00-XXXX 20 10 3 On request
Multi Panel, Keys
B 6AV6 542-5EA10-XXXX 20 10 6 On request
C 6AV6 542-5EA20-XXXX 50 10 6 On request
MP 370 15“
Multi Panel, Touch
6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0 A
B
6AV6 545-0EB00-XXXX
6AV6 545-0EB10-XXXX
20
20
10
10
3
3
On request
On request
6
C 6AV6 545-0EB20-XXXX 50 10 3 On request
1) XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
2) Design center unit:
Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0
3) The costs for the design center and the factory introduction occur once at the beginning of the project
4) Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA certification must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame
5) Start of delivery: 1st quarter 2004
6) The ordering quantity must always be a multiple of 6 (e.g. 12, 18, 24 etc.)

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 6/5

 Customized Products

Customized Design

■ Selection and Ordering Data

Device type Order No. of associated Design Order No. Minimum quantity Design Factory
standard device Version of design device 1) center 3) introduction 3)
per year per order Units 2) Order No.
Panel PC 670 10", Depending A 6AV7 651-0AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10
Keys on configuration
B 6AV7 651-0AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20
5)
C 6AV7 651-0AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30
Panel PC 670 12", Depending A 6AV7 651-1AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10
Keys on configuration
B 6AV7 651-1AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20
C 5) 6AV7 651-1AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30
Panel PC 670 15", Depending A 6AV7 651-2AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10
Keys on configuration
B 6AV7 651-2AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20
C 5) 6AV7 651-2AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30
Panel PC 670 12", Depending A 6AV7 651-3AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10
Touch on configuration
B 6AV7 651-3AB00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20
C 5) 6AV7 651-3AC00-XXXX On request 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30
Panel PC 670 15", Depending A 6AV7 651-4AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10
Touch on configuration
B 6AV7 651-4AB00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20
C 5) 6AV7 651-4AC00-XXXX On request 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30
Panel PC 870 12", Depending A 6AV7 703-5AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10
Keys on configuration
B 6AV7 703-5AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20
C 5) 6AV7 703-5AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30
Panel PC 870 15", Depending A 6AV7 705-5AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1FY10
Keys on configuration
B 6AV7 705-5AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1FY20
C 5) 6AV7 705-5AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1FY30
Panel PC 870 12", Depending A 6AV7 704-5AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10
Touch on configuration
B 6AV7 704-5AB00-XXXX 10 3 6 6AV7 681-1GY20
C 5) 6AV7 704-5AC00-XXXX On request 10 6 6AV7 681-1GY30
Panel PC 870 Depending A 6AV7 707-5AA00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY10
15“ Touch on configuration
B 6AV7 707-5AB00-XXXX 10 3 3 6AV7 681-1GY20
C 5) 6AV7 707-5AC00-XXXX On request 10 3 6AV7 681-1GY30
1) XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
2) Extra charge for selected configuration
3) Design center unit:
Order No.: 6AV9 804-0AA00-0AA0
4) The costs for the design center and the factory introduction occur once at the beginning of the project
6 5) Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA certification must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame

6/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Customized Products

Customized Design

■ More information
Costs/discounts Ordering information
An extra charge compared to the standard device will be made The predefined services of the Design Center can be directly
for the customized design device. ordered in units. If further requirements exist, a quotation can be
provided by our partner "designafairs".
In addition to the adapted unit price, costs also ensue for
production of the design and one-off costs for the factory intro- Contact
duction of the design version. The magnitude of the costs
depends on the device and the design version. Please address the HMI contact of your Siemens office/regional
company (see Internet) or the contact in the HMI Design Center
Minimum quantities
E-mail:
In order to provide high-quality products at a price appropriate gerlinde.hertlen@designafairs.com
to global markets, it is necessary to a minimum annual quantity
and a minimum ordering quantity.
For further information, visit our website at
All costs and minimum quantities for the individual devices are
clearly presented in the overview tables
Handling
Special handling of orders is necessary for the customized
design. Two release steps by the customer should guarantee
that the end product is completely according to expectations. http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
Repairs/stocking of spare parts
Only identified repairs are carried out.
The customized spare parts required for this (device fronts) must
be stocked by the customer at the end of delivery.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 6/7

 Customized Products

OEM Products

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Solutions for OEM customers are suitable for demanding
industrial automation tasks that cannot be solved by means of
standard products
• The customized OEM products are developed in defined steps
in accordance with quality standards and manufactured at
the factory where the standard products are produced under
constant close cooperation with the customer
• Users in the automobile industry, food , beverages and
tobacco industries as well as the plastics industry profit from
the experience gained from a number of previously imple-
mented OEM variants and sector standards

■ More information
Product specification/quotation
• Product specification according to customer requirements
• Quotation by SIMATIC HMI specialists, determination of:
- One-off costs
- Costs for the prototypes
- Series device prices
- General conditions (product agreements)
• The minimum annual quantity and the minimum ordering
• The OEM concept of SIMATIC HMI is "Customizing at its best": quantity are agreed upon for the project with the customer.
Customer requirements resulting from sector and application
know-how in combination with experience in the development Note:
of HMI devices of all performance classes results in reliable, ordering of customized products is only possible in conjunction
tailor-made solutions at a fair price. with a product agreement.
• OEM products are available in all performance categories – The customized OEM products are developed and manufac-
from OEM Push Button Panels, through Micro Panels, Panels tured in various steps and in line with quality standards.
and Multi Panels to Panel PCs – with extensive modifications in Prototypes are produced in order to test the products. Following
the hardware, fitted equipment and installed software. release of the devices by the customer, they will be certified and
• You can choose from the following modifications: production will be started.
- Changes to keyboard layout: Number of keys, key size/ The devices will be mass produced in close agreement with
design and key arrangement customer planning. Individual product agreements will be made
- Freely definable front dimensions and device mechanics with the customer for planning, production and logistics.
- Different processors
- Different memory media and memory sizes Should any questions or problems arise, customers can
- Number, size and arrangement of keys approach our worldwide SIMATIC Customer Support 24 hours a
- Display technologies, sizes and resolutions day. Furthermore, special OEM after-sales support also exists.
- Options such as direct key modules
Contact
- Distributed configuration of the panel PCs: up to 500 m
- Housing for desktop or supporting arm mounting Please address the HMI contact of your local Siemens office/
(operator station concept) regional company
- Additional modules or interfaces, including of course the
necessary device drivers
6 - Selectable Windows operating systems
- Pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software package
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem

6/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Customized Products

OEM Products

■ HMI link applications

Distance of different HMI links

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 6/9

 Customized Products

Open Platform Program

■ Overview ■ Application
The use of the open Windows CE operating system opens
up a wide range of options for the integration of functionalities,
such as:
• Easy data interchange with other Windows-based systems
• Connection to central databases
• Multimedia extensions
• Access to central documents through Internet/intranet
• Communication with special I/O devices
(e.g. barcode scanners)
All Windows CE-based SIMATIC Panels offer a cost-effective
platform for customized OEM software solutions based on
reliable, industry-standard hardware.

■ Function
Specific requirements can be met by building on ProTool, on
non-Siemens products or on your own applications.
SIMATIC ProTool, the standard configuration software for
the SIMATIC HMI Panel family, offers several opportunities for
implementing additional functionality. Depending on complexity
• The Open Platform Program offers a wide range of possibilities and requirements, the following can be added:
for developing flexible software solutions efficiently and cost- • New project functions
effectively • Own ActiveX objects
• Based on the Windows CE products from the TP 170B • Additional applications that run in parallel with ProTool
upwards, customized software solutions can be developed,
software products from other manufacturers can be used or • Porting own or third party software to the panel hardware
ProTool can be used to add functions and objects. For developing customized software solutions for target PC
The flexibility and versatility of the PC environment is then platforms, within the framework of the Open Platform program,
opened up to panels and multi panels. a software development kit for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is also
• With SIMATIC ProTool, the standard configuration software, available.
the open operating system Windows CE and a finely graded
spectrum of hardware platforms, a large potential is available
for the implementation of customized software solutions. ■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
■ Benefits
The Open Platform program provides customized software
solutions based on a tried and tested building block principle:
• Low development outlay since based on standards
• Fast time-to-market with the resulting competitive advantages http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
• Use of tried and tested components with well-proven industrial
functionality
6

6/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Industrial
LCD monitors

7/2 Introduction
7/3 12" devices
7/7 15" devices
7/12 18" devices

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 Industrial LCD monitors
Industrie LCD-Monitore

Introduction

■ Overview ■ Benefits
Rugged industrial design:
Resistance to power failure, durability, industry-compatible
design: these are the demands placed on LCD monitors in
industrial applications. The industrial LCD monitors meet these
demands in all variants and therefore comply with the Industry
CE standard. As an option, industrial LCD monitors can also be
supplied with 24 V DC in addition to the usual supply voltages of
110 V or 230 V AC. The industrial LCD monitors also cope with
vibrations of up to 1 g and shocks of up to 5 g. The extended
temperature range of the devices is another safety feature.
The industrial LCD monitors feature a mineral glass screen
which provides higher mechanical protection against pressure,
increased service life due to protection from scratches and clear
readability. Electromagnetic disturbance and emitted interfer-
ence are prevented by the use of the industrial TFT display.
More scope due to greater variety
The industrial LCD monitors are available with 12", 15" and 18"
displays as built-in, rack-mounted and desktop units.
The monitors can even be operated at distances up to 20 m
from the processor unit. The operating concept provides a
choice between touch and key operation.
Industrial LCD monitors are used wherever the display panel High quality working
is separated from the computer for technical and commercial
reasons. The industrial LCD monitors have a totally stationary display, i.e.
no flickering. The brightness and the contrast levels outshines
The SCD 1897/1898, SCD 1597 and SCD 1297 monitors are every conventional CRT monitor. Their uniform brightness, focus
LCD monitors in a rugged industrial design. and lack of reflection set new standards. With reading angles of
up to 170° horizontal and vertical, you will always know what's
Built-in versions: going on.
• Desktop units
• Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
• 19" rack-mounted units
Type of operator control:
• Devices for display only
• Devices for touch operation
• Devices for keyboard/mouse operation
(only 19" rack-mounted units)

■ Industrial LCD Monitors at a Glance

SCD 1297 SCD 1597 SCD 1897/1898

Variants
• Desktop units – • •
• Built-in units (for control cabinets,
consoles and booms)
• • •
• 19" rack-mounted units • • •
Display 12" TFT 15" TFT 18" TFT
• Resolution 800 x 600 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024
• Colors 256 k 16 million 16 million
• Viewing angle (H x V) 120° x 100° 130° x 110° 170° x 170°
7 Operation (optional)
Touch operation • • •
Key/mouse operation • • –
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to IP65 (built-in unit), IP20 (desktop unit), IP20 (desktop unit),
EN 60 529 IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit) IP65 (built-in unit), IP65 (built-in unit),
IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit) IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit)
• Vibration loading during operation 1g 1g 1g
• Shock loading during operation 5g 5g 5g

• possible
– not possible

7/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

12" devices

■ Overview

• The SCD 1297 Monitors are rugged, industry standard LCD

monitors ■ Design
• They can be used in any applications in which picture tube • Rugged aluminium housing
monitors (CRT monitors) are used • 12" TFT display
• Built-in versions: • Resolution 800 x 600 pixels, 256k colors
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms) • Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
- 19" rack-mounted units
• Only display, touch screen or membrane keyboard
• Type of operator control: (with 36 function keys)
- Devices for display only
- Devices for touch operation • Line frequency 30-80 kHz
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation • Image refresh frequency 50-72 Hz
(only 19" rack-mounted units) • 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
■ Benefits • Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit
• Rugged industrial design: Two rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1297 12" industrial LCD
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance monitors are available:
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC com- • Built-in units
patibility (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- Housing to IP65 degree of protection, resistant to dust and - SCD 1297-E – for display only
humidity - SCD 1297-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against - SCD 1297-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
pressure and protected from scratches
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard • 19“ rack-mounted units
(for 19“ racks)
• Wide range of variants - SCD 1297-R – for display only
• No x-ray radiation - SCD 1297-RT with analog resistive touch screen
• Low energy requirements Included in the delivery are:
• Comfortable working: • Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
- Large reading angle between 120° horizontal and
100° vertical • Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
- Sharp, high-contrast display
- No flicker, constant brightness
• Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
• CD-ROM with touch drivers
7
- Auto adjust
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD) Special consideration when changing from CRT
to LCD monitors
• Low space requirements and low weight
• Screen diagonals:
• Long service life For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" gives the comparable CRT monitor size
■ Application (14" CRT corresponds to 12" LCD).
• Resolution:
The SCD 1297 LCD monitors are used wherever the operator/ On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
display panel is separated from the computer for technical and note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
economical reasons. resolution of the visualization application.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/3

 Industrial LCD monitors

12" devices

■ Technical data
Type SCD 1297-E / 1297-ET SCD 1297- K SCD 1297-R / 1297-RT
General features
• Can be separated from 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
processor unit
• On-screen display (OSD) Yes Yes Yes
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened Yes Yes Yes
mineral glass sheet
• Presentation Full screen Full screen Full screen
• Power switch No No No
• Power supply 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC 110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC
• Frequency/power input 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA 47 – 63 Hz/30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP65 IP65 IP54
• Vibration resistance in operation 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2)
• Shock resistance in operation 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Certification UL, CE UL, CE UL, CE
Display
• Viewable area in inches 12" TFT 12" TFT 12" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) optimally 800 x 600 800 x 600 800 x 600
• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 300 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 300 cd/m2 / 300:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 120°x100° 120°x100° 120°x100°
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm) 0.31 x 0.31 0.31 x 0.31 0.31 x 0.31
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm) 246 x 184 246 x 184 246 x 184
• No. of colors 256 k 256 k 256 k
• MTBF of background lighting 50,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz
• Line frequency 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo No Yes No
mouse
• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No
• Alpha and numeric keypads No Yes No
• Touch screen Optional (1297-ET) No Optional (1297-RT)
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface 15-pin Yes Yes Yes
SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen Optional (1297-ET) No Optional (1297-RT)
• 2*PS/2 interfaces for No Yes No
keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions 364 x 284 x 76 483 x 310 x 98 483 x 266 x 80
W x H x D (mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth 334.4 x 252 x 76 312 x 288 x 97 -
W x H x D (mm)
Weight (kg) 5 5 5

7/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

12" devices

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Standard configuration Accessories
12" LCD monitors } 6AV8 101-0 7 7 00- 7 7 A1 Connecting cable
Built-in versions: • Video + Touch
• Built-in unit B - 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
• 19“ rack-mounted unit C - 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
Operating functions: - 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
• Display device A - 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
without operating functions • Video
• Touch B - 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Keyboard C
(only with built-in unit) • Video + 2*PS/2
- 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
Power supplies:
- 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• 110/230 V AC 0
• 24 V DC 1 • Video + X27
- 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
Connecting cable:
- 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
• Video + Touch
230 V AC power supply } 6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
- 1.8 m B
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
- 5.0 m D (with angle section + power cable)
- 10.0 m F }
24 V DC power supply 6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m H
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
• Video (not for Keyboard and (with screws)
Touch functionality) }
Insertable strip 6AV8 107-2AA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m J
for SCD 1297-K
• Video + 2*PS/2 (only for Key-
board functionality)
- 1.8 m L
- 5.0 m N
• Video + X27 (only for Keyboard
functionality)
- 10.0 m Q
- 20.0 m S
} ex warehouse

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm

341.4
307 332
40 364 240
240
M3x10

ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5

Operating elements
A
229

245
170
170

7
284

262

power
supply
S-VHS

Power

unit
Touch
XGA

FBAS

76
4 View A Switchboard cutout
G_ST80_XX_00023

SCD 1297-E, SCD 1297-ET

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/5

 Industrial LCD monitors

12" devices

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

483 View A
40 62 66
465
15
A
ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5
Operating elements

265,9
190,4

Power
supply
unit

Power
S-VHS
Touch
XGA

FBAS
22
76
4

G_ST80_XX_00025
SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT

Dimensions in mm

483
59 465 ø7 450

Operating elements
310,3
234,9

290
ext. KBD
X27
PC Mouse
PC KBD

S-VHS

Power
Touch
XGA

FBAS

Power
supply
unit
24 V DC

97
G_ST80_XX_00024H

View A Switchboard cutout

7 SCD 1297-K

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd

7/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

15" devices

■ Overview

• The SCD 1597 Monitors are rugged, industry standard

LCD monitors ■ Design
• They can be used in any applications in which picture tube • Rugged aluminium housing
monitors (CRT monitors) are used • 15" TFT display
• Built-in versions: • Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels, 16 million colors
- Desktop units • Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- 19" rack-mounted units • Only display, touchscreen or membrane keyboard
(with 36 function keys)
• Type of operator control:
- Devices for display only • Line frequency 30-80 kHz
- Devices for touch operation • Image refresh frequency 50-72 Hz
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation (only 19" built-in units) • 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
■ Benefits • Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit
• Rugged industrial design: Three versions of the SCD 1597 12" industrial LCD monitors are
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance available:
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC com- • Desktop units
patibility - SCD 1597-I – for display only
- Housing to IP65 degree of protection (desktop unit IP20), - SCD 1597-IT with analog resistive touch screen
resistant to dust and humidity
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against • Built-in units
pressure and protected from scratches (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard - SCD 1597-E – for display only
- SCD 1597-ET with analog resistive touch screen
• Wide range of variants - SCD 1597-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
• No X-ray radiation • 19“-rack-mounted units
• Low energy requirements - SCD 1597-R – for display only
• Comfortable working: - SCD 1597-RT with analog resistive touch screen
- Large reading angle between 130° horizontal and Included in the delivery are:
110° vertical • Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
- Sharp, high-contrast display
- No flicker, constant brightness • Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m 7
- Auto adjust • Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD) • CD-ROM with touch drivers
• Low space requirements and low weight Special consideration when changing from CRT
• Long service life to LCD monitors
• Screen diagonals:
■ Application For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" corresponds to comparable CRT monitor size
The SCD 1597 LCD monitors are used wherever the opera- (17" CRT corresponds to 15" LCD).
tor/display panel is separated from the computer for technical • Resolution:
and economical reasons. On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
resolution of the visualization application.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/7

 Industrial LCD monitors

15" devices

■ Technical data
Type SCD 1597-E / 1597-ET SCD 1597- K SCD 1597-R / 1597-RT SCD 1597-I / 1597-IT
General features
• Can be separated 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
from processor unit
• On-screen display (OSD) Yes Yes Yes Yes
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened Yes Yes Yes Yes
mineral glass sheet
• Presentation Full screen Full screen Full screen Full screen
• Power switch No No No No
• Power supply 110/230V AC, optionally 110/230V AC, optionally 110/230V AC, optionally 110/230 V AC,
24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Frequency/power input 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA 47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP65 IP65 IP54 IP20
• Vibration resistance in operation 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2) 1 g (10 m/s2)
• Shock resistance in operation 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2) 5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Certification UL, CE UL, CE UL, CE UL, CE
Display
• Viewable area in inches 15" TFT 15" TFT 15" TFT 15" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) optimally 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 1024 x 768
• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1 250 cd/m2 / 300:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 130°x110° 130°x110° 130°x110° 130°x110°
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm) 0.30 x 0.30 0.30 x 0.30 0.30 x 0.30 0.30 x 0.30
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm) 304 x 228 304 x 228 304 x 228 304 x 228
• No. of colors 16 million 16 million 16 million 16 million
• MTBF of background lighting 35,000 h 35,000 h 35,000 h 35,000 h
(at 25°C)
• Image refresh rate 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz 50 – 72 Hz
• Line frequency 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz 30 – 80 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo No Yes No No
mouse
• Function keys No 36 with LEDs No No
• Alpha and numeric keypads Yes Yes No No
• Touch screen Optional No Optional Optional
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface 15-pin Yes Yes Yes Yes
SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen Optional No Optional Optional
• 2*PS/2 interfaces No Yes No No
for keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions 428 x 336 x 83 483 x 355 x 95 483 x 311 x 83 370 x 373 x 62
W x H x D (mm) (base depth 205)
• Mounting cutout/depth 394 x 306 x 83 448 x 333 x 95 – 370 x 373 x 62
W x H x D (mm) (base depth 205)
Weight (kg) 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
7

7/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

15" devices

■ Ordering Data
Order No. Order No.
Standard configuration Accessories
15" LCD monitors } 6AV8 101-1 7 7 00- 7 7 A1 Connecting cable
Built-in versions: • Video + Touch
• Desktop unit (only for 230 V) A - 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
• Built-in unit B - 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
• 19“ rack-mounted unit C - 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
Operating functions: - 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Display device without operat- A • Video
ing functions - 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Touch B
• Video + 2*PS/2
• Keyboard C
(only with built-in unit) - 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
- 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
Power supplies:
• 110/230 V AC 0 • Video + X27
• 24 V DC 1 - 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
(only with desktop unit) - 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
Connecting cable: 230 V AC power supply } 6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
• Video + Touch for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with angle section + power cable)
- 1.8 m B
24 V DC power supply } 6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
- 5.0 m D
- 10.0 m F for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with screws)
- 20.0 m H
Insertable strip } 6AV8 107-2AB00-0AA0
• Video (not for Keyboard and
Touch functionality) for SCD 1597-K
- 20.0 m J
• Video + 2*PS/2 (only for
Keyboard functionality)
- 1.8 m L
- 5.0 m N
• Video + X27 (only for Keyboard
functionality)
- 10.0 m Q
- 20.0 m S
} ex warehouse

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/9

 Industrial LCD monitors

15" devices

■ Dimensional drawings

Dimensions in mm

406
360,5
44,5 428 397
M4x10 120,7

ACTIVE AREA 304x228

A
Operating elements

107

290
336

314

S-VHS
Touch

Power
XGA

FBAS
Power
supply
unit

82,5
4 View A Switchboard cutout

G_ST80_XX_00026
SCD 1597-E, SCD 1597-ET

Dimensions in mm

483 View A
44.5 465

ACTIVE AREA 304x228

A
Operating elements
234,9

310.3

XGA

S-VHS

Power
Touch

FBAS

Power
supply
unit

82.5
4
G_ST80_XX_00028

7 SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT

7/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

15" devices

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

483
60 465 Æ7
448

Operating elements

333
279,4
354,8

ext. KBD
X27
PC Mouse
PC KBD

XGA

Power
Touch
Power
supply
unit
24 V DC

95
4 A Switchboard cutout
View A

G_ST80_XX_00027
SCD 1597-K

■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/11

 Industrial LCD monitors

18" devices

■ Overview

• The SCD 1897 and SCD 1898 Monitors are rugged, industry
standard LCD monitors ■ Design
• They can be used in any application in which picture tube • Rugged aluminium housing
monitors (CRT monitors) are used • 18" TFT display
• Built-in versions: • Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels, 16 million colors
- Desktop units • Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- 19" rack-mounted units • Only display or ouch screen
• Type of operator control: • Line frequency 30-100 kHz
- Devices for display only • Image refresh frequency 50-97 Hz
- Devices for touch operation • 110/230 V AC power supply
• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the processor unit
■ Benefits Three versions of the 18" industrial LCD monitors are available:
• Rugged industrial design: • Desktop units
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance - SCD 1898-I – for display only
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC - SCD 1898-IT with analog resistive touch screen
compatibility
- Housing front to IP65 degree of protection (desktop unit • Built-in units
IP20), resistant to dust and humidity (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against - SCD 1897-E – for display only
pressure and protected from scratches - SCD 1897-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard • 19” rack-mounted units
• Wide range of variants - SCD 1897-R – for display only
- SCD 1897-RT with analog resistive touch screen
• No X-ray radiation
• Low energy requirements Included in the delivery are:
• Comfortable working: • Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
- Large reading angle between 170° horizontal and vertical • Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
- Sharp, high-contrast display • Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
- No flicker, constant brightness
7 - Auto adjust
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD)
Special consideration when changing from CRT
to LCD monitors
• Low space requirements and low weight • Screen diagonals:
For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
• Long service life inches plus 2" corresponds to the comparable CRT monitor
size (20" CRT corresponds to 18" LCD).
■ Application • Resolution:
On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
The SCD 1897/1898 LCD monitors are used wherever the note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
operator/display panel is separated from the computer for resolution of the visualization application.
technical and economical reasons.

7/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

18" devices

■ Technical data
Type SCD 1897-E / 1897-ET SCD 1897-R / 1897-RT SCD 1898-I / 1898-IT
General features
• Can be separated from 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m 1.8 to 20 m
processor unit
• On-screen display (OSD) Yes Yes Yes
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened Yes Yes Yes
mineral glass sheet
• Presentation 1:1, full screen, zoom 1:1, full screen, zoom 1:1, full screen, zoom
• Power switch At the rear At the rear At the rear
• Power supply 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC 110/230 V AC
• Frequency/power input 47 – 63 Hz/60 VA 47 – 63 Hz/60 VA 47 – 63 Hz/60 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529 IP65 IP54 IP20
• Vibration resistance in operation 1g (10m/s2) 1g (10m/s2) 1g (10m/s2)
• Shock resistance in operation 5g (50m/s2) 5g (50m/s2) 5g (50m/s2)
• EMC CE CE CE
• Ambient temperature in operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
Certification UL, CE UL, CE UL, CE
Display
• Viewable area in inches 18" TFT 18" TFT 18" TFT
• Resolution (pixels) optimally 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024
• Brightness/contrast (typ.) 270 cd/m2 / 400:1 270 cd/m2 / 400:1 270 cd/m2 / 400:1
• Viewing angle (H x V) 170°x170° 170°x170° 170°x170°
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm) 0.28 x 0.28 0.28 x 0.28 0.28 x 0.28
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm) 359 x 287 359 x 287 359 x 287
• No. of colors 16 million 16 million 16 million
• MTBF of background lighting 50,000 h 50,000 h 50,000 h
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate 30 – 100 Hz 30 – 100 Hz 30 – 100 Hz
• Line frequency 50 – 97 kHz 50 – 97 kHz 50 – 97 kHz
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo No No No
mouse
• Function keys No No No
• Alpha and numeric keypads No No No
• Touch screen Optional Optional Optional
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface 15-pin Yes Yes Yes
SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen Optional Optional Optional
• 2*PS/2 interfaces No No No
for keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions 481 x 385 x 89 483 x 400 x 89 465 x 444 x 91 (base depth 240)
W x H x D (mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth 450 x 353.4 x 89 - 465 x 444 x 91 (base depth 240)
W x H x D (mm)
Weight (kg) 10 10 10

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/13

 Industrial LCD monitors

18" devices

■ Ordering Data ■ Dimensional drawings

Order No.
Standard configuration
Dimensions in mm 459
18" LCD monitors } 6AV8 101-2 7 7 00-0 7 A0 417
89 400
Built-in variants:
200
• Built-in unit 1897 B
• 19“-rack-mounted unit 1897 C Opera-
ting
• Desktop unit 1898 D elements

Operating functions:

362,4
• Display device without A

240
338
operating functions 220 V AC
VGA
• Touch B
Touch
Connecting cable: S-VHS
FBAS
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m B 4
- 5.0 m D 77
- 10.0 m F
- 20.0 m H
• Video
(not for Touch functionality) 481
- 20.0 m J 362

Accessories
Connecting cable
• Video + Touch

384,4
- 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0

290
- 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
- 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Video
- 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2
450
- 1.8 m } 6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
- 5.0 m } 6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
Switchboard
• Video + X27 cutout d=5(16x)

- 10.0 m } 6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0

- 20.0 m } 6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
353,4

} ex warehouse
G_ST80_XX_00029

SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET

7/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Industrial LCD monitors

18" devices

■ Dimensional drawings (cont.)

Dimensions in mm

483
89 465

399,2
323,8
120,6
AC 220 V
VGA
Touch
S-VHS
FBAS

4
77

G_ST80_XX_00030
SCD 1897-R, SCD 1897-RT

Dimensions in mm

465
5"
15"
359.6

393

20
47
91
287.6

240
393
444

G_ST80_XX_00031
51

160

SCD 1898-I, SCD 1898-IT

7
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at

http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 7/15

 Industrial LCD monitors

7/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

Appendix

8/2 Training

8/4 Standards and Approbations

8/5 Siemens Contacts Worldwide

8/6 Partners

8/8 A&D Online Services

8/9 Customer Support

8/11 Length Codes

for Connecting Cables

8/12 Safety of Electronic Equipment

8/13 Software Licenses

8/14 Subject Index

8/17 Order No. Index

8/19 Fax form

Suggestions for Improving
the Catalog

8/21 Copyright, Warning

8/22 Terms and Conditions of Sale

and Delivery
Export regulations

Siemens ST 80 · 2004
 Appendix

Training

■ Training is decisive for your success Wide variety

With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train
SITRAIN® – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial the complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the
Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support when system solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software
solving your tasks. and seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation range of courses.
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty Close to our customers
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate The distance is short. You can find us at approx. 60 locations
deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty in Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have
planning right from the beginning. individual training instead of one of our 300 courses?
No problem: we will provide a program tailored exactly to your
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your com- personal requirements. Training can be carried out in our
pany: shortened startup times, optimized plant components, Training Centers or at your company.
faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words,
increased profits and lower costs.
■ The right mixture: blended learning
Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Further-
more, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruc-
tion on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning
can convey complex topics well, and train networked
thinking. Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and
periods of absence through training sequences independent
of location and time.

■ The international training portal

www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces – and register
directly.

■ Customer comments on Sitrain

" ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility
convinced me."
Top trainers [Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess planning basic and further training of project engineers]
comprehensive didactic experience. Course developers have a " ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and
direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their solutions which provide great help."
knowledge to the trainers. [Günter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen]
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
■ Contact
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner. Visit us in the Internet at:
But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great
importance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half www.siemens.com/sitrain
of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art training catalog from:
methodically/didactically designed training equipment.
You feel absolutely certain when trained in this manner. Course office, Infoline Germany:
Tel.: +49 (1805) 23 56 11 (0.12 €/Min)
Fax: +49 (1805) 23 56 12

8/2 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Training

■ Courses for SIMATIC HMI

Manager, sales personnel

Project manager, projekt staff member

Engineers, programmers

Commissioning engineers, project planning engineers

Service Personnel

Operator, user

Maintenance personnel

Titel Target group Duration Course code

SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface)

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, System course ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-BPROPRS

SIMATIC WinCC, System course ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 5 days ST-BWINCCS

SIMATIC WinCC, Advanced course ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-BWINCCV

SIMATIC WinCC flexible, system course 1 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3 days ST-BWCCSYS

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/3

 Appendix

Standards and Approbations

■ Operating system licenses for SIMATIC PC/PG ■ CE marking

The enclosed operating system license is approved only for the The electronic products described in this catalog comply with
installation of the SIMATIC PC/PG supplied. the requirements and protection objectives of the following EU
guidelines and with the harmonized European standards (EN)
The Microsoft OEM license allows you to install the software only which have been published for programmable controllers in the
on this SIMATIC system. Official Journal of the European Union:

■ UL (U) and CSA (C) standards • 89/336/EWG “Electromagnetic Compatibility” (EMC guideline)
• 73/23/EWG “Electrical Equipment for Use Within Specific
All HMI products comply with the UL (U) and CSA (C) standards Voltage Limits” (low voltage guideline)
or an application for approval has been submitted.
The EU conformity declarartion is available for examination by
Products, for which there is no approval, are specially marked the appropriate authorites at:
(see the product ordering data).
SIMATIC HMI:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives Group
Dept. A&D AS
P.O. Box 4848
D-90475 Nuremberg
Federal Republic of Germany
SIMATIC, SIMATIC NET, SIMATIC PC:
Siemens AG,
Automation and Drives Group,
Dept. A&D AS RD4
P.O. Box 1963
D-92209 Amberg
Federal Republic of Germany

8/4 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Siemens Contacts Worldwide

■ Overview
At
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

Need more Information?

Then fax us!
Under the fax no.
0 08 00-74 62 84 27
you will find further information.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/5

 Appendix

Partners

■ WinCC Competence Center ■ WinCC Professional

The WinCC competence centers are Siemens internal partners.
They offer a wide range of products and services geared to
ensuring that customers make the best possible use of the open-
ness and integration capability of WinCC in terms of both cost-
efficiency and technology.
In addition to developing standard solutions/add-on products,
they are authorized to implement customer-specific and vertical
solutions in the areas of application development and system
integration on the basis of WinCC. Finally, they also offer consult- WinCC Professionals are external system integrators, who have
ing and project-associated training and workshops for decision- specialised in process visualization. In many realized projects
makers and users. with WinCC they have built up the know-how to meet even com-
plex requirements.
Industry-specific as well as automation and WinCC system
expertise guarantee professional and efficient solutions. WinCC Professionals use the openness and flexibility and
Needless to say, software development is in accordance with provide customized and economical solutions based on WinCC
recognized standards on the basis of certified ISO 9001 quality system software.
management.
You can find detailed information at:
You can find detailed information at: www.siemens.com/competencecenter
www.siemens.com/competencecenter

8/6 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Partners

■ Siemens Automation Solution Provider

Your benefits
• Customized, economic and future-oriented solutions
• Significant advantages with respect to speed, efficiency and
locality
• Solution provider has special knowledge of sector
• Guaranteed state-of-the-art technology and knowledge of
latest developments
Automation solutions are becoming increasingly complex, Certification
and demands are permanently growing. We can help you find
competent partners for an excellent, reliable solution. Partners The solution providers are continuously being trained in order to
who have competence and experience in the required sector remain completely up-to-date. They are subjected to a special
linked with comprehensive know-how for automation solutions. certification program where they have to prove their high com-
petence using Siemens’ automation tools. We can therefore
Our partner programs set new standards with respect to the guarantee a special standard of quality which is successively
specific competence of the companies involved and the global achieved by training on new components and during special
network of partners. As a result of the careful selection and per- solution provider workshops.
manent training of our solution providers, you will always be able
to find a competent partner close at hand who is always working
with state-of-the-art technology. You can find detailed information at:
The program www.siemens.com/automation/solution-provider

You are searching for automation solutions for a particular task?

Or you require professional consulting and support?
You wish to contact specialists in your sector?
You wish to secure market advantages?
Then our Siemens automation solution providers are the right
partners for you!
Our partner companies possess the know-how for developing
reliable, economic and future-oriented solutions – for all sectors
and all automation components: covering all SIMATIC compo-
nents, visualization systems, communications networks using
SIMATIC PCS 7, microsystems and motion control systems up to
products for vertical integration of industrial automation and
office environments.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/7

 Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on CD-ROM

■ A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-
tems and services.

■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive Catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 prod-
ucts and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automa-
tion and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog can be found in the Inter-
net under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM:
• Automation and Drives CA 01,
Order No.: E86060-D4001-A110-C2-7600

■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transmissions via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure
from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be
carried out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

8/8 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix
Customer Support
Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

■ Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the
automation project. 1)

.I
■ Service On Site
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to With Service On Site we offer
keep ahead all the time: services for startup and mainte-
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for nance, essential for ensuring
the necessary support – in every phase. system availability.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a In Germany
complete range of different services for automation and drives. 0180 50 50 444 2)
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.

■ Online Support ■ Repairs and Spare Parts

The comprehensive information In the operating phase of a ma-
system available round the chine or automation system we
clock via Internet ranging from provide a comprehensive repair
Product Support and Service & and spare parts service ensur-
Support services to Support ing the highest degree of oper-
Tools in the Shop. ating safety and reliability.
http://www.siemens.com/ In Germany
automation/service&support 0180 50 50 448 2)

■ Technical Support ■ Optimization and Upgrading

Competent consulting in techni- To enhance productivity and
cal questions covering a wide save costs in your project we of-
range of customer-oriented fer high-quality services in opti-
services for all our products and mization and upgrading. 1)
systems.
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-Mail:
adsupport@siemens.com

■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and
designing of your project from
detailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system ques-
tions right to the creation of the
automation solution. 1)

1) Get in touch with the sales contact in your region for questions about these
services. Our Helpline (tel.: +49 (0) 180 50 50 111) will also put you
through to the right contact or just visit our Internet site.
8
2) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/9

 Appendix
Customer Support
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM/
Automation Value Card

■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM

For locations without online con- The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
nections to the Internet there are Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will
excerpts of the free part of the be updated every 4 months.
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Knowledge Base). This CD- Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages
ROM contains all the latest (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
product information at the time You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
of production (FAQs, Down- from your Siemens contact.
loads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)
as well as general information Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
on Service and Technical Orders via the Internet
Support. (with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
in the Shop domain.

■ Automation Value Card

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-
tion Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card order numbers
Credits Order no.
200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0

Small card – great support Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-
prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation Service & Support à la Card: Examples
project.
Technical Support
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from
our Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support ”Priority“ Priority processing for urgent cases
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Auto- ”24 h“ Availability round the clock
mation Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
„Extended“ Technical consulting for complex questions
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the
state of your account and all transactions at any time. Support Tools in the Support Shop
Services on card. This is how it's done. ”System Tools that can be used directly for configuration,
Utilities“ analysis and testing
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
”Applications“ Complete topic solutions including ready-tested
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field, software
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
”Functions & Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Samples“

8/10 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Length Codes for Connecting Cables

■ Length codes for 6XV ... and 6ES5 ... connecting cables
For connecting cables whose length can be selected according Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.
to the following list, complete the empty positions ( 7 7 7 ) of the
Order No. according to the specified length code.
Connecting cables 6XV. ... Connecting cables 6ES5 ...
Length of the connecting cable Order No. extension for the Length of the connecting cable Order No. extension for the
connecting cable connecting cable
} 6XV. ... - 7 7 7 } 6ES5... - 7 7 7 0

Multiplier: 0.01 m E 1m BB0

0.1 m H 1.6 m BB6
1m N 2m BC0
10 m T 2.5 m BC5
100 m U 3m BD0
Length digit: 10 10 3.2 m BD2
12 12 5m BF 0
15 15 8m BJ 0
16 16 10 m CB0
20 20 12 m CB2
25 25 16 m CB6
32 32 20 m CC0
40 40 25 m CC5
50 50 32 m CD2
60 60 40 m CE0
63 63 50 m CF 0
80 80 63 m C G3
80 m CJ 0
100 m DB0
120 m DB2
150 m DB5
160 m DB6
200 m DC0
250 m DC5
320 m DD2
400 m DE0
500 m DF 0
600 m D G0
630 m D G3
800 m DJ 0
1000 m EB0

Standard, lower-priced lengths are available for many connect- Example for ordering
ing cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central
warehouse in Nuremberg, Germany, (LZN) within three days. The 6XV1 404-0A 7 7 7 connecting cable must be 16 m long.
Multiplier 1 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m.
Special lengths can be supplied only from the factory con- The Order No. extension is N16. This is entered in the free
cerned. Delivery may take up to 30 days. spaces of the Order No. The complete Order No. for the 16 m
long connecting cable is
6XV1 404-0AN16.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/11

 Appendix

Safety of Electronic Equipment

■ Safety of electronic equipment ■ Division into a safe and a non-safe area

The information on this page is mainly of a general nature and Most plants contain components that perform safety-related
applies regardless of the type of electronic control system and tasks, such as Emergency Stop pushbuttons, safety guards and
its manufacturer. two-hand controls). To avoid having to view the entire control
system in terms of its safety, we generally distinguish between a
Reliability safe area and a non-safe area. Because the failure of electronic
With a range of effective product development and production components does not present a danger in the non-safe area,
measures, we maximize the reliability of our devices and compo- the control system does not have to meet any special safety
nents. requirements in this area. In the safe area, only control systems
and circuit arrangements that comply with the applicable
These measures include regulations must be used.
• use of high-quality components; In practice, the following distinctions are made:
• worst-case dimensioning of all circuits; • Control systems with few safety features,
• systematic, computer-controlled testing of all subcontractor- e.g. machine controls.
supplied components; • Control systems with a balanced mix of safe non-safe areas,
• burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits e.g. chemical plants and cable cars.
(such as processors and memory); • Control systems with high safety requirements,
• measures to prevent static charge from building up when e.g. boiler-firing systems.
handling MOS circuits;
Important note
• visual inspections at various stages of manufacture;
• in-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of Even if a high degree of safety has been built into an electronic
all components and their interaction within the circuit; control system, – such as multi-channel design – the safety
guidelines in the operating instructions must be strictly adhered
• heat-run at elevated ambient temperature over several days; to. Existing safety precautions may otherwise become ineffec-
• thorough computer-controlled final testing; tive or additional hazards be created.
• static analysis of all rejects for immediate initiation of corrective
measures. ■ Notes about servicing
In safety engineering, these measures are termed basic mea- The brightness of STN and TFT backlit displays decreases with
sures. They can be used to prevent or rectify most conceivable time. This process depends on various factors, including ambi-
faults. ent temperature. According to the manufacturer’s information,
the displays have a lifespan (to failure or a brightness reduction
Hazard risk
of 50 % and at an ambient temperature of 25 °C) of:
Wherever faults can cause personal injury or material damage,
TP 070 50,000 h
special safety measures have to be applied to the plant, and
therefore also to the PLC. There are special, plant-specific regu- TP 170micro 50.000 h
lations for these applications and these have to be taken into
account in the design of a control system. Mobile Panel 170 50,000 h

For electronic control systems that influence the safety of a OP 77B 100.000 h
machine or plant, the measures required for preventing or TP 170A/B 50,000 h
correcting faults depend on the danger the plant represents.
Beyond a certain level of danger, the above basic measures are OP 170B 50,000 h
no longer sufficient, and additional measures – such as two- TP 270 6″ 40,000 h
channel configuration, tests or checksums – must be imple-
mented and certified for the control system. TP 270 10″ 60,000 h
OP 270 6″ 40,000 h
OP 270 10″ 60,000 h
MP 270B 50,000 h
MP 370 50,000 h
Panel PC IL 70 50,000 h
Panel PC 670/870 60,000 h
Depending on the actual operating conditions, the gas
discharge tubes must be replaced when the display is no longer
readable.

8/12 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Software Licenses

■ Overview
Software types Certificate of license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
The following software types have been defined: use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
• Engineering software required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
• Runtime software Downgrading
Engineering software The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. Delivery versions
Data generated with engineering software and executable Software is constantly being updated.
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The following delivery versions
parties free-of-charge. • PowerPack
Runtime software • Upgrade
This includes all software products required for plant/machine can be used to access updates.
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
sions, drivers, etc.
PowerPack
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
You can find information about license fees according to use in with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of ware is licensed.
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. license of the software to be replaced.
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the Upgrade
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the relevant product(s). the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
License types The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
license: product, proves that the new version is licensed.
• Floating license A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
• Single license
• Rental license ServicePack
• Trial license ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
Floating license ing to the number of existing original licenses.
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of License key
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use be- Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
gins when the software is started. and without license keys.
A license is required for each concurrent user. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
Single license is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software. The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and license key (which represents the license).
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
One single license is required for each type of use defined. found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Rental license (A&D Mall Online-Help System)

A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering

software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. 8
It can be transferred to another license.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/13

 Appendix

Subject Index
Page Page
A N
Appendix ................................................................................ 8/1 Non-Siemens PLCs ................................................. 2/114; 2/122
Automation Solution Provider ................................................. 8/7 O
Automation Value Card......................................................... 8/10 OEM Products ........................................................................ 6/8
A&D Online Services .............................................................. 8/8 Online Services ...................................................................... 8/8
C Open Platform Program........................................................ 6/10
Competence Center ............................................................... 8/6 Operator control and monitoring devices .............................. 2/1
Complete HMI systems .......................................................... 5/1 OP17..................................................................................... 2/43
Conditions of Sale and Delivery ........................................... 8/22 OP 170B ............................................................................... 2/63
Configuration software ........................................................... 4/6 OP 270.................................................................................. 2/75
Connecting cables ............................................................. 2/126 OP3....................................................................................... 2/35
Contacts ................................................................................. 8/5 OP7....................................................................................... 2/38
Customer Support .................................................................. 8/9 OP 77B ................................................................................. 2/48
Customized design ................................................................ 6/3 Order number index ............................................................. 8/17
Customized products ............................................................. 6/1 P
E Packages with ProTool/Pro ..................................................... 5/2
Engineering software............................................................ 4/19 Packages with WinCC ............................................................ 5/8
Expansion components........................................................ 3/25 Packages with WinCC flexible................................................ 5/5
- SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor ................................................ 3/25 Panel PC overview.................................................................. 3/2
- SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator, Panel PC 670.......................................................................... 3/8
Image & Partition Creator ................................................ 3/26 Panel PC 870........................................................................ 3/17
- 3,5‘‘ disk drive, USB 1.1 .................................................. 3/27 Panel PC IL 70........................................................................ 3/4
Export regulations ................................................................ 8/22 Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ....................................... 5/2
F Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC .............................................. 5/8
Fax Form: Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible .................................. 5/5
- Suggestions for improving the catalog............................ 8/19 Panels................................................................................... 2/32
FDA options.......................................................................... 4/82 Panels and Runtime Software:
H - S5................................................................................... 2/118
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro ............................................. 5/2 - S7................................................................................... 2/119
HMI Packages with WinCC .................................................... 5/8 - 505................................................................................. 2/121
HMI Packages with WinCC flexible ........................................ 5/5 - Non-Siemens PLCs........................................................ 2/122
HMI Software .......................................................................... 4/1 Partner ............................................................................. 8/6, 8/7
I PC DiagMonitor .................................................................... 3/25
IL 70........................................................................................ 3/4 PC/PG Image Creator, Image & Partition Creator ................ 3/26
Industrial LCD monitors.......................................................... 7/1 PDA ...................................................................................... 4/75
Information and Ordering ....................................................... 8/8 PPA ....................................................................................... 4/75
K ProAgent............................................................................... 4/86
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM.............................................. 8/10 Process Diagnostics Software.............................................. 4/86
L ProTool.................................................................................... 4/6
LCD monitors.......................................................................... 7/1 ProTool/Lite ............................................................................. 4/6
Length Codes for Connecting Cables.................................. 8/11 ProTool/Pro ........................................................................... 4/10
M
ProTool/Pro Options .............................................................. 4/18
Micro Panels:
Push Button Panels:
- TD 200 ............................................................................. 2/15
- PP7 .................................................................................... 2/8
- TP 070.............................................................................. 2/17
- PP17 ................................................................................ 2/11
- TP 170micro..................................................................... 2/20 R
Mobile Panels: Recommended printer ....................................................... 2/128
- Mobile Panel 170 ............................................................. 2/23 Runtime software.................................................................. 4/24
Multi Panels:
- MP 270B .......................................................................... 2/83
- MP 370............................................................................. 2/92
Multi panel options:
- SIMATIC ThinClient/MP.................................................. 2/104
- SIMATIC WinAC MP....................................................... 2/101

8/14 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Subject Index
Page Page
S S (continued)
Safety of electronic equipment............................................. 8/12 SIMATIC WinAC MP ........................................................... 2/101
SCADA system ..................................................................... 4/42 SIMATIC WinCC ................................................................... 4/42
SCD 1297-E............................................................................ 7/3 SIMATIC WinCC flexible .............................................. 4/19; 4/24
SCD 1297-ET.......................................................................... 7/3 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES.................................................. 4/19
SCD 1297-K............................................................................ 7/3 SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES Options .................................... 4/23
SCD 1297-R............................................................................ 7/3 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT.................................................. 4/24
SCD 1297-RT.......................................................................... 7/3 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT Options .................................... 4/31
SCD 1597-E............................................................................ 7/7 SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................. 4/23
SCD 1597-ET.......................................................................... 7/7 SIMATIC WinCC Options:
SCD 1597-I ............................................................................. 7/7 - FDA-Options .................................................................... 4/82
SCD 1597-IT ........................................................................... 7/7 - SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA .................................. 4/75
SCD 1597-K............................................................................ 7/7 - SIMATIC IT WinBDE......................................................... 4/77
SCD 1597-R............................................................................ 7/7 - WinCC/Basic Process Control ......................................... 4/79
SCD 1597-RT.......................................................................... 7/7 - WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) .............................. 4/71
SCD 1897-E.......................................................................... 7/12 - WinCC/Comprehensive Support ..................................... 4/85
SCD 1897-ET........................................................................ 7/12 - WinCC/Connectivity Pack................................................ 4/72
SCD 1898-I ........................................................................... 7/12 - WinCC/Dat@Monitor ........................................................ 4/70
SCD 1898-IT ......................................................................... 7/12 - WinCC/Guardian.............................................................. 4/69
SCD 1897-R.......................................................................... 7/12 - WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ........................................... 4/73
SCD 1897-RT........................................................................ 7/12 - WinCC/IndustrialX............................................................ 4/84
Siemens Automation Solution Provider .................................. 8/7 - WinCC/Messenger........................................................... 4/68
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA ....................................... 4/75 - WinCC/ODK..................................................................... 4/85
SIMATIC IT WinBDE ............................................................. 4/77 - WinCC/ProAgent.............................................................. 4/67
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 ................................................... 2/23 - WinCC/Redundancy ........................................................ 4/65
SIMATIC MP 270B ................................................................ 2/83 - WinCC/Server .................................................................. 4/59
SIMATIC MP 370 .................................................................. 2/92 - WinCC/Storage ................................................................ 4/81
SIMATIC OP17...................................................................... 2/43 - WinCC/User Archives ...................................................... 4/80
SIMATIC OP 170B ................................................................ 2/63 - WinCC/Web Navigator..................................................... 4/61
SIMATIC OP 270................................................................... 2/75 SIMATIC 505............................................................ 2/113; 2/121
SIMATIC OP3........................................................................ 2/35 Software licenses ................................................................. 8/13
SIMATIC OP7........................................................................ 2/38 Standards and Approbations ................................................. 8/4
SIMATIC OP 77B .................................................................. 2/48 Subject index........................................................................ 8/14
SIMATIC Panel PC .................................................................. 3/1 Suggestions for improving the catalog ................................ 8/19
SIMATIC Panel PC overview................................................... 3/2 System interfaces ............................................................... 2/108
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro......................... 5/2 T
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC ............................... 5/8 Text Display TD 200.............................................................. 2/15
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible ................... 5/5 Text Panels:
SIMATIC Panel PC 670........................................................... 3/8 - TD17 ................................................................................ 2/32
SIMATIC Panel PC 870......................................................... 3/17 - OP3.................................................................................. 2/35
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 ......................................................... 3/4 - OP7.................................................................................. 2/38
SIMATIC PP17 ...................................................................... 2/11 - OP17................................................................................ 2/43
SIMATIC PP7 .......................................................................... 2/8 - S5................................................................................... 2/109
SIMATIC ProAgent................................................................ 4/86 - S7................................................................................... 2/111
SIMATIC ProTool ..................................................................... 4/6 - Non-Siemens PLCs........................................................ 2/114
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite .............................................................. 4/6 - 505................................................................................. 2/113
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro............................................................. 4/10 ThinClient/MP ..................................................................... 2/104
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Optionen............................................. 4/18 TP 070 .................................................................................. 2/13
SIMATIC S5 ............................................................. 2/109; 2/118 TP 170A ................................................................................ 2/52
SIMATIC S7 ............................................................. 2/111; 2/119 TP 170B ................................................................................ 2/57
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP ...................................................... 2/104 TP 270 .................................................................................. 2/68
SIMATIC TD17 ...................................................................... 2/32 Training ................................................................................... 8/2
SIMATIC TP 070 ................................................................... 2/17
SIMATIC TP 170A ................................................................. 2/52
SIMATIC TP 170B ................................................................. 2/57
SIMATIC TP 270 ................................................................... 2/68
8

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/15

 Appendix

Subject Index
Page Page
V Numbers
Visualization software ........................................................... 4/10 12“ devices............................................................................. 7/2
W 15“ devices............................................................................. 7/7
WinAC MP .......................................................................... 2/101 18“ devices........................................................................... 7/12
WinBDE ................................................................................ 4/77
WinCC .................................................................................. 4/42 170 Series:
WinCC Competence Center................................................... 8/6 - SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 .............................................. 2/23
WinCC flexible ...................................................................... 4/19 - SIMATIC OP 170B ........................................................... 2/63
WinCC flexible ES................................................................. 4/19 - SIMATIC TP 170A ............................................................ 2/52
WinCC flexible ES Options ................................................... 4/23 - SIMATIC TP 170B ............................................................ 2/57
WinCC flexible RT................................................................. 4/24 270 Series:
WinCC flexible RT Options ................................................... 4/31 - SIMATIC OP27 ................................................................. 2/62
WinCC flexible /Archives ...................................................... 4/31 - SIMATIC OP 270 .............................................................. 2/75
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................................ 4/23 - SIMATIC TP 270............................................................... 2/68
WinCC flexible /OPC-Server................................................. 4/39 - SIMATIC MP 270B ........................................................... 2/83
WinCC flexible /ProAgent ..................................................... 4/41 3,5‘‘ disk drive, USB 1.1 ....................................................... 3/27
WinCC flexible /Recipes....................................................... 4/32 370 Series:
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess.............................................. 4/33 - SIMATIC MP 370.............................................................. 2/92
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService.............................................. 4/36 70 Series:
WinCC Options: - SIMATIC OP 77B ............................................................. 2/48
- FDA-Options .................................................................... 4/82
- SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA .................................. 4/75
- SIMATIC IT WinBDE......................................................... 4/77
- WinCC/Basic Process Control ......................................... 4/79
- WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) .............................. 4/71
- WinCC/Comprehensive Support ..................................... 4/85
- WinCC/Connectivity Pack................................................ 4/72
- WinCC/Dat@Monitor ........................................................ 4/70
- WinCC/Guardian.............................................................. 4/69
- WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ........................................... 4/73
- WinCC/IndustrialX............................................................ 4/84
- WinCC/Messenger........................................................... 4/68
- WinCC/ODK..................................................................... 4/85
- WinCC/ProAgent.............................................................. 4/67
- WinCC/Redundancy ........................................................ 4/65
- WinCC/Server .................................................................. 4/59
- WinCC/Storage ................................................................ 4/81
- WinCC/User Archives ...................................................... 4/80
- WinCC/Web Navigator..................................................... 4/61
WinCC Options and Add-ons............................................... 4/57
WinCC Professional................................................................ 8/6

8/16 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Order No. Index

Type Page Type Page
W 6AV6 ... (continued)
W79084-E1001-B2 ........ 2/34; 2/46; 2/74; 2/82; 2/90; 2/98; 2/99 6AV6 613-... ........................................................ 4/22; 4/23; 4/29
6AV6 618-... .................... 4/31; 4/32; 4/35; 4/38; 4/40; 4/41; 4/92
2XV9 ... 6AV6 621-... ............................................... 2/51; 2/55; 2/61; 2/66
6XV9 450-... ......................................................................... 4/79 6AV6 622-... ............................................... 2/73; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98
6AV6 623-... ........................................... 5/76AV6 640-...2/22; 6/5
6AG7 ... 6AV6 641-... ................................................................... 2/51; 6/4
6AG7 01.-... .................................................... 3/6; 5/4; 5/7; 5/10 6AV6 650-... .......................................................................... 2/22
6AV6 651-... .......................................................................... 2/51
6AV3 ... 6AV6 671-... .......................................................................... 2/51
6AV3 017-... .................................................................. 2/34; 6/4 6AV6 691-... . 2/19; 2/22; 2/30; 2/34; 2/37; 2/41; 2/46; 2/51; 2/55;
6AV3 503-... .................................................................. 2/37; 6/4 ....................... 2/61; 2/66; 2/73; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98; 4/9; 4/16; 4/22;
6AV3 591-... ......................................................................... 2/37 ................................................................... 4/29; 4/41; 4/67; 4/92
6AV3 607-... .................................................................. 2/41; 6/4
6AV3 617-... .................................................................. 2/46; 6/4 6AV7 ...
6AV3 678-... .............................. 2/10; 2/14; 2/34; 2/41; 2/46; 6/5 6AV7 570-... ............................................................................ 3/6
6AV3 681-... ......................................................................... 4/92 6AV7 651-... ............................................................................ 6/6
6AV3 688-... ................................................................ 2/10, 2/14 6AV7 671-... ................................................................ 3/13; 3/21
6AV3 980-... ........................................................................... 4/8 6AV7 681-... ............................................................................ 6/6
6AV3 991-... .............................. 2/10; 2/14; 2/34; 2/41; 2/46; 4/9 6AV7 7..-... ............................... 3/12; 5/3; 5/4; 5/6; 5/7; 5/9; 5/10
6AV7 703-... ............................................................................ 6/6
6AV6 ... 6AV7 704-... .................................................................. 3/21; 6/6
6AV6 371-... . 4/53; 4/54; 4/55; 4/60; 4/63; 4/66; 4/67; 4/68; 4/69 6AV7 705-... .................................................................. 3/21; 6/6
...................... 4/70; 4/71; 4/72; 4/74; 4/78; 4/80; 4/83; 4/84; 4/85 6AV7 707-... ............................................................................ 6/6
.............................................................................................. 4/92 6AV7 721-... ......................................................................... 3/13
6AV6 381-... ....................................................... 4/53; 4/54; 4/85 6AV7 722-... ......................................................................... 3/13
6AV6 382-... ......................................................................... 5/10 6AV7 723-... ......................................................................... 3/13
6AV6 392-... ..................................... 4/54; 4/60; 4/63; 4/66; 4/80 6AV7 724-... ......................................................................... 3/13
6AV6 520-... ....................................................... 2/37; 2/41; 2/46 6AV7 725-... ......................................................................... 3/13
6AV6 542-... ................................ 2/66; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98; 6/4; 6/5
6AV6 545-... ............ 2/19; 2/29; 2/55; 2/61; 2/73; 2/89; 2/98; 6/5 6AV8 ...
6AV6 570-... ......................................................................... 4/15 6AV8 101-... ............................................................ 7/5; 7/9; 7/14
6AV6 571-... ................................................................... 4/8; 4/15 6AV8 107-... ............................................................ 7/5; 7/9; 7/14
6AV6 573-... ..................................... 2/41; 2/46; 2/55; 2/61; 2/66
6AV6 574-... 2/19; 2/22; 2/29; 2/29; 2/30; 2/55; 2/66; 2/74; 2/82; 6BQ3..
.............................................................................. 2/90; 2/99; 6/5 6BQ3 073-... ........................................................................ 4/76
6AV6 575-... ............................ 2/29; 2/55; 2/61; 2/73; 2/81; 2/89
6AV6 578-... ..................................................................... 6/4; 6/5
6DL5...
6AV6 580-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6DL5 401-... ........................................................................ 4/83
6AV6 581-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6AV6 582-... ......................................................................... 4/15
6AV6 584-... .................................................................. 4/15; 5/4
6AV6 591-... . 2/19; 2/30; 2/55; 2/61; 2/66; 2/73; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98
6AV6 594-... .. 2/30; 2/55; 2/61; 2/66; 2/73; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98; 4/9;
.............................................................................................. 4/16
6AV6 596-... 2/30; 2/55; 2/61; 2/66; 2/73; 2/81; 2/89; 2/98; 4/9;
............................................................................................. 4/16;
6AV6 610-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 611-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 612-... .......................................................................... 4/22

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/17

 Appendix

Order No. Index

Type Page Type Page
6EP1... 6GK1...
6EP1 931-... ............................................................... 3/13; 3/22 6GK1 151-... ....................................................... 4/15; 4/30; 4/55
6EP1 935-... ............................................................... 3/13; 3/22 6GK1 161-... .............................. 3/6; 3/13; 3/22; 4/15; 4/30; 4/55
6GK1 500-... 2/10; 2/14; 2/34; 2/41; 2/46; 2/55; 2/62; 2/66; 2/74;
................................................................ 2/82; 2/90; 2/99; 2/127
6ES5 ...
6GK1 551-... ...................................................... 4/16; 4/30; 4/55
6ES5 731-... ........................................................... 2/126; 2/127
6GK1 561-... .............................. 3/6; 3/13; 3/22; 4/16; 4/30; 4/55
6ES5 734-... ................................. 2/74; 2/82; 2/90; 2/126; 2/127
6GK1 704-... ...................................................... 4/15; 4/30; 4/55
6ES5 848-... ......................................................................... 4/55
6GK1 713-... ...................................................... 4/16; 4/30; 4/55
6ES5 886-... ......................................................................... 4/55
6GK1 716-... ...................................................... 4/15; 4/30, 4/55

6ES7 ...
6XV1 ...
6ES7 272-... ......................................................................... 2/16
6XV1 418-... ........................................................................ 2/126
6ES7 648-... ........................................ 3/6; 3/13; 3/21; 3/25; 3/26
6XV1 440-... ................................................... 2/29; 2/126; 2/127
6ES7 652-... ....................................................... 4/79; 4/79; 4/80
6XV1 830-... 2/10; 2/14; 2/16; 2/19; 2/22; 2/51; 2/55; 2/66; 2/127
6ES7 658-... ......................................................................... 4/83
6ES7 671-... ........................................................................ 2/103
6ES7 705-... ................................................... 2/37; 2/126; 2/127
6ES7 791-... ......................................................................... 3/21
6ES7 810-... ......................................................................... 2/19
6ES7 850-... ......................................................................... 2/19
6ES7 901-... . 2/19; 2/22; 2/51; 2/55; 2/66; 2/74; 2/82; 2/90; 2/99
............................................................... 2/126; 2/127; 4/16; 4/30
6ES7 972-... ................................... 2/16; 2/127; 4/16; 4/30; 4/55

6FC5 ...
6FC5 235-.................................................... 3/6; 3/13; 3/21; 3/27
6FC5 247-.................................................... 3/6; 3/13; 3/21; 3/27

8/18 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix
Suggestions for improving the catalog
Fax form

■
To Your Address

Siemens AG, A&D AS

ST 80 • 2004 / Ms. B. Gottsauner
Gleiwitzer Str. 555 Name
90475 Nürnberg
Federal Republic of Germany
Capacity
Fax. +49/911-895-3009

Company/Dept.

Street address

Postal code/City

Tel./Fax

■ Your opinion is important to us!

We hope that our catalog will become an important and So please take just a few minutes of your time
widely used source of reference and are constantly striving to fill out and fax it to us.
to improve it.

■ Please grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):

Do the contents of the catalog meet your Is there enough technical detail?
requirements?

Did you find it easy to find the information you What do you think of the quality of the graphics
needed? and tables?

Did you find the texts easy to understand?

■ Did you find any printing errors?

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/19

 Appendix

Notes

8/20 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Appendix

Copyright, Warning

■ Copyright
Siemens has developed this catalog for its licensees and Siemens shall not be responsible for any damages, including
customers. The information contained herein is the property consequential damages, caused by reliance on material pre-
of Siemens and may not be copied, used or disclosed to sented, including but not limited to typographical, electronic,
others without prior written approval from Siemens. Users are arithmetic, or listing errors.
cautioned that the material contained herein is subject to
change by Siemens at any time and without prior notice.

■ Warning

V WARNING
Hazardous voltage
Can cause loss of life, severe personal injury,
or substantial property damage

Information contained in this catalog is for reference purposes

only. Consult your technical manual for specific connection and
other technical requirements.

Only qualified personnel should install or maintain the prod- The successful and safe operation of this equipment is
ucts described in this catalog after becoming thoroughly dependent upon proper handling, installation, operation and
familiar with all warnings, safety notices, and maintenance maintenance.
procedures contained in the appropriate technical manual.

Definitions of the terms as applicable in our appropriate technical documentation:

Qualified person
One who is familiar with the installation, construction, and
DANGER
operation of the products described in this catalog and the
hazards involved. In addition, the person should have the Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial
following qualifications: property damage will result if proper precautions are not
taken.
• Be trained and authorized to use and tag circuits and equip-
ment in accordance with established safety practices.
WARNING
• Be trained in the proper care and use of protective
equipment in accordance with established safety
Indicates loss of life, severe personal injury, or substantial
practices.
property damage can result if proper precautions are not
taken.
• Be trained in rendering first aid.

CAUTION
Indicates minor personal injury or property damage can result
if proper precautions are not taken.

Siemens ST 80 · 2004 8/21

 Appendix
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
Export regulations

■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery ■ Export regulations

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the European / German and/or US export regulations.
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con-
ditions for supplies and services, including software products, Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of by the competent authorities.
Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and According to current provisions, the following export regulations
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
for customers with a seat or registered office in the Federal
Republic of Germany
AL Number of the German Export List.
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
license.
Electronics Industry shall apply.
In the case of software products, the export des-
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- ignations of the relevant data medium must also
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with be generally adhered to.
Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply. Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are
for customers with a seat or registered office outside subject to a European or German export authori-
of Germany zation when being exported out of the EU.

The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions ECCN Export Control Classification Number.
for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. reexport license to specific countries.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- In the case of software products, the export
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with designations of the relevant data medium must
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. also be generally adhered to.
General Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authoriza-
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
the applicable legal regulations. which the goods are to be used.

In addition to the prices of products which include silver and/or The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
copper, surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
the notes are exceeded. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.

Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are

available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of theFederal Republic of
Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)

Published by Siemens AG Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-B2-7600

8 Automation and Drives

Human Machine Interface
KG K 0104 30.0 S 320 En/401343
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany

Postfach 48 48, 90327 Nürnberg

Federal Republic of Germany

8/22 Siemens ST 80 · 2004

 Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch
offices listed in the appendix of this catalog

Automation & Drives Catalog Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Catalog

Interactive catalog on CD-ROM Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems NS K
• Components for Automation & Drives CA 01 Communication-Capable Controlgear,
Controlgear with SIRIUS, SIGUARD Safety Systems,
Control and Signalling Devices, Switchgear,
Transformers and DC Power Supplies,
Automation Systems for Machine Tools Main- and EMERGENCY-STOP Switches,
Control Switches, Terminal Blocks
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
BERO - Sensors for Automation NS BERO
Cables, Connectors and System Components NC Z
Products and Systems NS PS
for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
SENTRON WL NS WL
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
DC Motors DA 12
DC Drives Preferred Series up to 500 kW DA 12.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics
DC Drives Preferred Series 215 kW to 1500 kW DA 12.2 Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Converters Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 Positioners and Liquid Meters
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
Cabinet Units SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PA 10
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives DA 63 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 SIPAN Liquid Analysis PA 20
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors PDF: SIMATIC S5/505 Automation Systems ST 50
Project Manual M 10 Components for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Micro Automation
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.A
• AC Main Spindle Motors 1PM, 1FE, 1PH Process Control System
• AC Servomotors 1FT, 1FK SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
• AC Linear motors 1FN
• Converter System SIMODRIVE 611 SIPOS Electric Actuators
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE POSMO A/CD/CA/SI Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2

Systems Engineering
Electrical Installation Technology Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
PDF: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and ET A1 System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
Distribution Boards MOBY Identification Systems KT 21
PDF: ALPHA Side-by-Side Switchgear Cabinets ET A3 Industrial Microcomputers SICOMP KT 51
PDF: BETA Modular Installation Devices ET B1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Outlets ET D1 System Solutions
PDF: GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01

TELEPERM M Process Control System

Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80
AS 235, AS 235H and AS 235K automation systems PLT 111
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
Operating and monitoring with WinCC/TM PLT 123
Industrial Communication and Field Devices IK PI CS 275 bus system PLT 130

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

A&D/3U/En 27.10.03
 Catalog ST 80 · 2004
Catalog ST 80 · 2004
Human Machine Interface Systems
simatic hmi
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions
or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use
do not always apply as described or which may change as a
result of further development of the products. An obligation
to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if
expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Siemens AG

s
Automation and Drives
Industrial Automation Systems

www.siemens.com/automation Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-B2-7600